October 27, 2008

Finding a Personal Fitness Trainer

It once was that personal fitness trainers were exclusively for the super rich, sighted by us normal folks only in paparazzi photographs of a celebrity's entourage. But as fitness centers have spread throughout the country and the number of personal fitness trainers has increased, getting your own has become a real possibility for the average person, says Patrick Hagerman, EdD, a professor of exercise and sports science at the University of Tulsa.

"They're really much more affordable than people would think," says Hagerman, who is also a board member of the National Strength and Conditioning Association and owns Quest Personal Training in Oklahoma City.

Nor are personal fitness trainers just for the buff, spandex-sporting crowd, says Fred Klinge, chairman of the Health and Registry Board at the American College of Sports Medicine. Klinge emphasizes that the scope of personal fitness trainers has broadened. "It's not just about weight lifting and cardio work anymore," he tells WebMD. "It's more about assistance in developing a healthy and fit lifestyle."

Although there haven't been too many, some studies have shown that personal trainers can help people stick to their exercise routines more effectively than they would on their own, according to Cedric Bryant, PhD, chief exercise physiologist at the American Council on Exercise (ACE). But for someone who hasn't had any experience with personal trainers, figuring out how to get one can be daunting.

Who Needs a Personal Trainer?

You may ask yourself why you would benefit from a personal trainer. After all, why should you pay for somebody to tell you to exercise when you can just go and exercise for free?

But for some, having a person to answer to really helps provide motivation. After all, if we never got scolded by our teachers and parents for not doing our homework when we were kids, a lot of us would still be in the second grade. Knowing that you have someone who will take you to task can make a difference.

Hagerman sees a lot of practical advantages to having a personal fitness trainer. "It saves time and it reduces injuries," he says. "You have someone who can help you figure out what exercises you need to do and how the equipment works rather than wasting time figuring it out on your own.

"A lot of people in the gym learn exercises by watching other people do them," Hagerman continues. "But the person they're watching probably learned by watching someone else, and whoever started the chain probably didn't know what they were doing to begin with."

The expense of hiring a personal trainer can be motivation in itself, according to Klinge, who is also general manager of the North Little Rock Athletic Club in Arkansas. For the same reason that some people will clear their plate at a restaurant so that they get their money's worth, others get fit simply because they hate to see the money they paid for a gym membership and a trainer go to waste.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

High Cholesterol: Risk Factors

Cholesterol is a waxy, fat-like substance made in the liver and found in certain foods, such as from animals, like dairy products (whole milk), eggs and meat. The body needs some cholesterol in order to function properly. However, too much cholesterol can increase a person's risk of developing heart disease. There are several factors that contribute to high cholesterol -- some are controllable while others are not.

Uncontrollable risk factors include:

Gender: After menopause, a woman's LDL-cholesterol level ("bad" cholesterol) goes up, as does her risk for heart disease.
Age: Your risk increases as you get older. Men aged 45 years or older and women aged 55 years or older are at increased risk of high cholesterol.
Family history: Your risk increases if a father or brother was affected by early heart disease (before age 55) or a mother or sister was affected by early heart disease (before age 65).

Controllable risk factors include:

Diet: The saturated fat and cholesterol in the food you eat raise total and LDL-cholesterol levels.
Weight: Being overweight can make your LDL-cholesterol level go up and your HDL level go down.
Physical activity/exercise: Increased physical activity helps to lower LDL- cholesterol and raise HDL-cholesterol (the "good" cholesterol) levels. It also helps you lose weight.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Eating Right With Limited Mobility

With arthritis, the simplest tasks can seem Herculean -- especially when they involve preparing and eating meals. You're not alone. Opening a carton of milk, slicing a tomato, or making a sandwich can be overwhelming to the millions of people with arthritis and other diseases and conditions that affect mobility.

So how are you supposed to eat the healthy, balanced diet that your doctors insist is part of your treatment?

"Anyone with osteoarthritis or any kind of limitation that affects their ability to walk, use their hands, or their ability to stand, as well as those with decreased general endurance and weakness that's secondary to another disease, can run into trouble when it comes to preparing and eating meals," says Susan Underwood, RN, RD, manager of nutrition services for the Visiting Nurse Service-Choice of New York. (VNS-Choice), a long-term care program serving the elderly and disabled.

"Someone's ability to cook and prepare meals is compromised if they can't stand or use their hands."

But simple strategies and tasty tips can help make cooking and eating manageable and enjoyable once again.

Counting Your Calories

First things first: "If someone isn't as mobile as they used to be, their total energy decreases so their calorie needs go down. But if they are still eating the same amount as when they were more mobile, it can lead to weight gain," Underwood says.

"Over time, they will gain weight and this will exacerbate problems with mobility." That's why the first step is to talk with a registered dietitian or health care provider who can evaluate calorie needs and discuss how best to meet them, she says. The American Dietetic Association can help you find a dietitian near you.

Harnessing the Power of Protein

Getting adequate amounts of protein is crucial for the elderly and disabled, Underwood says. "As people get older and older, we become concerned about weight loss and we tend to see decreased protein intake," Underwood explains. "When you don't eat enough protein, you don't just lose fat, you lose lean body mass and muscle that your body burns off for energy, then tissue repair," Underwood explains.

So how do you make sure you meet your protein needs?

Tina Freiwald, RD, CDE, at Windber Medical Center in Windber, Penn., suggests the incredible, edible egg. "Eggs get a bad rap, but if you don't have a problem with cholesterol, they are a good source of protein, are soft, so they can chew them as well as cook them very easily," she says.

Tuna and salmon, which are also high in protein, now come in pouches, not just hard-to-open cans, she says. Imitation crabmeat and frozen shrimp are also easy to open and good sources of protein.

You can also get protein and a bonus of calcium from cottage cheese and yogurt -- both of which are easy to chew and open, she suggests. "The less mobility you have, the heavier you [can] get, so calories can still be an issue, and many of these dairy foods come in low-fat varieties, which can be helpful unless you are already not getting enough calories because you are so frail," Freiwald says.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

2nd Wind Featured on Kare 11 News

From iPods to hot-rods, treadmills to plasma screen televisions - it seems everywhere you shop these days, more and more retailers are encouraging you to buy extended warranties.

"I love every one of our service plans," said Best Buy customer experience manager Gina Gabrielson.

"We mention them to customers," said 2nd Wind store manager Chris Ball, "and they think it's a great idea."

"I think they're good for everyone," said Jim Lupient Infiniti finance manager Chad Ottoson.

But are they really?

"It's very rarely a good idea to purchase an extended warranty," said Robert Krughoff, the president and founder of Consumers' Checkbook magazine. "And, in fact, in most cases I think of it as irrational."

Pause and think about it awhile. Just seconds after convincing you to buy a top-of-the-line washing machine, digital camera or laptop computer, a sales clerk urges you to spend an extra couple of hundred bucks on something called a "performance guarantee" or "product replacement plan."

"That's how they sell [extended warranties]," said Minnesota Assistant Attorney General, Jessica Palmer-Denig. "They suggest your [new purchase] is likely to break and then you'll need an extended warranty that will go on past the manufacturer's warranty."

"If it's such a great product," wondered Krughoff, "then why am I buying protection for something that might go wrong? It just doesn't make any sense."

Krughoff said warranties are really just another form of insurance and it only makes sense to buy insurance against catastrophes.

"It makes sense to buy insurance in case you have a heart attack or your house burns down or you're in a terrible car accident," Krughoff said, "but extended warranties are not generally covering real catastrophes.

You're better off, if something happens to your product, taking it to a good repair shop and getting it fixed. In the long run, you'll save money doing that and you'll have a lot less hassle."

Those who actually profit the most from the sale of extended warranties are the retailers who sell them.

"It's a $15 billion a year industry," says Assistant Attorney General Palmer-Denig, "and more than $7 billion of that gets paid to the retailers who sell you the warranty.

Profits aside, not all extended warranties are the same.

Target entered the extended warranty market just recently, offering three-year "extended service plans" on most products sold in its electronics department.

The plans come in four different prices ($19 - $79), depending on the price of the electronic device, and eliminate the need for customers to save sales receipts. Instead, they merely apply a sticker to their electronic device and call the phone number printed on the sticker when they need to arrange for service.

"Target has simplified the extended service plan," said Rob Saba, store team leader at the new Super Target near Knollwood Mall in St. Louis Park. "Anything goes wrong with your product and all you have to do is call that number and they'll take care of your product from there. If it's a smaller product, we'll send you out a pre-paid shipping box, you send it back to us and we'll repair it. If it's a bigger product, what we'll do is actually send someone to your house to repair it within 24 to 48 hours."

Consumer Reports magazine recommends buying extended warranties on exercise equipment with lots of moving parts, like treadmills and elliptical machines.

"They're electronic devices," pointed out Chris Ball of 2nd Wind. "They have motors and rollers and belts that have a tendency to wear out if [the customer] uses the machine a lot."

2nd Wind offers five-year performance plans ranging from $195 to $250 on most of its fitness equipment. The warranties are transferable anywhere in America.

"So, even if you move to Alaska," said Ball, "and there's no town anywhere within 200 miles, we will get a service technician to your home."

Experts say consumers rarely get their money's worth buying extended warranties on cameras these days because most well-known brands are so dependable that the warranties are an unnecessary added expense.

"It's a bad deal," said Krughoff of Consumers' Checkbook. "Don't buy an extended warranty on a camcorder or a digital camera."

Managers at National Camera Exchange disagree with Krughoff.

The cost of a one-year "performance guarantee" on a $600 digital camera at National Camera Exchange is about $50.

"The cost of a typical repair on a digital camera is a couple hundred dollars," said Gil Robles, a manager at the National Camera Exchange store in Golden Valley. "Every camera I personally own has a performance guarantee on it, because I know the cost to fix a broken camera is prohibitive. If your camera needs repair and you have a performance guarantee, then we'll send it back to the manufacturer. If they determine that [the problem] wasn't because of abusive mishandling, then they'll fix the product for free. Parts and labor are covered. There are no deductibles. If your camera cost under $200 and it breaks, we'll replace the camera, or we can credit the customer the value of that product and they can purchase something else if they want to."

Whether it's cameras, refrigerators, or big-screen TVs, sales assistants at Best Buy are instructed to inform all customers about the store's extended warranty options, which Best Buy refers to as "performance service plans" and "product replacement plans."

"It's my job to inform everybody of what the options are," said Best Buy customer experience manager Gina Gabrielson. "I can't say that [every] TV is not going to break within four years. I'd love to tell you that, but that's why we offer [extended warranties]. So we can [provide] peace of mind for our customers. It's all about choice."

While checking out at the register, Best Buy customers are reminded about the store's warranty options.

"Our cashiers are instructed to make sure that you are aware of the benefit," said Gabrielson.

"If you feel pressured at the checkout line to buy a warranty," said Assistant Attorney General Palmer-Denig, "then it's not necessarily in your best interest to do it. Take your time, wait, take the product home, read the contract, and then make a fully informed decision about whether the warranty is going to offer you some value."

Car salespeople will tell you extended warranties are a bargain for consumers.

"It only takes one repair for the customer to come out ahead," said Chad Ottoson, finance manager for Jim Lupient Infiniti in St. Louis Park. "I have [an extended warranty] on my own car. I've got one on my mom's car, I've got one on my uncle's car. It's not something I would do to myself and my own family if I didn't believe in the product."

You don't have to purchase an extended warranty from the same place you purchase a vehicle, however.

"Some dealerships might charge you $800 for the same extended warranty that another dealership would charge you $300 to $400 for," said Krughoff.

Consumers' Checkbook has created a list of dealers offering the lowest prices on service contracts for all types of cars. "We actually have shopped all around the country," said Krughoff, "to identify dealerships that will sell those warranties at the best possible prices."

Finally, if you're determined to buy an extended warranty, Krughoff said Target's prices "compare favorably" to most.

It's a gamble either way, but wagering that new, special something you just bought won't break might be your safest bet.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

The Importance of Exercise

The Importance of Exercise

Around the world, scores of people participate in some sort of exercise, sports, or physical activity. They are overcoming excuses and realizing numerous benefits that one can achieve from undertaking physical activity on a regular basis. Exercise is important to keep both your body and mind "in shape". Here are some of the basic benefits that people can look forward to, when embarking upon a lifetime fitness outlook that includes some form of exercise:

Increased Energy
By working out on a regular basis, your body becomes more efficient at burning calories. This gives you more energy throughout the day.

Increased Metabolism
Increased physical activity through working out leads to more muscle mass, which in itself leads to a higher metabolism. As per some studies, every extra pound of muscle allows you to burn anywhere from 50-100 calories when at rest.

Improved Muscle Tone
Physical activity, especially weight training allows you to change the shape of your body. Since muscle is denser than fat, one can get bigger or smaller by gaining more muscle mass.

Better Health
Increased exercising leads to a strengthening of the immune system; which means that one is less likely to get sick when exercising the right amount. On the other hand, over exercising can weaken your immune system and make you sick.

Stress Reduction
Stress levels are reduced extensively by regular work outs. They allow the individual to take their mind off the daily grind and use pent up energies for productive purposes.

Improved Self-esteem
When following an exercise regimen for a regular basis, you bring about greatgreater self esteem through the results and accomplishment achieved.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Strength vs. Resistance Training

Is there a difference between strength training using weights and "resistance" training using those elastic or rubber bands? Which is better?

Strength training and resistance training are actually interchangeable terms used to describe exercise that builds lean muscle tissue. Both terms can refer to using dumbbells, bands, Bowflexes, or even your own body weight to challenge your muscles until they tire and break down a little, so they repair themselves stronger and firmer than before.

That said, there are important differences between "free weights" like dumbbells, ankle weights, and barbells and resistance bands or tubes. As with anything, each has its advantages and disadvantages.

For building muscle, it's hard to beat dumbbells. Just as you lift boxes, put away groceries, and push and pull heavy doors, free weight exercises demand that you curl, reach, pull, and press to strengthen those much-used muscles. They work each muscle from almost every conceivable angle, so you get total-muscle toning. Free weights also force you to stabilize your body as you lift and lower, so you develop better balance and stronger supporting muscles, joints, and ligaments, as well as stronger core muscles like abs and back.

The downside is that dumbbells aren't exactly portable. You're not likely to take them with you on vacations or trips. It can also be difficult to hold dumbbells that are heavy enough to challenge your large leg muscles during moves like squats and lunges.

Rubber resistance bands, as well as rubber tubing, have been around for decades. Originally just big gray strips of latex used by physical therapists to help people regain strength after injury, today's resistance strips and tubes come in a wide variety of colorful options. There are mini bands, long bands, short bands, and tubes with handles, tubes with poles--all available from the simplest to the most difficult resistance.

Portability is the greatest benefit of resistance bands. No other fitness equipment stashes away so easily in a suitcase, gym bag, or handbag to give you an on-the-go gym. You can do a whole-body strength training workout when you're on the road, even if there's not a dumbbell within 50 miles of your hotel.

You'll find that, in general, bands don't work your muscles quite as hard as free weights. But they do make them work longer. Unlike dumbbells and ankle weights that rely on gravity for resistance, bands and tubes provide their own constant resistance as long as you're holding them taut. The result: Your muscles don't get the same "rest" that they do when you're at the beginning and end of a strength training move using free weights.

The downside is that the constant tension of bands makes some moves--especially overhead presses and exercises where the weight is high on the body--awkward to perform. The bands tend to pull your arms out to the sides when you're trying to push out or up in a straight line. And it can be difficult to get enough resistance from them for certain large-muscle exercises like leg presses.

For low-body toning exercises like leg lifts, however, they can actually be superior to weights. Here are a few ways to get the biggest bang from your resistance bands:


Ankle Ties

Any side-to-side or front-to-back movement you make with an exercise band looped around your legs at the ankles will work your hips, legs, and glutes. Experiment by pressing your leg out in different directions, or trying to walk side-to-side or forward and back. The band should always be taut.


Row, Row, Row

Bands are excellent for rows of all kinds. Sit on the floor with a band looped around your feet, and pull both ends back (keeping your elbows close to your body) in a rowing motion to work your back. Fasten an end to a doorknob, and pull one end straight to your side for standing rows.


Mimic Any Motion

If you can do it with a free weight, chances are you can imitate the motion with a band. Step on one end, and curl the band for arm curls. Loop it around your back, and press the ends forward for chest presses. Step on it with both feet, and hold each end at your waist to add resistance during squats. You're limited only by your imagination.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Season's Eatings

An often-quoted statistic, which may or may not be true, is that the average American gains 7 pounds during the holidays. In any case, there's no denying that holidays and holiday eating pose a threat to many people's healthy diet and exercise programs. Here are a few tips that may help you get through the rest of the year with your fitness fairly intact.

Healthy Holiday Tips

- Don't skip your workouts.
- This is not the time to start on a weight loss diet. Make it your goal to keep your weight stable.
- At a drinks and hors d'oeuvre party, fill your plate with veggies and other low fat choices. Then move away from the buffet table to eat it. If you're still hungry after you eat, you can go back, but don't hang out by the food.
- If you want a cocktail, try to mix it yourself and keep it light. You can also just keep adding water as the evening goes on. If you don't want to drink, don't. If there's social pressure, get a glass of soda or tonic with a lime in it and either talk loud or giggle a lot. No one will know the difference.
- If you're cooking the turkey, don't choose the self-basting kind. They have more fat. If you're eating it, take off the skin and remember, white meat has less fat than dark. If you have one of those tofu turkeys from the health food store, let me know how it was.
- Cut a little bit of the butter and a little bit of the sugar out of the recipe. It will taste just as good. For seasoning, think herbs and spices. You can get away with substituting low fat dairy or yogurt. It often tastes better than the full fat version.
- Eat something light before a big holiday meal. Don't go into it ravenous, but don't stuff yourself with celery sticks thinking that will make you want to pass up the candied yams.
- If you're never tempted to eat sweets or fatty food, try not to keep saying to other people, "how can you put something like that in your body?"
- Emphasize fruits and vegetables and drink plenty of water so you don't think you're hungry when you're really thirsty. These things don't change. Don't give up your good habits.
- Don't feel badly if your social life doesn't include a lot of holiday parties. You'll be able to keep to your workout schedule and eat what you want.
- Don't skip your workouts. Spend less time, if necessary, but do it.
- Plan something active for one of those days off instead of watching yet another game or a special you've seen five times before.
- Don't deprive yourself of parties or treats you really want. You'll get even with yourself later. If you really want to eat twigs and berries and lord it over your piggy friends, that's ok too.
- Remember your good time may not be the same as another's. Enjoy yourself and have happy holidays.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

How To Never Feel Hungry - Ever Again...

First of all, you need to shift your mindset. Forget about "dieting for a week or a month so I can look good for summer". Instead, you need to adopt a LIFESTYLE CHANGE and stick to good nutrition habits...

Dieting, at least the way it's perceived by most people, is horrible. You feel hungry, weak and deprived. How long will you be able to stay on a program that makes you feel like that? Not long.

Here are some tips so that YOU WILL NEVER FEEL HUNGRY FOR THE REST OF YOUR LIFE.

1) Eat several small meals throughout the day rather than 3 big ones. Eat at predetermined intervals and don't wait for you to feel "starved" before you eat. Because, if you do, you will eat a lot more than necessary AND you will tend to make poor food choices (chocolate, donuts, double serving of pasta etc...). Eat a small feeding every few hours (3-4 for example) BEFORE the hunger pangs arrive. I honestly can't remember the last time I even felt the sense of hunger.

2) Don't eat foods that people say "are good for you", if you don't like them. I can tell you that egg whites are an excellent source of protein with high biological value until I'm blue in the face. But I know you won't eat them if you don't like the way they taste. The same goes for me. If I don't like something, I won't eat it. You need to find foods that are healthy and with taste that you like. That way, you will be able to eat foods you enjoy while losing weight (or maintaining a healthy weight).

3) Discover the real good taste in food. People seem to think that "junk food tastes good" and "healthy food sucks". I'm not quite sure where that comes from. You can eat healthily without sacrificing taste. You can use spices to make the food more palatable. Many people want to add tons of salt to their food before they eat it. Salt masks the real taste of food. If you start eating food without adding salt, initially the food may taste "boring" - but before long, you will be able to eat the foods and actually enjoy them (not pretend that you enjoy them, REALLY enjoy them).

4) Eating "off-limits" foods may not be so off-limits after all. Here's an example: Let's say that in order to lose weight, you need to consume 1800 calories a day. If 1500 of these calories have come from tuna, chicken breast, rice and vegetables, do you think it will be a disaster if the rest of the 300 calories come from cheesecake? Chances are that NO.

Why?

Because overall, you will still be within acceptable fat limits for the day. So, if you want to have a "really bad" food EVERY DAY, you can do it, if the rest of your meals are flawless. The body doesn't respond well to long-term diets with zero fat. So, if 5 of your meals only contain lean protein and carbs, the 6th meal (not necessarily the last in the day) can be a food that contains fat and there will be no problem eating that food. And the chances that this food will turn to fat in the body are diminished if eaten in the morning (after an overnight fast) or after a workout.

5) If you blow your diet unwillingly, it's not the end of the world. Think about it: If you drive on the highway and suddenly you get a flat tire, would you get out of the car and start putting holes in the rest of the tires? I hope not. If you eat something that had more fat and calories than it should, don't stop your entire diet because "all is lost and doomsday is here". Instead, just try to be even more disciplined for the rest of the day (and disciplined does NOT mean not to eat)...

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Lower Your Cholesterol Levels, Naturally

Cholesterol is a fatty substance present in the human body, 80% of which is manufactured by the liver. The other 20% comes from your diet such as meat, eggs and dairy products. We have always considered cholesterol to be bad. But that is not the case; there are two types of cholesterol, good cholesterol - HDL (High-density lipoproteins) and bad cholesterol - LDL (Low-density lipoproteins). High levels of LDL cholesterol present in the body enter the inner walls of the arteries and harden it, leading to coronary artery disease. Similarly, high levels of HDL cholesterol minimize the harmful effects of LDL cholesterol. Some measurements you can keep in mind to maintain healthy LDL cholesterol level.

Less than 100 mg/dL would be optimal
100 to 129 mg/dL is near optimal/ above optimal
130 to 159 mg/dL is borderline high
160 to 189 mg/dL is considered high
190 mg/dL and above is very high

Regular check up or screening of your cholesterol level is very important. It is recommended for men and women of 20 years or above to get the test done every five years. This kind of screening helps to keep your health in check. It also helps if the patient has a family history of diseases like diabetes, obesity or cardiovascular disease.

Tips to remember

Do your exercises regularly to keep your heart healthy. It also helps in burning out the excess fat you have been carrying around.

Avoid trans fatty acids like French fries, cookies, cakes and many other fried fast foods.

Consume fewer carbohydrates by avoiding sugar, flour, potatoes and white rice. Avoid food which contains too much cholesterol like egg yolk, liver, kidney, brain etc. Stop smoking, it increases HDL levels by seven points.

Natural Ways to Increase HDL

Red wine consumed in reasonable quantity gives a positive result. It contains antioxidants such as Cabernet Sauvignon, Merlot and Pinot Noir that slows down oxidation of HDL and LDL cholesterol. By drinking wine HDL level does not shoot up, but it contains higher level of various types of blood fats, thus making it useful for the body.

Drinking orange juice every day increases HDL level by nearly 21%. This is possible due to the presence of flavonoids.

Kidney and red beans are another source to increase HDL level. They contain low-glycemic carbohydrates which do not require insulin spikes during digestion.

Eating fish several times a week is very useful in increasing HDL level as it contains omega-3 fatty acids. Fishes like sardine, salmon, sea bass, herring and many more are some of the sources of good cholesterol. If you do not like fish, you can have fish oil supplements.

Olive oil contains the highest number of mono-saturated fats. Having 1-2 teaspoons in your daily diet would help you tremendously.

Oat bran lowers LDL and increases HDL. Studies have shown that two ounces of oat bran per day helps in reducing 16% LDL and 15% increase in HDL.

Half raw onion per day increases HDL level by 30%.

Soy products increase HDL level thereby decreasing LDL.

Soluble fiber found in fruits like apples, grapes and citrus fruits are useful in increasing HDL level.

Guggul lipid a native herb used mainly for Ayurvedic medicine also helps in maintaining healthy cholesterol and triglyceride levels.

Green tea lowers LDL levels by increasing HDL levels.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Dietary fats: Know which types to choose

Not all fats are created equal. Find out which kinds to avoid and which to enjoy in moderation.

Most foods contain several different kinds of fat — including saturated, polyunsaturated, monounsaturated and trans fat — and some types are better for your health than others are.

It's not necessary that you completely eliminate all fats from your meals. Rather, choose the best types of fat and enjoy them in moderation.

Fat: A necessary nutrient

Your body needs fat to function properly. Besides being an energy source, fat is a nutrient used in the production of cell membranes, as well as in several hormone-like compounds called eicosanoids. These compounds help regulate blood pressure, heart rate, blood vessel constriction, blood clotting and the nervous system. In addition, dietary fat carries fat-soluble vitamins — vitamins A, D, E and K — from your food into your body. Fat also helps maintain healthy hair and skin, protects vital organs, keeps your body insulated, and provides a sense of fullness after meals (satiety).

But too much fat can negatively impact your health. Eating large amounts of high-fat foods adds excess calories, which can lead to weight gain and obesity. Obesity is a risk factor for several diseases, including diabetes, heart disease, cancer, gallstones, sleep apnea and osteoarthritis. And too much of certain types of fat — such as saturated fat or trans fat — can increase your blood cholesterol levels and your risk of coronary artery disease.

Healthy fats

When choosing fats, your best options are monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fats. These fats, if used in place of others, can lower your risk of heart disease by reducing the total and low-density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol levels in your blood. Cholesterol, which your body produces for building cells, is the main substance in fatty deposits (plaques) that can develop in your arteries. Plaques that build up can reduce blood flow through your vessels, increasing your risk of heart disease and stroke.

One type of polyunsaturated fat, omega-3 fatty acids, may be especially beneficial to your heart. Omega-3s appear to decrease the risk of coronary artery disease. They may also protect against irregular heartbeats and help lower blood pressure levels.

Here are the differences among these healthy fats as well as the best food sources for each type:

Monounsaturated fat remains liquid at room temperature but may start to solidify in the refrigerator. Foods high in monounsaturated fat include olive, peanut and canola oils. Avocados and most nuts also have high amounts of monounsaturated fat.
Polyunsaturated fat is usually liquid at room temperature and in the refrigerator. Foods high in polyunsaturated fats include vegetable oils, such as safflower, corn, sunflower, soy and cottonseed oils.

Omega-3 fatty acids are polyunsaturated fats found mostly in seafood. Good sources of omega 3s include fatty, cold-water fish, such as salmon, mackerel and herring. Flaxseeds, flax oil and walnuts also contain omega-3 fatty acids, and small amounts are found in soybean and canola oils.

Harmful fats

Saturated and trans fats are less healthy kinds of fats. They can increase your risk of heart disease by increasing your total and LDL ("bad") cholesterol. Dietary cholesterol isn't technically a fat, but it's found in food derived from animal sources. Intake of dietary cholesterol increases blood cholesterol levels, but not as much as saturated and trans fats, and not to the same degree in all people.

Here are how these fats differ and what their common food sources are:

Saturated fat

Usually solid or waxy at room temperature, saturated fat is most often found in animal products — such as red meat, poultry, butter and whole milk. Other foods high in saturated fat include coconut, palm and other tropical oils.

Trans fat

Also referred to as trans-fatty acids, trans fat comes from adding hydrogen to vegetable oil through a process called hydrogenation. This makes the fat more solid and less likely to turn rancid. Hydrogenated fat is a common ingredient in commercial baked goods — such as crackers, cookies and cakes — and in fried foods such as doughnuts and french fries. Shortenings and some margarines also are high in trans fat. As of January 2006, food manufacturers are required to list trans fat content on nutrition labels. Amounts less than 0.5 grams per serving is listed as 0 grams trans fat on the food label.

Dietary cholesterol. Your body naturally manufactures all of the cholesterol it needs, but you also get cholesterol from animal products, such as meat, poultry, seafood, eggs, dairy products, lard and butter.

A daily limit for fat intake

The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) and the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) recommend that fat make up no more than 35 percent of your daily calories. This means that if you consume 1,800 calories a day, consume no more than 70 grams of fat a day. (To figure: Multiply 1,800 by 0.35 to get 630 calories, and divide that number by 9, the number of calories per gram of fat, to get 70 grams of total fat.) Keep in mind, however, that this is an upper limit and that most of these fat calories should come from monounsaturated and polyunsaturated sources.

In addition, the USDA and HHS recommend these upper limits for saturated fat and dietary cholesterol for healthy adults:

Type of fat Recommendation

Saturated fat Less - than 10 percent of your total daily calories
Dietary cholesterol - Less than 300 milligrams a day

Though the USDA and HHS haven't yet established an upper limit for trans fat, they do suggest that you keep your trans fat intake as low as possible. The American Heart Association, on the other hand, has set an upper limit for trans fat — no more than 1 percent of your total daily calories.

Be aware that many foods contain different kinds of fat and varying levels of each type. For example, butter contains unsaturated fats, but a large percentage of the total fat is saturated fat. And canola oil has a high percentage of monounsaturated fat, but also contains smaller amounts of polyunsaturated fat and saturated fat.

Tips for choosing the best types of fat

Limit fat in your diet, but don't try to cut it out completely. Focus on reducing foods high in saturated fat, trans fat and cholesterol, and select more foods made with unsaturated fats. Consider these tips when making your choices:

Saute with olive oil instead of butter.
Use olive oil instead of vegetable oil in salad dressings and marinades. Use canola oil when baking.
Sprinkle slivered nuts or sunflower seeds on salads instead of bacon bits.
Snack on a small handful of nuts rather than potato chips or processed crackers. Or try peanut butter or other nut-butter spreads — nonhydrogenated — on celery, bananas, or rice or popcorn cakes.
Add slices of avocado, rather than cheese, to your sandwich.
Prepare fish such as salmon and mackerel, which contain monounsaturated and omega-3 fats, instead of meat one or two times a week.
Monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fats have few adverse effects on blood cholesterol levels, but you still need to consume all fats in moderation. Eating large amounts of any fat adds excess calories. Fat contains 9 calories per gram, compared with 4 calories per gram for protein and carbohydrates. Also make sure that fatty foods don't replace more nutritious options, such as fruits, vegetables, legumes or whole grains.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Circuit training exercise programs: Do they really work?

Answer
Circuit training programs involve moving from one strength training exercise to the next, usually at a series of machine stations, in a specified amount of time. The goal is to work the major muscle groups in your upper body, lower body and core.

Some circuit training programs alternate strength exercises with short bursts of aerobic activity, such as running in place. In addition, some centers and programs, such as Curves, provide this type of exercise session for women only, which many find appealing.

Circuit training programs have several advantages. Circuit training can help improve strength and muscle endurance. Because you move through the exercises quickly, you don't have to spend long hours in the gym. Also, the range of exercises provided by a circuit training program can help prevent boredom — which makes you more likely to stick with it.

In addition, if you move quickly through the circuit exercises, you will get some aerobic benefits as well. Unfortunately, this type of program alone typically doesn't burn enough calories to promote much weight loss.

Making exercise practical, efficient, enjoyable and easy to fit into your day is key to a good exercise program. However, here are a few points to keep in mind about circuit training exercise programs.

There is no perfect exercise that can do everything for you. You may get some benefit from short duration aerobic activity between machine strength sessions. But this benefit is not as great or complete as regularly performing a specific dedicated aerobic activity, such as walking or jogging.

Individual exercise needs or concerns are difficult to address in circuit programs. If you are recovering from a specific injury or you need special adaptations to an exercise program because of a medical condition or injury, these programs may not be able to completely address your needs.

With respect to strength machines, 'one size does not fit all.' If the machines used in the circuit are not adjustable to your body, they can place excessive stress on joints and increase the risk of overload and strain injuries.
Technique is king (or queen). How you do an exercise is as important as what you do. Often in group settings, individual supervision of appropriate exercise technique by a knowledgeable exercise specialist is not possible. Also, don't succumb to time pressure. Make sure you position your body appropriately for each exercise and use slow and controlled movements during your strength training exercises.

Listen to your body. If a particular exercise is painful beyond expected muscle soreness or causes joint pain or swelling, stop doing it. If pain persists, have the injury evaluated by a doctor.

Don't worry about what others are doing. You may be tempted to try to keep pace with those around you. Don't worry about what everyone else is doing. Just concentrate on your own technique and exercises and do it at a speed that is comfortable for you.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Still No Weight Loss Despite Rigorous Training?

"I work out a lot, and I watch what I eat; but I just can't shed those extra pounds!"

We've all repeatedly heard this or seen clever advertisements promising dramatic weight loss in a short amount of time - most of which turn out to be disappointingly false. Understandably, people who struggle with their weight are likely to believe in any quick solution promising to end their dieting woes. After all, many people are lured to the gym on such promises. But this often leads to false or exaggerated expectations of an individualized training regime, causing frustration and bitter disappointment. Some blame their trainer, while others lose confidence in themselves. Both can lead to resignation, and the well-known chorus:

"I just simply can't lose weight, no matter what!"

The next common step is a trip to the pharmacy for the latest miracle weight loss formulas. When this last-ditch effort fails, so too fades away the dream of having that beautiful body everyone wants.

Where There's a Will There's a Way

The most fundamental basis for changing one's lifestyle includes a balance between exercise and nutrition. It is quite normal for the body weight to actually increase in the beginning of any weight loss programme. However, weight gain does not necessarily equal an increase in body fat. Often, the imbalance in body fluids and changes in muscle tone represent how the body is adapting to the training. Not surprisingly, the first visit to the scales can be a hair-raising shock. Conceivably, two people with the same fat to muscle ratio can end up with two different readings on the scales. The role of physical activity in accelerating weight loss lies in the increased rate of metabolism which, combined with a low-calorie diet, leads to a reduction in body fat.

Unfortunately, the amount of extra calories burned with certain activities is often overrated. This means that a single full course meal can be enough to counteract all the benefits of a week-long exercise regimen. Obviously, the 'secret formula' to reasonable weight loss lies not only in your diet, but also in a series of lifestyle changes involving nutrition and exercise. Pills and potions to reduce your appetite, nutritionally unbalanced diets and other weight loss tips found in magazines seldom lead to any permanent weight loss. So if you are serious about losing those 'love handles' once and for all, then you need to take action immediately to change your entire lifestyle.

Consider the following important points:

1) Before you start it must first be established whether a change in your diet will lead to a decrease in total caloric intake while increasing nutritional density. It is not enough to change your diet: you have to eat healthier. If you deprive your body of adequate nutrients for an extended period of time, you will risk starving your system of essential vitamins and minerals, which in turn may lead to serious health problems. Read more on this topic in: Basic Nutrients, Vitamins, and Minerals.

2) You have to choose a sport you enjoy. Which brings us to the topic of motivation. If you participate in sports only as a means to an end,(i.e. 'to lose weight'), then you will be more likely to give up if you don't see any immediate and measurable results. If, however, you like the sport you're doing, and actually look forward to every training session, then you are much more likely to persevere.

3) Keep a diary that documents your weekly sports activities to get an overview of how much you are actually doing, and to be able to see your new body 'taking shape'. Don't just write down that you were in the gym for 90 minutes! Track your actual activities, including type, intensity, and duration. For example: 30 minutes bicycle at 145 THRZ (Training Heart Rate Zone), 4x30 reps of abdominal crunches, etc. This is how you can determine how much of this "90 minutes in the gym" was actually proactively used!

4) Make a conscious effort to put more 'movement' into your daily life. Don't take the lift - take the stairs, ride a bicycle instead of driving the car, and so on. This advice might seem simplistic, but it can really make a difference.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Can you benefit from just one workout a week?

Some people have time for only 1 workout a week. Can this really work?

A common question I get from many people is: How many times a week am I supposed to workout? The truth is that nothing is written in stone. It’s like asking me how many times I should brush my teeth or how many times should I take a shower. It’s going to be different for everyone because we all have different situations. Try telling someone who has a full time job, goes to school and has children that the right amount of time for them to work out is 6 times a week for an hour and a half.
With that in mind let’s take a look at working out once a week to working out everyday.

It may sound funny but I’ve actually recommended that some people workout out only once a week. I’ve done this with people that truly believe they really have no time to exercise. I first let them know that I can appreciate them being really busy and having little time to exercise. Then I explain that 1 workout a week can make a big difference. Of course they look at me and say that’s ridiculous. I then explain that over the course of a year working out once a week comes to 52 workouts versus no workouts if you don’t workout at all. Don’t you think 52 workouts will make a difference? Another reason I’ve recommended just starting with 1 workout a week is because it builds positive momentum. For the person who is doing nothing this can mean a lot. This positive step can lead them to possibly working out shall we say it 2 times a week and so forth.

Another recommendation I give people with little time is to do calisthenics for 5-15 minutes as soon as they get up in the morning.
Try this everyday when you wake up:

10-50 strength endurance squats
5-20 pushups
20-30 reverse arm circles

It will get your day started, you’ll feel great and you won’t need any coffee to wake you up. This has proved to be very valuable as it really gets people in the habit of starting each day on a positive note. I myself wake up every morning to a set of squats, lunges, sit-ups, push-ups and back bridging. It takes me around 15-30 minutes and it makes me feel great. This way if I skip my gym workout at least I’ve done something.

At the other end of the spectrum is working out everyday? The first thing people usually say is: Isn’t that too much? It all depends on what you do. I’m a big believer in exercising at least 6 days a week. I believe the body was made to exercise. If you look at animals in the wild they don’t have the luxury of saying maybe I won’t exercise today. Exercise is how they survive. We on the other hand have a choice of whether or not to do any exercise. Of course there is a heavy price to pay for not exercising: Obesity and a number of chronic diseases can result from LOE (Lack of Exercise).

I myself workout 3 to 7 days a week and feel my best when I workout everyday. The key of course is listening to your body and not overdoing it. Here’s a sample of what a work-out week can look for me.

Day 1: Morning Calisthenics 15-30 minutes
Running Workout: Hill Sprints: 30 minutes

Day 2: Morning Calisthenics 15-30 minutes
Staircase Workout: 30 minutes

Day3: Morning Calisthenics 15-30 minutes
Weight Training Workout: 45 minutes

Day 4: Morning Calisthenics 15-30 minutes
Basketball Workout: 60 minutes

Day 5: Morning Calisthenics 15-30 minutes

Day 6: Morning Calisthenics 15-30 minutes

Day 7: Day off

Also keep in mind that I make it a point to always find time to walk by parking my car far from my destinations and using the stairs instead of the elevator at work.

To sum it all up: From 5 minutes a day to 1 day a week all the way to 7 days a week you can incorporate exercise into your daily life. Your particular situation will dictate what can and will be done. I’ll leave you with this. Eugene Sandow once said,” Life is movement.” Once you stop moving you’re are dead. Choose life. And as we all know, when you don’t use it you lose it.

I hope this motivates you to at least do 5 minutes of exercise each and everyday.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Fitness programs: Ready to get started?

Are you thinking about starting a fitness program? Good for you! You're only five steps away from a healthier lifestyle.
Starting a fitness program may be one of the best things you can do for your health. With your doctor's OK to exercise, physical activity can reduce your risk of chronic disease, improve your balance and coordination, help you lose weight — even improve your sleep habits and self-esteem. And there's more good news. You can do it in just five steps.

Step 1: Assess your fitness level
You probably have some idea of how fit you are. But assessing and recording baseline fitness scores can give you benchmarks against which to measure your progress. To assess your aerobic and muscular fitness, flexibility and body composition, consider recording:

Your pulse rate before and after a one-mile walk
How long it takes to walk one mile
How many push-ups you can do at a time
How far you can reach forward while seated on the floor with your legs in front of you
Your waist circumference at the level of your navel
Your body mass index

Step 2: Design your fitness program
It's easy to say that you'll exercise every day. But you'll need a plan. As you design your fitness program, keep these points in mind:

Consider your fitness goals. Are you starting a fitness program to help lose weight? Or do you have another motivation, such as preparing for a 5K race? Having clear goals can help you gauge your progress.
Plan a logical progression of activity. If you're just beginning to exercise, start cautiously and progress slowly. If you have an injury or a medical condition, consult your doctor or a physical therapist for help designing a fitness program that gradually improves your range of motion, strength and endurance.
Think about how you'll build activity into your daily routine. Finding time to exercise can be a challenge. To make it easier, schedule time to exercise as you would any other appointment. Plan to watch your favorite show while walking on the treadmill, or read while riding a stationary bike.
Plan to include different activities. Different activities (cross-training) can keep exercise boredom at bay. Cross-training also reduces your chances of injuring or overusing one specific muscle or joint. Plan to alternate among activities that emphasize different parts of your body, such as walking, swimming and strength training.

Allow time for recovery. Many people start exercising with frenzied zeal — working out too long or too intensely — and give up when their muscles and joints become sore or injured. Plan time between sessions for your body to rest and recover.
Put it on paper. A written plan may encourage you to stay on track.

Step 3: Assemble your equipment
You'll probably start with athletic shoes. Be sure to pick shoes designed for the activity you have in mind.

If you're planning to invest in exercise equipment, choose something that's practical, enjoyable and easy to use. You may want to try out certain types of equipment at a fitness center before investing in your own equipment. To stretch your exercise dollars, consider buying used equipment. Or get creative. Make your own weights by filling old socks with beans or pennies, or by partially filling a half-gallon milk jug with water or sand.

Step 4: Get started
Now you're ready for action. As you begin your fitness program, keep these tips in mind:

Start slowly and build up gradually. Give yourself plenty of time to warm up and cool down with easy walking or gentle stretching. Then speed up to a pace you can continue for five to 10 minutes without getting overly tired. If you can't carry on a conversation while you exercise, you're probably pushing too hard. As your stamina improves, increase the amount of time you exercise by one to five minutes per session. Aim for at least 30 minutes of exercise most days of the week.
Break things up if you have to. You don't have to do all your exercise at one time. Shorter but more frequent sessions have aerobic benefits, too. Ten minutes of exercise three times a day may fit into your schedule better than a single 30-minute session.

Be creative. Maybe your workout routine includes various activities, such as walking, bicycling or rowing. But don't stop there. Take a weekend hike with your family or spend an evening ballroom dancing.
Listen to your body. If you feel pain, shortness of breath, dizziness or nausea, take a break. You may be pushing yourself too hard.
Be flexible. If you're not feeling good, give yourself permission to take a day or two off.

Step 5: Monitor your progress
Retake your personal fitness assessment six weeks after you start your program and then again every three to six months. You may notice that you need to increase the amount of time you exercise in order to continue improving. Or you may be pleasantly surprised to find that you're exercising just the right amount to meet your fitness goals.

If you lose motivation, set new goals or try a new activity. Exercising with a friend or taking a class at a fitness center may help, too.

Starting an exercise program is an important decision. But it doesn't have to be an overwhelming one. By planning carefully and pacing yourself, you can establish a healthy habit that lasts a lifetime.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Exercise: 7 Benefits of Regular Physical Activity

Exercise is good for you. From preventing heart disease and type 2 diabetes to managing weight and stress to maintaining fitness, regular physical activity helps extend life and improve its quality.
Want to feel better, have more energy and live longer? Look no further than regular, old-fashioned, sweat-inducing exercise.

By introducing a moderate amount of exercise into your daily life, you can significantly improve your overall health, well-being and quality of life. And the health benefits of exercise can be achieved by virtually everyone, regardless of age, sex, race or physical ability.

The merits of exercise — ranging from preventing chronic health conditions to boosting your confidence and self-esteem — are hard to ignore.

Need more convincing? Take a look at seven ways exercise can have a positive impact on your health.

1. Strengthen your cardiovascular and respiratory systems
The term "cardiovascular system" refers to the circulation of your blood through your heart and blood vessels. With each beat of your heart, a surge of blood is released into your body's intricate web of blood vessels. Blood pressure — the force that's exerted on your artery walls as blood passes through — helps keep the blood flowing smoothly. A buildup of plaques in your arteries, caused by cholesterol and other products in your bloodstream, can interrupt your blood flow and cause life-threatening damage to your cardiovascular system.

When you exercise regularly, your entire cardiovascular system benefits because exercise:

Lowers the buildup of plaques in arteries by increasing the concentration of high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol — the "good" cholesterol — and decreasing the concentration of low-density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol — the "bad" cholesterol — in your blood.

Prevents the onset of high blood pressure if you're at increased risk of developing it.

Lowers your blood pressure if you already have high blood pressure
Regular exercise also benefits your respiratory system by promoting rhythmic, deep breathing. Your lungs actually develop greater capacity, so you're better able to take in oxygen to nourish your cells.

Exercise strengthens your heart and lungs. Your blood travels more efficiently, bringing much-needed oxygen from your lungs and nutrients to the rest of your body. This is one of the reasons why you generally feel refreshed and more energetic after exercise.

Considering all these factors, exercise enhances your cardiovascular and respiratory health, and helps reduce your risk of related diseases.

2. Keep bones and muscles strong
Regular exercise is one of the best things you can do to prevent the bone-weakening disease osteoporosis. Strength training exercises — such as lifting weights or working with resistance tubes — are particularly helpful. Also important are exercises that bear your body's weight, such as walking and jogging.

Strength training and weight-bearing exercises help preserve bone mass and may even increase bone density. This means your bones may grow stronger. By strengthening your muscles and bones, you can also improve your balance and coordination, reducing your risk of falls.

3. Manage your weight
Exercise helps you achieve or maintain a healthy weight by burning calories. Your body requires a certain amount of energy to continue the functions you need to sustain life. And if you exercise, your body works harder and needs more fuel (calories). Even after you stop exercising, your body continues to burn calories at a modestly increased rate for a few hours. The more intensely you exercise, the more calories you burn.

By burning more calories than you take in, you can reduce body fat, giving you a healthier body composition. Losing body fat can make you look and feel better and can reduce your risk of obesity. Maintaining a healthy body weight eases pressure on your bones and joints, which can help prevent conditions such as arthritis.

4. Prevent and manage diabetes
Regular exercise, coupled with a healthy diet, is an important way to prevent and manage type 2 diabetes, a condition that affects the way your body uses blood sugar.

Exercise can help insulin work better and can lower your blood sugar. As your muscles contract during exercise, they use sugar for energy. To meet this energy need, sugar is removed from your blood during and after exercise, which lowers your blood sugar level.

Exercise also reduces blood sugar by increasing your sensitivity to insulin — allowing your body to use available insulin more efficiently to bring sugar into your cells.

5. Ease depression and manage pain and stress
Exercise fights depression by activating the neurotransmitters — chemicals used by your nerve cells to communicate with one another — associated with avoiding depression. Those neurotransmitters are serotonin and norepinephrine. The levels of those neurotransmitters and their balance with each other play a role in how you react to daily events. When you experience depression, the level of serotonin, norepinephrine or both may be out of sync. Exercise may help synchronize those brain chemicals.

Exercise also stimulates the production of endorphins — other neurotransmitters that produce feelings of well-being, provide for "natural" pain relief, and help you relax. So, did you have a stressful day at work and need to blow off some steam? A workout at the gym or a brisk 30-minute walk can help you calm down.

6. Reduce your risk of certain types of cancer
Regular exercise helps lower the risk of cancers of the colon, prostate, uterine lining (endometrium) and breast. Although it hasn't been proved, researchers think that exercise helps combat colon cancer by helping digested food move through the colon more quickly.

Exercise lowers the risk of breast and uterine cancers by reducing body fat and decreasing estrogen production. Estrogen, in turn, has been shown to support the growth of some female cancers, including breast and endometrial cancers.

Researchers are uncertain about how exercise lowers the risk of prostate cancer.

7. Sleep better
A good night's sleep helps maintain your physical and mental health. Moderate exercise at least three hours before bedtime can help you relax and sleep better at night.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Fitness training: 4 elements of a rounded routine

Like many health goals, achieving overall physical fitness is a balancing act. A rounded fitness training routine covers each of the elements of good health.
You're a committed fitness fanatic looking to optimize your results. Or perhaps you've just begun your journey to improved health and want to establish a rounded fitness training routine. Regardless of your present level of physical fitness, it's important to base your exercise goals upon these four primary elements of fitness.

1. Aerobic fitness
Any activity you do — from taking a walk to washing the dishes — requires oxygen. Regular aerobic fitness exercise increases your body's ability to use oxygen. How well you use oxygen is termed your "aerobic capacity." When your aerobic capacity is high, your heart, lungs and blood vessels efficiently transport and deliver large amounts of oxygen throughout your body.

Aerobic exercise helps you in your daily activities. It helps your heart, blood vessels, lungs and muscles complete routine tasks and rise to unexpected challenges, such as running to your car in pouring rain.

The key to achieving aerobic capacity is to find fitness training activities that you enjoy and can do regularly. You needn't limit yourself to a single activity, such as running. Add variety and increase your motivation by trying different types of aerobic activity, such as dancing, bicycling or water aerobics. Aerobic exercise at least 10 minutes in length is required to obtain health benefits.

2. Muscular fitness
Muscular fitness refers to the strength and endurance of your muscles. The more fit your muscles are, the easier your daily tasks become, whether they include lifting groceries, raking the yard or pushing a vacuum cleaner.

Strength training can help you improve your muscular fitness. It also enables you to increase your body's lean muscle mass, which helps with weight loss.

Training options include using free weights, resistance bands, weight machines or your own body weight to increase muscular strength and endurance. Fitness training that includes more than one option will help ensure greater overall muscular fitness.

3. Flexibility
Flexibility is the ability to move your joints through their full range of motion. You maintain your body's flexibility through stretching. When you're flexible, routine tasks, such as lifting packages, bending to tie your shoe and hurrying to catch a bus, are easier and less tiring.

Fitness training activities that lengthen your muscles increase your flexibility. One way to become more flexible is to include stretching exercises in your fitness routine. Yoga and tai chi, if performed correctly, can be effective for improving flexibility. No matter what type of stretching exercises you choose, make flexibility training an integral part of your fitness plan.


4. Stability and balance
Stability and balance are associated with your body's core muscle strength — the muscles in your lower back, pelvis, hips and abdomen. These core muscles provide the support system for almost any activity or motion your body makes. They help you maintain stability and balance during your daily activities.

You can improve your stability and balance through core exercises that strengthen the muscles at the center of your body — the area around your trunk — where your center of gravity is located. A strong midsection helps combat poor posture and low back pain. It also helps prevent falls, especially in older adults.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Aerobic exercise: What 30 minutes a day can do for your body

Aerobic exercise strengthens your heart and lungs and improves blood flow. Health benefits are numerous, including disease prevention and management.
Is 30 minutes a day of aerobic exercise the magic bullet you've been looking for? With benefits ranging from heart disease prevention to stress reduction, it's one of the best things you can do for your health.

Aerobic exercise — a type of movement such as walking or bicycling that gets your heart pumping and increases your oxygen intake — can help you live longer and healthier and can help you prevent and manage chronic health conditions.

Take a look at the many benefits associated with aerobic exercise. Get motivated to reap the rewards.

How your body responds to aerobic exercise

During aerobic exercise, you repeatedly move large muscles in your arms, legs and hips. Aerobic fitness, also called cardiovascular fitness, refers to the ability of your heart, blood vessels and lungs (cardiovascular system) to supply fuel during sustained physical activity.

When you're aerobically fit, your body more efficiently takes in and uses oxygen to sustain movement more efficiently. To sustain repetitive muscle movement, your body:

-Takes in more oxygen.
-You breathe faster and more deeply to maximize the amount of oxygen in your blood stream.
-Pumps blood faster and more forcefully. To produce energy and deliver oxygen more effectively to the rest of your body, your heart beats faster.
-The force of each beat of your heart increases to maximize blood flow to your muscles and back to your lungs.
-Increases the diameter and number of small blood vessels. To get more oxygen to your muscles, small blood vessels (capillaries) dilate and carry away waste products, such as carbon dioxide and lactic acid. Over time, more capillaries will actually develop in the muscle to provide for more efficient oxygen delivery and waste removal.
-Avoids overheating. Your body warms up when you repeatedly move your muscles. To compensate for the rise in temperature, your body releases heat into the air as you breathe out. You also lose heat, water and minerals as you sweat.
-Releases endorphins. Regular aerobic exercise releases endorphins, your body's natural painkillers.
Your body is a complex machine that will get stronger and more efficient as it adapts to a regular program of aerobic exercise.

Aerobic exercise helps you live longer, live healthier

Taking part in regularly scheduled aerobic exercise can help you prevent certain diseases and manage others. It can also help you feel better.

Prevent certain diseases and conditions

Aerobic exercise can help:

-Reduce your risk of coronary artery disease. Heart disease is one of the top causes of death for men and women in the United States. If you've had a heart attack, achieving a higher level of aerobic fitness can help prevent a second attack.
-Reduce your risk of developing hypertension (high blood pressure). If you have high blood pressure, aerobic exercise can help lower it.
-Improve blood fats. Exercise increases the concentration of high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol (the "good" cholesterol) and decreases the concentration of low-density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol (the "bad" cholesterol) in your blood.
-Reduce your risk of stroke. Improving blood fats results in less build-up of plaques in your arteries. Deposits of plaques in blood vessels leading to your brain can result in a stroke.
-Reduce your risk of developing some cancers, including breast, colon, prostate and endometrial cancer.
-Reduce your risk of developing type 2 diabetes. Aerobic exercise helps you control your weight, reducing the likelihood of your being overweight or obese, conditions that can lead to type 2 diabetes.
-Ward off viral illnesses. Aerobic exercise helps activate your immune system and prepare it to fight off infection. People who exercise regularly are less susceptible to minor viral illnesses, such as colds and flu.
-Manage diseases and conditions
Aerobic exercise can help:

-Lower your blood sugar levels if you have diabetes. Keeping your blood sugar within target range can help you avoid long-term complications of diabetes, such as kidney failure or heart disease.
-Manage your weight. Combined with a healthy diet and appropriate strength training, aerobic exercise can help you lose weight or maintain a healthy weight.
-Strengthen your heart muscle. A stronger heart can pump more blood for every heartbeat, which means your heart doesn't need to beat as fast during rest or exercise.
-Improve blood flow to all parts of your body. A stronger heart muscle pumps blood more efficiently.
-Relieve chronic muscle pain and fibromyalgia. Aerobic exercise stimulates the growth of tiny blood vessels (capillaries) in your muscles. This helps your body deliver oxygen to your muscles more efficiently and remove irritating metabolic waste products, such as lactic acid.
-Boost your mood. Aerobic exercise can ease the gloominess of depression and the tension associated with anxiety.
-Build strong bones. Weight-bearing aerobic exercise, such as walking, can reduce your risk of osteoporosis and its complications. Low-impact aerobic exercises — such as swimming, cycling and pool exercises — can help keep you fit without putting excessive stress on your joints, making these exercises good choices if you have conditions such as arthritis.
-Feel better and enjoy life more
Aerobic exercise can help:

-Increase your stamina. Aerobic exercise may make you tired during and right after the activity. But over the long term it can increase your stamina and reduce fatigue.
-Manage your stress. A session of aerobic exercise after a stressful workday can help you relax.
-Improve your sexual performance. In 2003, scientists at Harvard School of Public Health found that men who ran at least three hours each week reported sexual functioning like that of men two to five years younger.
-Stay active and independent as you get older
Aerobic exercise can help you:

-Maintain your mobility. Maintaining a program of regular aerobic exercise keeps your muscles efficient and strong, which can help you stay steady on your feet as you get older. If you rely on a wheelchair, aerobic exercise that focuses on your arms, shoulders and upper body — rowing or cross-country skiing using a sit-ski, for example — can help your upper body stay strong while improving your cardiovascular health.
-Stay independent. As you age, aerobic exercise can help your muscles stay strong, which will help you avoid falls and fractures.
-Extend your lifespan. People who engage in cardiovascular exercise appear to live longer than those who don't.
Regardless of your age, weight or athletic ability, aerobic exercise is good for you. Is there a particular health benefit that motivates you to get moving?

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Americans often miscalculate portion sizes, study says

SARATOGA SPRINGS, N.Y. -- At 170 calories per serving, Kathryn Mora figured the spaghetti was harmless. So she slurped away, eating her fill.

A closer look at the nutrition label destroyed all those warm comfort food feelings: A serving was just an eighth of the box — not the whole thing.

"I can eat the entire box, like that," said Mora, snapping her fingers.

A common pitfall when checking nutrition labels is failing to factor in serving size, according to a small study by Vanderbilt University researchers. And even when people do, they often miscalculate how much they're eating. Americans' inability to understand portion control is one reason cited for the country's climbing obesity rates.

Vanderbilt's study was conducted between June 2004 and April 2005 when the low-carb craze was at its height, so many of the questions involving serving size focused on carbohydrate counts. Researchers found only about a third of the volunteers correctly estimated how many carbs were in a 20-ounce bottle of soda.

"Most people don't realize those have 2.5 servings," said Dr. Russell Rothman, lead author of the study.

Though less frequent, the same mistakes could happen when estimating calories, Rothman said. So someone drinking a 20-ounce bottle of soda may think they're getting just 100 calories when they're actually guzzling 250.

In the study, similar mistakes were made on other foods: bagels, a microwave dinner, peanut butter, a pint of ice cream, cookies and candy. That was despite nearly all respondents saying they regularly check nutrition information.

Those with lower education levels were more likely to misinterpret labels, but mistakes were made across the board.

Set by the federal Food and Drug Administration in 1993, serving sizes are often smaller than most Americans eat in a sitting. And bigger packaging over the years may have distorted perceptions.

A serving size for a drink, for example, is 8 ounces. But a can of soda has 12 ounces and most bottled sodas now contain 20 ounces or more.

Just Three Chips Ahoy chocolate chip cookies equal a serving — and 160 calories. For Lay's Potato Chips, a serving size of about 15 chips will give you 150 calories.

And, with apologies to Madison Avenue, betcha can't eat just 15.

With two-thirds of Americans overweight or obese, the FDA recently solicited suggestions on how to tweak nutrition labels and serving sizes to make them more useful. Consumers suggested labels that reflect the entire package for foods like muffins (two servings), that are typically eaten in a single sitting.

Americans also complained that serving sizes are too small, especially for sodas and cereal. Health officials, however, worry that boosting the serving size might be taken as a cue to eat more.

Such changes could also end up fueling confusion, said Regina Hildwine, spokeswoman for the Food Products Association, which opposes sweeping changes to nutrition labeling.

The food industry has responded to the confusion in recent years with a slew of products that help people size up a serving. Chips, crackers, cookies and pudding now come in handy 100-calorie packs, and single-serving packaging has exploded in popularity.

The Vanderbilt study, which surveyed 200 people, found that overall, people answered more than two-thirds of the questions about nutrition labels correctly.

Many were confused about the meaning of "percent daily values" based on a 2,000 calorie diet. However, by far the most common mistake involved serving size; many people failed to notice the serving size number and others just miscalculated.

A pint of ice cream, for example, has four half-cup servings — but many of those in the study interpreted that to mean one serving was half the container.

"It might be wishful thinking, but mostly it's just people reading too quickly," Rothman said.

A recent AP-Ipsos poll also found that even when most people check nutrition labels, they still buy products that scream high calories and fat.

"They're not using (the labels) because they don't understand them," Rothman said.

Cathy Nonas, a registered dietitian with the American Dietetic Association, said serving size is one of the first things she teaches her patients to look out for when reading nutrition labels.

Portion control may not be the only thing that matters when it comes to eating a healthy diet but, Nonas said, it's a "big piece" of the obesity puzzle.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Healthy Living: How Common Behaviors Affect Your Health

What comes to mind when you think of taking risks with your health — driving recklessly, or maybe abusing alcohol or illegal drugs? Those behaviors are certainly risky. However, many people have less dramatic behaviors that are just as dangerous in the long run. Tobacco use, unbalanced nutrition (too many calories and/or too much of one food group and not enough of the others) and a lack of physical activity are some of the key risk factors for the most common causes of death.

What are the most common causes of death?

Below are the top 10 causes of death in the United States. Heart disease, cancer and stroke are the most common causes of death. Nearly 1.5 million people in the United States die each year from one of these diseases, or from complications of these diseases. That’s more than the number of American soldiers who died in the Civil War, the Korean War and the Vietnam War combined, and it happens every year.

Top 10 Causes of Death (in order)
1. Heart Disease
2. Cancer
3. Stroke
4. Chronic lower respiratory disease
5. Accidents (many are alcohol-related)
6. Diabetes
7. Flu and pneumonia
8. Alzheimer's disease
9. Kidney disease
10. Infection

Don’t these diseases run in families? How much control do I really have?

It’s true that heart disease, stroke and some kinds of cancer tend to occur more often in people who have a family history of the disease. However, your genes are only part of your risk for these diseases. In many cases, your behavior is at least as important to your health as your family history. If you choose unhealthy behaviors, you are at greater risk of having a serious health problem.

What can I do to reduce my risk?

The following are 3 of the most important ways to reduce your risk of the top 3 causes of death:

1. Quit smoking, or don’t start.
2. Eat fewer high-fat foods and more fruits and vegetables.
3. Be more physically active.

Even by doing just one of these things, you will improve your health and reduce your risk of heart disease, cancer and stroke.

I know why I should eat fewer high-fat foods, but why bother eating more fruits and vegetables?

Fruits and vegetables are important sources of vitamins, minerals and fiber. To improve your eating habits, you’ll want to cut down on foods that are high in fat and calories, such as soda pop and hamburgers. By replacing those foods with healthier choices, such as fruits and vegetables, you’ll get better nutritional quality from the foods you eat. Also, adding fruits and vegetables—and learning new ways to prepare them—can keep you from getting bored with a more healthy diet.

Is it better to have an exercise plan instead of just trying to be more physically active throughout the day?

Ideally, we would all get enough exercise in our daily lives to burn the energy that we get from eating food. Unfortunately, many things about modern life let people avoid being physically active. For example, many people drive almost everywhere they go, and many jobs require people to sit at a desk for much of the day.

One obvious way to burn more energy is to participate in structured exercise, such as aerobics or basketball. However, you can also burn energy by adding more movement to your everyday activities. For example, try walking in place or riding a stationary bicycle while you watch TV. Take the stairs instead of the elevator or squeeze in a couple of 15-minute walking breaks during the day.

I’ve tried to make these kinds of changes before and I wasn’t successful. How can I do better this time?

Unhealthy behaviors become habits, so changing them can be very hard. You’re more likely to make changes in your habits if you set a specific goal for yourself. The kind of goal you choose and how you think about it is very important. If you set a goal that focuses on an outcome—for example, losing 20 pounds—it can be hard to know where to start or what to do. Instead, set a goal that focuses on a specific behavior. For example, choose one specific thing to change about the way you eat, such as adding a piece of fruit to one meal each day. This type of goal is easier to think about and plan for. Once your new healthy behavior becomes a habit, you can move on to another goal.

If you set a goal to be more physically active, you can improve your chances of success by exercising with other people. For example, set up a walking group at work or in your neighborhood, or ask a friend to be your exercise buddy. This will provide you with support and make physical activity more enjoyable.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Move More

To stay fit and trim over time, it’s not enough to rely on diet alone. Regular physical activity is a major factor in weight loss and is the best predictor of whether you will regain the weight you lose. It also helps you reach physical and cardiovascular fitness, regardless of your current weight.

Ask yourself how active you are now. Keep a daily log of your activities over one week – write down everything physical you do, for how long, and whether you enjoyed it.

Transition from a sedentary lifestyle by adding just 10 minutes of daily walking. You don’t need to work as hard as you might think to reap the benefits of being more active. Set small, attainable goals and plan how to fit them into your lifestyle.
Decide on a fitness goal that works for you. Aim for 30 to 60 minutes of moderate-intensity activity on most, and preferably all, days of the week.

Choose a strategy to increase your level of activity. Finding an activity you really like is key to being able to stick with it over time. One approach is to add small activities to your daily routine to build up the total amount of exercise. (For example, take the stairs instead of the elevator each day.) Wearing a pedometer is a good way to gauge how many steps you average each day, and thus how many you should add gradually.

Another strategy is to start walking more. A regular walking program is an inexpensive and effective way to fit in fitness. You can also participate in organized activities. Organized activities, such as playing a favorite sport or participating in scheduled classes and workouts, offer you the twin benefits of increased fitness and social support.

Mix and match

Feel free to combine strategies to get the most benefit, flexibility, and – very important – enjoyment from being active.
Assess your success at six weeks. Check your daily log to see the progress you’ve made and reward yourself for your efforts. If your overall fitness improves without much effect on weight loss, don’t give up. You’re building muscle tissue and developing cardiovascular stamina, which will still help maintain weight loss in the long run.

Need more reasons to be physically active?

Your weight will be easier to control.
You may find it easier to make changes in your diet and other lifestyle improvements.
You’ll have more energy and feel more confident.
You’ll be a good role model for family members and friends.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

October 24, 2008

Burn Fat Faster

One of the most common complaints we hear from veteran walkers is "I'm not seeing any results." Prevention's fitness director, Michele Stanten, isn't surprised. "It's easy to slack off because walking is such a comfortable, familiar activity. If your goal is to slim down, you need to keep up a faster pace."

For Karen Liptrap, 40, it wasn't until she broke 4 MPH that her body started to respond. "My tush used to hang," says the mother of three from Oakville, Ontario, who started walking 4 years ago. "Now it's firm, and my legs are strong and toned."

To understand why Liptrap shaped up, just do the math. The faster you walk, the more calories you burn. For example, a 60-minute walk at 3 MPH burns 240 calories (based on a 150-lb person). Speed up to 4 MPH, and you can blast those calories in just 42 minutes. Keep it up for an hour, and you'll burn nearly 50% more calories--364 total. At that pace, walking 5 days a week, you could lose an extra 10 pounds a year.

And those are just the visible benefits. "Ramping up your speed trains the heart, lungs, and skeletal muscles to use oxygen more efficiently," explains Brian Duscha, an exercise physiologist at Duke University Medical Center. Researchers at the University of Michigan also found that women who walked at 4.2 MPH for 15 weeks increased their bone density, while those who walked 3.4 MPH saw their bone density decrease.

Results like these are just a few quick steps away with this 8-week speed training program, developed by Boston-based walking expert and biomechanist Mark Fenton. The Short & Fast walk teaches your nerves and muscles to react quicker so your legs move faster; the Long & Steady walk progressively builds endurance and trains your body to sustain a faster speed for a period of 30 minutes or more. Do each of these speed walks once a week and a moderate-paced walk two to four times a week. Supplement your walks with the Muscle Up Your Speed routine three times a week, and soon you'll be blazing a trail to health--and leaving everybody else in the dust.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

5 Reasons Why Exercise is Essential for Weight Loss

Exercise is an essential part of weight loss. You may be able to lose some weight without exercising, but if you expect to reach your goal weight exercise is going to have to enter into the picture somewhere. Besides helping you lose weight, exercise helps you maintain your health in other ways.

1. Exercise Prevents Muscle Loss.

Keeping your muscle may not seem important to you, but it should. Your muscle is what helps you burn calories while you are rest. If you lose muscle, your body will not be able to process the calories you ingest as efficiently. Studies show that dieters tend to lose 25 percent muscle and 75 percent fat. You need to try not to lose any of the muscle. Maintaining your muscle is done by doing strength exercise. Strength exercise involves resistance, such as; exercising with weights or dyna bands.

2. Exercise increases the calories burned.

Bottom line here is that when you exercise you are going to lose weight, as long as you make reasonable choices most of the time. You are going to be able to consume more calories just because you exercise. Exercise can be used to offset that extra piece of pizza you had for dinner.

3. Exercise helps control your appetite.

You may feel increased hunger the first day you exercise, but after that due to your body using stored glucose and fat; your sugar levels will remain more even. When sugar levels are even you have less trouble with hunger.

4. Exercise makes you feel better about yourself.

Exercise releases endorphins in your brain. This is a chemical that makes you feel good. The psychological effects of exercising do a lot towards keeping you motivated. This benefit by itself should encourage you to exercise. When you feel positive about things, it makes it easier for you to make the right choices.

5. If you exercise regularly you will lose more weight and keep it off.

Research shows that the people that are most successful at losing weight and keeping it off the ones that have a regular exercise plan as part of their lifestyle. They also burn off about 2500 to 2800 weekly. This translates into about 6 hours of walking, 3 1/2 hours of swimming or 9 hours of bike riding weekly.

The best way to stick with an exercise plan is to find something you like to do. If you try to make yourself do something you don’t like, you will never stick with it. Exercise has many benefits. One thing is for sure, if you want to lose weight and expect to keep it off, exercise will have to become a regular part of your lifestyle.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Treadmills Can Help You Achieve and Maintain a Healthy Lifestyle

A great piece of equipment that can help you secure a healthy lifestyle is a treadmill, a machine that makes aerobic training easy and convenient. If you are trying to control your weight, achieve maximum fitness, and/or improve your health, fitness experts recommend vigorous walking or running as an ideal workout. These wonderful forms of exercise require very little equipment – running shoes are pretty much it – and no particular talent. It’s no surprise that runners and walkers who are committed to a healthy lifestyle turn to treadmills to reach and maintain their health and personal fitness goals safely and conveniently at home.

The problem is that it isn’t fun or even feasible to walk or run in seriously inclement weather; it isn’t safe to run in various districts in cities or on deserted roads; and it’s not a good idea to run late at night without one or more running partners. If there isn’t a track nearby, you may have only concrete available as a running and walking surface, and this can cause horrendous wear and tear on your joints and also make you prone to shin splints. Treadmills allow you to enjoy a safe and convenient indoor workout, and with so many choices, you will have no trouble finding a treadmill that is just right for you at a price you can afford.

Important Elements Should be Considered When Shopping for a Treadmill

The mechanics of treadmills are easy to understand and review, and these are the important points to remember about the various features:

1. Motor, Belt, Frame, Deck, and Cushioning

• You need a treadmill with a smooth, quiet and cool motor and 1.5 continuous-duty horsepower, and it should have a rating of two to three horsepower if any of the users weigh over 180 pounds or if the machine will be used more for running than walking. Ignore the "peak horsepower" number, which is not relevant for runners; "continuous duty" is the key phrase here.
• The belt should be two-ply and at least 17 inches wide and 48 inches long. It should allow for your natural stride, which means longer and wider is better if your stride is long.
• The frame can be made of either steel or aluminum. Steel is heavier and sturdier but can rust after long use; aluminum is lighter but won’t rust.
• The deck should be flexible with decent cushioning to absorb the impact of your footfalls.

2. Speed and Incline

• Five miles an hour is a comfortable walking speed, and your treadmill should be capable of ten miles an hour if you are a runner.
• The incline should be adjustable to 10%, or even 15% if you really love walking or running hills.

3. Stability and Safety

• The more stable the treadmill the better; avoid any that rock and roll. Machines that fold are less stable, in general. Handrails are a good safety feature, and so is an auto-shutoff button.

4. Controls, Displays, and Programs

• Push-button controls are best because you can adjust them easily and quickly while you are doing your workout, and you will be happiest with easy-to-read, large displays of speed, pace, incline, time, and distance. It’s also nice to have other options such as heart rate monitors and digital displays of the number of calories burned.
• Programs can be useful especially if you want to customize one that will adjust the speed and incline in order to maintain a particular heart-rate zone. However, you can have too much of a good thing here, and lots of people don’t have the patience to design a program or want to be restricted to those provided by the various machines on the market. Selecting a treadmill that does or does not feature a large number of preset programs is a matter of taste.

If price is a major consideration, you should be looking for discount treadmills or a factory refurbished model. You can also find used machines, but keep in mind that both discount and factory refurbished will carry guarantees on parts and labor; used machines may be less well covered. Check exactly what guarantees are offered on the used treadmills if you decide to go that route. You can also find a cheap treadmill if you supply the horsepower yourself – in other words, a manual treadmill is less expensive than an electric one that comes with all the bells and whistles.

Find the Best Treadmill for You

Buying the best treadmill means choosing one that is best for you and is both affordable and meets your needs. You can find up-to-date information on the Internet with descriptions of all the popular and even the more obscure models. Begin your search by looking at treadmill reviews that are published online. Runner’s World, Treadmill Doctor, Consumer Reports, Treadmill Buyer’s Guide, and a host of other publications rate the machines and their individual features and will help you make your selection. There are many quality models of the ProForm treadmill, for instance, and they range from inexpensive manual to top-of-the-line with a variety of options, and you can find them rated against other similar machines in these reports.

An alternative to the treadmill is the elliptical machine, and these are also known as elliptical trainers. The elliptical machines are designed to offer a total body workout that allows you to exercise arms and legs without suffering the wear and tear on joints that comes from pounding the pavement – or anything else, for that matter. The price for ellipticals range as low as a few hundred dollars to over five thousand dollars, which means they are priced about the same as treadmills.

You can get in shape and stay in shape and improve your health and energy levels by working out at any time of day or night in the safety of your own home. You don’t need to be a big sports enthusiast or require a trainer for this form of exercise – you already know how to walk and run. The Internet is the newest way and becoming a very popular way to buy fitness equipment for both commercial and home use. You can research, comparison shop, make your selection, and order right on line. Your new treadmill will be delivered right to your door, and the only thing you need to do to get the maximum benefit is use it regularly. We want to help you walk or run your way to good health and fitness.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

How To Get A Health Heart

A good diet can cut the risk of heart disease

The three main triggers of heart disease are smoking, lack of exercise and a poor diet.

All are difficult habits to kick. For some, the changes needed are only small, like getting in some exercise on the way home by getting off the train a stop early and walking the rest of the way.

But for others, the problems are harder to tackle.

Hardened smokers may need the support of not only their families, but their friends, colleagues and even doctors to wean themselves off nicotine.

Many view changing over to a healthy diet as a major feat. They think they will have to resign themselves to a life of vegetables and chocolate and chip abstinence.

Nutritionists agree it can be difficult to change the habits of a lifetime, but they say drastic alterations may not be required.

Switching from full fat to semi-skimmed milk, for example, can have major health benefits with little taste difference.

And there is no need to forswear "naughty but nice" food for ever - as long as it does not form a staple part of your diet.

The British Nutrition Foundation says there are five main areas of diet which can prevent coronary heart disease.

Cholesterol

Cholesterol is a form of fat transported in the blood which is essential in small amounts.

Some forms of cholesterol - those derived from saturated fats - can clog up the arteries in large amounts.

This increases the risk of the blood supply to the heart being cut off, resulting in a heart attack.

These types of cholesterol are found in products like margarine, butter, lard, meat, milk, yoghourt, cheese, cakes, biscuits, pies and chips.

The build-up of damaging levels of cholesterol can be counteracted by chemicals called antioxidants.

Vitamin C, vitamin E and some forms of vitamin A contain antioxidants.

Fruit and vegetables are good sources of vitamins A and C and unsaturated fats and oils are good sources of vitamin E.

The British Heart Foundation recommends that people eat five portions of fruit and vegetables a day to keep their hearts healthy.

Blood pressure

High blood pressure is a risk factor for coronary heart disease.

Burgers are high in cholesterol.

It can be caused by genetic conditions, but diet is also thought to play a big part.

People who are overweight, drink a lot of alcohol, smoke, take little exercise and eat a lot of salt are particularly likely to have high blood pressure.

Cutting down salt levels can be difficult because many foods and drinks contain it.

Bread is the single largest source of dietary salt. Processed food, such as prepared meals, are also high in salt.

The British Heart Foundation advises against adding any extra salt to food since most already contains fairly high quantities.

A recent study in The Lancet showed that many people could not tell the difference between high and low salt foods.

The food manufacturers' argument against lowering salt content in food has always been that people like the taste.

Other studies suggest that foods which are high in minerals like potassium, such as bananas and potatoes, may also play a role in lowering blood pressure.

Maintaining a healthy weight

People who are obese run an increased risk of heart disease.

Too much fried food increases fat intake.

Heart experts say physical activity can reduce the risk of high blood pressure caused by constricted arteries.

The way the fat is deposited around the body can also affect the risk.

People with pear-shaped figures - people with most of their fat deposited around the hips - run less of a risk of suffering a heart attack than those with apple-shaped figures who have most of the fat deposited around their stomach.

Men are more likely to be apple-shaped than women.

Blood clots

Blood clots can block or stem the blood flow, causing a heart attack.

So foods which contain chemicals which prevent blood clotting can protect against heart disease.

These include naturally oily fish, such as mackerel, sardines and salmon.

Fibre

Fibre has been shown to reduce blood cholesterol levels and may therefore reduce the risk of heart disease.

Foods high in fibre include cereal crops such as oats, pasta, bread and potatoes.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Body - Exercise

Body - Exercise

Exercise is critical to your wellbeing. If you don't drive you car, the axels and engine get rusty and old. There are three main aspects of exercise that are all critical:

Cardiovascular (things that get your heart racing, blood pumping, skin sweating, and lungs panting)

Resistance Training (freeweight lifting, weight machines, or anything that safely strains your muscles, ligaments, and bones to grow stronger)

Stretching

Exercise Guidelines:

It is recommended that you exercise every day, but most people do not have time for that. Try to make it at least 4-5 times per week.

It's best to alternate cardio and weight training between days (i.e. cardio one day, weight training the next).

Stretching should be done for 10-15 minutes before and after either type of exercise.

30-60 minutes per exercise session is recommended. It's okay to work up to this from less. Be safe and stay within your limits.

For cardio, the object is to be panting (safely) and sweating for the entire session. Depending on your personal conditions, this may not be safe for you. Check with your doctor to find out what level of cardiovascular exercise is safe for you.

Always cool down after exercise. A 5-10 minute walk is fine. Never sit down and chug a gallon of water just after exercise without cooling down.

After eating, wait at least 1 hour before exercising. When doing Yoga, it's best to wait to 2 hours.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Another Reason to Get Moving

Most of us can think of dozens of reasons not to exercise. You're already tired; how can you summon the energy to move more? It takes time out of a busy day. It's cold out. Your knee hurts.

But the evidence keeps rolling into my inbox. Researchers have found a few more reasons why we should do it.

Some of the most impressive evidence concerns the ability of exercise to keep our moods stable. Study after study shows that exercise combats depression. It lifts your mood, restores your energy, realigns your brain chemistry—and the price is unbeatable. It costs nothing. Physical activity works at least as well against mild to moderate depression as any other treatment.

Exercise also changes your perception of yourself. It provides a sense of personal mastery and positive self-regard.

We're not talking here about Olympian levels of activity. When it comes to alleviating depression, it's not at all necessary to go for the burn. All it takes is 30 minutes of aerobic exercise three times a week. That means walking. Researchers at Duke University have found that 50 minutes of exercise a week brings about a 50% decrease in the likelihood of being depressed.

Now comes new news of what exercise can do. It boosts blood flow to the brain, which allows you to be more mentally engaged. Exercise not only gives you physical energy, it boosts your mental energy. It makes you more alert. These benefits, need I point out, are aside from the ability of exercise to protect the heart and balance body weight.

Powered by: PsychologyToday.comThe most recent studies were performed on a few dozen monkeys that were put on a treadmill for five days a week over 30 weeks. They were compared with animals who remained sedentary.

On tests of mental performance—the animals had to find a treat placed under toys—the exercisers shone. "Tests showed that animals in the exercise group were more aroused, alert and engaged than animals in the control group," the researchers reported recently. What's more, the exercisers learned how to navigate the tests of mental performance at a much faster rate.

So do yourself and your brain a favor, go out for a walk.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

I Need More Energy!

You're in the middle of a long workout and you're wondering how in the world you're going to muster up enough energy to finish. We've all been there. It's as though someone has unscrewed the cap and let all the fuel out of our tank. So what should you reach for to help you comfortably finish your workout? Sports-product manufacturers have come up with all sorts of new items to help you do just that. But are they really any better than the old standards: water, a banana or a bagel?

Before we answer that question, a caveat: There is no single solution that works for everyone. Once you explore your options, you can determine which is the best for your body's particular needs.

Choices, Choices, Choices

There are few things more essential to maintaining performance than staying hydrated throughout your workout. Water is an obvious first choice, but you may need extra energy in the form of carbohydrates to get through a particularly long or strenuous exercise session. If this is the case, energy bars or gels and sports drinks may be the answer to your depleted energy supply. What follows is a breakdown of the pros and cons of each.

Water

Water is a calorie-free source of the fluid your body needs to keep going. There is no better way to compromise performance than to exercise while you're dehydrated. Research shows that your heart rate increases eight beats per minute for every liter of sweat lost during exercise. This can occur in as little as 30 minutes of exercise depending upon the environment and your intensity. This increased heart rate, combined with inefficient cooling, causes your temperature to elevate. This not only compromises performance, but can lead to heat illness as well.

Most experts recommend drinking at least a cup (4 to 10 ounces) of water every 15 minutes of exercise.

Sports Drinks

Activities lasting longer than one hour can leave your body wanting more than just water. Sports drinks, which typically contain about 50 to 70 calories, plus vitamins and minerals, are an easy answer to both the fluid and carbohydrate drain that comes from prolonged activity. Research shows that runners and cyclers who consume a sports drink during races not only finish more quickly, but rate their exertion levels lower than those who consumed a placebo beverage. It is important to realize, however, that this was true only during longer-duration activities. You should be able to complete your 30-minute run or 45-minute step class without the aid of additional carbohydrates.

Energy Gels and Bars

Energy gels are a relatively new alternative to traditional sports drinks or bars. They feel similar in texture to pudding and are easy to eat and easy for your stomach to digest. They typically contain about 70 to 100 calories and may also include caffeine and other ergogenic aids.

Energy bars have been around forever and are eaten more often as a snack than as an energy replacement during exercise. Today, the market is saturated with numerous flavors and types, each with a different ratio of fats, carbohydrates and protein. The key is to find one that tastes good and doesn't upset your stomach.

At 110 to 250 (or more) calories each, energy bars also provide extra vitamins, minerals and fiber, which ups their nutritional value considerably. But eating an energy gel or bar is not enough. You must consume enough fluid to replace what's been lost as well as to help speed digestion. How you choose to refuel during a workout depends on your body's reaction to what you put in it. For sessions lasting less than an hour, water is sufficient so long as you consume at least 4 to 10 ounces every 15 minutes.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Exercising With Heart Disease

Exercise plays an important role in both the prevention and rehabilitation of many forms of heart disease. Exercise can have a positive influence on many of the risk that increase the risk for heart disease such as high blood pressure, high cholesterol, diabetes and obesity.

Coronary artery disease is the most common form of cardiovascular disease. Others include hypertension, stroke and congestive heart failure. Coronary artery disease is almost always the result of a process referred to as atherosclerosis, the formation of blockages that gradually cause the arteries that supply blood to the heart to narrow. The blockages consist primarily of fatty substances, cholesterol and calcium. If the blood flow is unable to meet the needs of the heart, people generally feel chest pressure or a dull ache, sometimes radiating up into the neck, jaw, left shoulder or arm. This type of pain is referred to as angina. Clots may form and completely close the vessel, resulting in a heart attack.

So You Have Coronary Artery Disease

If you have been diagnosed with coronary artery disease and you want to begin an exercise program, you need to obtain guidelines and instructions from your physician or other qualified health professional. Individuals recently diagnosed with coronary artery disease are often referred to a cardiac rehabilitation program. Cardiac rehabilitation programs are available through hospitals and are staffed by trained nurses and exercise physiologists who are able to carefully monitor patients during exercise. Many people can safely start an exercise program at home on their own. Your physician will be able to advise you as to what type of program is best for you based on your medical history and present physical condition.

General Exercise Guidelines

If you recently had a heart attack or heart surgery, you must get medical clearance and guidelines from a physician before increasing your activity level.
Monitor your exercise intensity closely. Make sure to stay within your individual heart-rate zone (usually determined by a physician from a treadmill test).
Try to exercise at least three to four times per week. Individuals with low fitness levels may still benefit from five to 10 minutes of exercise, two to three times per day. Perform a gradual warm-up and cool-down of at least 10 minutes. Total exercise duration should be gradually increased to 30 to 60 minutes over a period of one to six months.

Inform your physician if you have any abnormal signs or symptoms before, during or after exercise. This includes chest pain, labored breathing or extreme fatigue.
If prescribed, always carry your nitroglycerin with you, especially during exercise.
Never exercise to the point of chest pain or angina. If you develop chest pain during exercise, call 911 immediately.

It's never too late to increase your physical activity or start an exercise program. Get an okay and some guidelines from your physician before you start. And remember, always keep your exercise comfortable. If it's causing discomfort, slow down, you are pushing too hard.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Cross-Training for Fun and Fitness

Tired of the same old workout? Looking for a level of fitness that your current exercise routine can't offer? Are you experiencing nagging injuries that just don't seem to heal? If you answered yes to any of these questions, you are a likely candidate for cross training.

Cross training is simply a way of adding variety to your exercise program. You can vary your aerobic routine and incorporate some muscular strength and flexibility training as well.

And if you think cross training is new, think again. Athletes have been cross training since the days of the Olympic decathlons and pentathlons of ancient Greece. The past decade has seen the popularity of the triathlon reach international proportions, introducing the concept of cross training to even the most recreational athletes.

What's The Point?

The benefits of cross training are numerous. It reduces the risk of injury because the same muscles, bones and joints are not continuously subjected to the stresses of the same activity.

Cross training also adds variety to your workouts, making your routine more interesting and easier to stick with. For the athlete, it provides a break from the rigors and stresses of single-sport training. Cross training will improve your overall fitness and, over an extended period of time, may ultimately lead to improved performance.

The Nuts And Bolts Of Cross Training

Whether you are new to exercise or a competitive athlete, the essentials of cross training are the same. You can choose to vary your routine from workout to workout, or simply add a new component within your existing exercise program.

One of the easiest ways to start cross training is to alternate between activities - walking one day, swimming or bicycling the next. Or, you can alternate these activities within a single workout, spending five minutes on a treadmill, five minutes on a stationary cycle, and so on for a total of 20 minutes.

More experienced exercisers might begin an hour-long workout with a 15-minute jog to a nearby pool. After a 20-minute swim and perhaps a few minutes of calisthenics, they can finish off their workout with a 15-minute jog back home and several minutes of flexibility exercises.

Get Creative With Cross Training

If you're looking to increase your endurance level, try alternating low-level aerobic activities, such as 20 minutes of stationary cycling, with 10 minutes of higher-intensity exercise, such as stair-stepping or jumping rope. Gradually increase the amount of time you spend on the more intense activity.

These formulas can be used with just about any type of activity - as long as you enjoy it. Combining a group of aerobic activities into one workout at steady or various intensities is an excellent way to fight the boredom that comes from the same daily workout routine.

All exercise sessions, whether they involve cross training or not, should begin and end with low-level aerobic exercise and stretching to effectively warm up and cool down. And remember, it's always a good idea to check with your doctor before beginning a new exercise program.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Improving your health fitness through cardiovascular exercise so you get RESULTS.

Perhaps the most common type of exercise is aerobic exercise, also called cardiovascular exercise, which utilizes oxygen and helps burns fat. This type of exercise has consistently shown in numerous studies to improve cardiovascular and respiratory health. This means that as a result, this type of exercise conditions the lungs to be able to use more oxygen while increasing your heart's efficiency by decreasing heart rate.

What's this mean to you?

By conditioning your body through aerobic exercise, it allows you to remain at rest with less effort. Yes it's true folks, some people work hard just to remain at rest. Imagine what would happen if they had to run to catch the bus? This would be a great stress for the untrained body and it's unfortunate, knowing the human potential.

Apart from allowing you to remain at rest with less effort by lowering your resting heart rate and increasing it's pumping power, you will of course be able to run faster and longer than you ever did. So maybe running faster and longer isn't something you strive for, that's fair enough. However you should know that by exercising at higher levels what you're also doing is making previously "hard" exercise seem easy.

Perhaps an even bigger motivator is that this kind of exercise has been shown to dramatically reduce your risk of heart disease; this country's number one killer. It does this by lowering cholesterol levels and decreasing blood pressure and lowering your heart rate.

One of the first signs of this phenomenon was observed scientifically in the 1950's in the UK. It was evident that bus ticket conductors had significantly lower incidence of heart disease compared to their sedentary coworkers, the bus drivers. What was the difference? The ticket inspectors had to walk up and down the bus' stairs to collect tickets while the bus drivers; well... they sat on their butt.

After conditioning this aerobic pathway through cardiovascular or aerobic exercise you will be able to more effectively burn fat. The harder you exercise aerobically; your body switches to burning more glycogen as its main fuel, from fat. Glycogen is stored carbohydrate and is limited in supply. As a result you become fatigued relatively early and are unlikely to continue.

However after regular aerobic exercise, your ability to burn fat even at higher workloads increases compared to when you were not training. Basically, the point at which your body switches from burning fat to glycogen will be raised. So through this type of exercise, you will be able to exercise harder with less effort and your main source of fuel will be stored bodyfat. That has to be great news, right?

In order to condition this cardiovascular pathway and reap its many benefits, we must increase our heart rate and keep it elevated for at least 25 minutes, 3 or more times per week. This is the recommendation given by the American College of Sport Medicine, a premier authority on the subject. A brisk walk or jog should be enough to gain the many health benefits. But as with every exercise program that is geared for results, improvements and personal bests we must practice PROGRESSION.

So if you want to improve your aerobic fitness you must NOT perform the same workout that you did today 5 months from now. The workout you perform in 5 months time has to be more intense or of longer duration compared to the one you do today. Always keep in mind that you body needs to be subjected to stresses that it has never witnessed before and be forced into adaptation. Too often I see people go to their gym with no goal in mind, no real purpose and inevitably this means no real results.

With aerobic exercise, much like resistance training you must do one of two things to improve and create personal bests. Over time, either perform the same workout intensity for longer and longer duration, OR keep the workout duration time the same and increase workout intensity. I'll give you an example.

If you're training at an intensity of 5 km/hr today for a period of 20 min, in time you should be able to perform the same intensity for a period of 40 min. Over time meaning maybe a period of six months or more depending on your age, goals etc. So this progression method allows you to keep the workload the same and progressively add extra time under the same intensity, effectively making your workout time longer. This is perhaps the easiest and safest progression method that I recommend for beginners to intermediates.

After mastering the above method, you can now try doing the workout in the same time frame every time you workout but at higher intensities in time. So, if you're doing 30 min at 10 km/hr today, in time you should get up to 15 km/hr in the same 30 minutes. So now you're doing more and more work in the same time period.

When using these two methods to foster improvement in your aerobic/cardio program you should keep in mind, especially you're a beginner that you should

1) Always give yourself a bit of a head start into any program. This means that if you normally push yourself to just complete 20 min on exercise like stepper or bike and are really tired at the end, it is unlikely that you can progress positively. Try cutting back the time or the intensity of the exercise before trying on a progression program and work up to your previous best. This will give you added recovery and added confidence for your next workouts so that you're able to break through and improve.

2) In general it is better to progress by the above two methods by increasing the intensity or the time completed very gradually over time. Always keep in mind that health fitness is and should be a long-term goal. There's always time to break your personal best. Better you hold back and enjoy the exercise routine and progress slowly as compared to constantly pushing it to your limits. Constantly pushing your limits does not even occur in elite athletes at the Australian Institute of Sport. Not only will you be better recovered but you'll also learn to associate fun and freedom with exercise. This should be your primary concern. (See Upcoming ARTICLE)

3) Always keep an exercise diary. This will ensure that you're on track and getting results by giving you feedback. But will also give you the satisfaction ok knowing that 6 months ago you could only run 2 kilometers while now you can easily run 5. Writing it down tells your mind that you're serious... and you are. Aren't you? (See Related Article)

Although a little exercise is always better than none, scientific studies done on large amount of people almost always find a correlation between exercise intensity and total kilojoules expended and positive health factors. By increasing your health fitness systematically, you not only teach your body to better itself but what you're also doing is burning more and more calories each time. This is seen in scientific studies, which show that when you exercise using a progression method, (such as the ones above) meaning that you're slowly but constantly improving your fitness, you'll also progressively reap more of the benefits that exercise has to offer.

It's consistently seen that as one systematically improves their health fitness, NOT merely going through the motions at the gym, they'll experience low and stable bodyfat levels, an enhanced cardiovascular profile, more energy and vitality. What's this mean to you?

It simply means RESULTS.

By using both methods you will be able to design your own program that even Lance Armstrong will be proud of. You'll be able to prevent disease while burning bodyfat but best of all is the fact you're constantly excelling yourself.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

The Effects of Caffeine on Exercise Performance

Caffeine is one of the most widely used stimulants in the world. It occurs naturally in the foods and beverages such as coffee, tea, soft drinks, chocolate and cocoa. The average caffeine consumption in the United States is approximately 200 mg or equivalent to 2 cups of coffee a day. Ten percent of the population ingests more than 1000 mg per day. Caffeine is also added to several over-the-counter medicines such as some weight-loss products, pain medicines, and cold remedies.

Caffeine acts as a stimulant on the central nervous system, which causes the heart rate and blood pressure to increase. After having caffeine, an individual may temporarily feel more awake and energetic. Caffeine also acts as a diuretic, which causes the kidneys to excrete more urine.

Side effects of caffeine include anxiety, jitters, inability to focus, irritability, insomnia, gastrointestinal unrest and nervousness. With higher doses, the risk of irregular heart beats increases. In addition, recent research has found that caffeine may cause miscarriage or slow growth in a developing fetus in pregnant women. It has also been associated with an increased risk of osteoporosis and bone fractures in postmenopausal women.

How does caffeine affect performance in exercise and sports? Caffeine is often referred to as a nutritional ergogenic aid, but it has no nutritional value. Ingested caffeine is quickly absorbed in the body and peaks in 1-2 hours. Research provided by the American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM) has shown that ingestion of 3-9 mg of caffeine per kilogram (kg) of body weight one hour prior to exercise increased endurance running and cycling performance of well-trained, recreational athletes in the laboratory. This correlates to approximately 2-6 regular size cups of coffee.

Improvements have been shown in athletes that perform short-term intense (near maximal) exercise lasting approximately five minutes. The reason may be a direct effect of caffeine on muscle contraction during anaerobic exercise.

The common explanation to why endurance is improved with caffeine is that muscle glycogen is spared. Glycogen is the stored energy in the muscle tissue that is broken down during exercise. Studies suggest that glycogen sparing may occur as a result of caffeine's ability to increase fat availability for skeletal muscle use. It is important to note, however that studies cannot fully explain the ergogenic effect of caffeine.

Many of the mechanisms to explain performance improvements are unclear. There is still much research that needs to be done of the effects of caffeine on performance. There are also ethical issues in relation to sports. Caffeine ingestion currently is not illegal in sports. If an athlete deliberately takes pure caffeine to gain advantage over competitors, it is considered unethical and doping by many.

According to the ACSM, for the average, active teenager or adult who is exercising with the goals of enjoyment and self-improvement, using caffeine defeats these purposes. Although we may feel as though we are increasing our performance, it may be more related to the increase in alertness and energy due to elevated heart rates. Proper training and nutritional habits are more sensible and productive approaches. And these have clear benefits without the side effects. Always consult your medical caregiver if you have questions about your nutritional habits and the effects of caffeine on your health.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Picking up speed

Since starting 2nd Wind Exercise Equipment nearly 15 years ago, founder and chief executive officer Dick Enrico has been the marketing muscle behind the fitness equipment retailer.

The pudgy 66-year-old Twin Cities entrepreneur is best known as his company's TV and billboard pitchman for its signature slogan: "Why buy new when slightly used will do? Except when the deals are this good!''

But Enrico is proving these days he can do a lot more than pitch a quirky jingle. He is leading Eden Prairie-based 2nd Wind on an aggressive expansion plan that would bring the company's store count to 120 or so by the end of 2007 — triple the number it had just two years ago. That raises two big questions: Will 2nd Wind be able to manage such accelerated growth? And as demand for home-fitness equipment slows, can 2nd Wind outpace the market?

Risk has been part of Enrico's modus operandi for more than four decades. A serial entrepreneur who grew up on Minnesota's Iron Range, he started and closed nearly two dozen small businesses, from selling pots and pans door to door to renting TVs and cell phones, before launching 2nd Wind in 1992.

He had noticed a treadmill he'd purchased for his personal use was gathering dust at home and suspected there might be money to be made selling used fitness equipment. To test out the idea, he ran a series of newspaper ads, including one offering NordicTracks for rent. The ad generated 500 phone calls, and 2nd Wind Exercise Equipment was born.

Enrico picked up the merchandise for his first 2nd Wind store, a 1,500-square-foot shop in St. Louis Park, from classified ads and garage sales. That store generated about $22,000 in sales its first month; Enrico soon added a second store, and sales reached about $400,000 in 2nd Wind's first year.

By 1995, however, Enrico was finding it tougher to obtain enough used merchandise, so he started selling new equipment. Over the years, the company shed its "scratch and dent" image. Today, 97 percent of 2nd Wind's sales come from new equipment, Enrico says.

2nd Wind sells familiar names like Bowflex and Stairmaster and runs the gamut on price, from used NordicTracks for $50 to new Life Fitness elliptical machines costing as much as $4,100.

2nd Wind doesn't carry nutritional supplements or other fitness accessories. "I'm just a specialty retailer focused only on exercise equipment,'' he said.

Enrico considers 2nd Wind's trained sales force one of its advantages over its competitors. Its 225 sales associates are certified fitness consultants who are required to go through classroom training and pass a stringent exam before 2nd Wind allows them on store floors.

Already the largest specialty fitness retailer operating under one name, 2nd Wind has been picking up speed lately. By the end of 2006, Enrico predicts the company will have 90 stores and sales of more than $90 million, a big jump from 39 stores and $51 million in sales just two years ago. And although the privately held company doesn't divulge its earnings, Enrico said 2nd Wind's profits rose 25 percent in 2005.

But Enrico's aggressive growth strategy may be bucking industry trends. Between 1990 and 2005, U.S. sales of home fitness equipment more than tripled, from about $1.7 billion to $5.6 billion, according to the Sporting Goods Manufacturers Association. In the late 1990s, sales grew by double digits; but this year, the trade group is predicting a more moderate increase of 6 percent, to about $5.9 billion, to be split between giant retailers like Sears, big-box players like Dick's and Sports Authority and specialty fitness merchants like 2nd Wind and Push Pedal Pull.

And 2nd Wind's existing stores are showing signs of strain. Sales at stores open at least a year — a key measure of a retailer's financial health — rose only 1 percent in 2005, and have declined 7 percent in 2006 to date.

"The retail climate in the last three or four months has become very challenging,'' Enrico admitted. He speculated that economic factors, such as high gasoline prices and rising mortgage interest rates, are resulting in flabbier business for fitness retailers.

"I'm very aggressive and a very big risk taker,'' said Enrico, whose younger brother Roger was CEO of PepsiCo. While 2nd Wind has been his greatest success, Dick Enrico has had some duds along the way, such as 2nd Wind Pool-n-Spa, a retailer of pools and hot tubs he launched four years ago that proved to be "disastrous,'' he said.

After two years, Enrico dropped pool sales and merged the hot-tub business into five existing 2nd Wind fitness stores. The company intends to drop the spa business after this summer, he said.

Enrico says he wished the company's same-store sales performance had been better this year. But he said he's expanding because he sees opportunities in new territories, as well as his home base.

This past week, 2nd Wind opened seven mall stores in the Chicago market and this month plans to add two more stores in St. Louis, where it currently has 11 locations.

One reason 2nd Wind is able to open so many stores so quickly is because the company is leasing space short-term in shopping malls, typically for a year.

While 2nd Wind could get bounced out of its mall locations with as little as 30 days' notice, the company can set up those new stores within three to five days for substantially less than the four to five months it takes to build free-standing stores, Enrico said. As a short-term tenant, 2nd Wind saves money because it doesn't have to assume long-term lease improvements for the temporary stores, he said.

In the meantime, 2nd Wind gets good exposure and access to high customer traffic, Enrico said, noting that the company's existing mall-based stores are generating "better than expected'' sales.

Another benefit of the quick-store expansion: The company gains efficiencies by spreading its operating expenses over more locations, including its high-profile media advertising, on which it spends about 3 to 4 percent of each dollar in sales.

In the Twin Cities, where 2nd Wind has nearly 20 stores, the company recently opened a store at Eden Prairie Center in Eden Prairie and this past week took 2,200 square feet at Southdale Center in Edina.

While Enrico's long-range growth plans are indefinite, he said his company is likely to expand from the Midwest south and possibly to other larger metro markets such as Denver, Las Vegas and Phoenix, where the populations could support at least six stores.

The typical customer at 2nd Wind is between the ages of 35 to 60, primarily female, and includes people who are in good shape and those who want to be, Enrico said.

"People will drop in and out of regular exercise because of their life circumstances,'' Enrico said. "They may buy the equipment because they need to deal with high blood pressure or diabetes. Or it may be event-driven, such as attending a class reunion.''

As baby boomers age and the nation focuses on the growing problem of obesity among children and adults, Enrico feels good about 2nd Wind's growth prospects. This spring, 2nd Wind began hosting Kinergy, a three-week pilot fitness and nutrition class developed by the Children's Physician Network, at its Woodbury store. The novel arrangement is believed to be a first between a health care provider and fitness equipment retailer, said Jan Jachimowicz, spokesman for Children's Physician Network.

The pilot program has offered participants tips on healthy eating and exercise and a chance to test various fitness machines at the 2nd Wind store.

So far, fewer than two dozen children and their parents have taken the course, so it hasn't had a dramatic affect on 2nd Wind sales.

But the retailer has picked up some incidental business by offering participants 5 percent to 30 percent discounts on fitness equipment.

"Just about everyone who has gone through the program has wound up buying a piece of equipment,'' said Adam Lindquist, 2nd Wind director of business development.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Three Things Every Exercise Program Should Have

1. What you should know to design a safe and effective exercise program

A complete fitness program must include aerobic exercise, muscular strength and endurance conditioning, and flexibility exercise. Aerobic exercise does good things for your cardiovascular system and is an important part of weight management. Muscular conditioning can improve strength and posture, reduce the risk of lower back injury, and is also an important component of a weight management program. Flexibility exercise is needed to maintain joint range of motion and reduce the risk of injury and muscle soreness.

2. Aerobic exercise can be as simple as walking

Walking is a weight-bearing aerobic exercise. So are jogging, rope skipping and dance-exercise. Aerobic exercise is any activity that uses large muscle groups in a continuous, rhythmic fashion for sustained periods of time. There are also non-weight-bearing aerobic exercises, such as bicycling, stationary cycling, swimming and rowing.

Keep the pace comfortable. A very important aspect of your exercise program is the intensity. You should exercise at a comfortable pace. You can measure your exercise heart rate to check the intensity of your exercising, or you can take the 'talk test.'

To measure your heart rate, take your pulse as soon as you stop exercising. Count your heartbeat for 10 seconds, then multiply that by six to convert it to a one-minute heart rate. If you keep your exercise heart rate within a range of 55 percent to 80 percent of an estimated maximum heart rate (220 minus your age), you're doing well.

The talk test is easier to accomplish. Just exercise at a pace that allows you to carry on a conversation while you're exercising.

How often should you exercise? Three to four days of aerobic activity is fine for general health maintenance. If you're trying to lose weight, aim for four or more days a week, being sure you take off at least one day a week.

How long should you exercise? Work up to 20 or more minutes per session for general health maintenance. For weight loss, gradually work up to 45 minutes or longer at low to moderate intensities in a low- or no-impact activity.

3. Strength conditioning gives you a choice

Pick calisthenics, free weights or machines. Just be sure that your strength training includes exercises for every major muscle group, including the muscles of the arms, chest, back, stomach, hips and legs.

Start with a weight that's comfortable to handle and keep it up for eight repetitions. Gradually add more repetitions until you can complete 12 repetitions. For greater strength conditioning, add more weight and/or more repetitions, in sets of eight to 12, when the exercise becomes easy.

Stretch for flexibility

Proper stretching involves holding a mild stretch of 10 to 30 seconds while you breathe normally. Always warm up before you stretch. Like strength conditioning, flexibility exercises should include stretching for all the major muscle groups.

One last thing to remember . . . Always check with your doctor before beginning any exercise program, especially if you're over 40, or have cardiovascular risk factors, such as smoking, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, diabetes or a family history of heart disease.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Protecting Your Back at Work

Back pain is one of the most common medical problems in the United States. The cause is often poor posture and body mechanics in the workplace. A supervised program of back protection and exercise may be the key to alleviating and even preventing such problems.

Correct posture and body mechanics play a vital role in preventing back pain because pressure on the discs and strain of the muscles, ligaments and back joints is aggravated by incorrect posture and body mechanics. At the same time, when your posture is good and you move your body correctly, you reduce the strain on your back.

Sitting Down On The Job

Sitting is often the greatest cause of back pain. When sitting either in a relaxed position, driving, or while at work, support your lower back. Use a rolled towel, small pillow, or a specially designed seat support, available at medical supply stores. Remove this low back support every half hour for five minutes to give your lower back a change of position. Your head should be positioned so that your ear is in a line with your shoulder and your chin is parallel with the floor.

Avoid leaning to one side when you are sitting, and avoid overstuffed furniture as it does not offer adequate support.

When working at a desk, your chair should be pulled close to the desk. An office chair with short arm rests will allow this. Office chairs should also have adjustable height, back rests and seats. The back rest spring should be adjusted so that the back rest moves with you. A seat that tilts forward is a particularly useful feature.

Use a swivel chair to enable you to work without twisting your back. Place objects such as adding machines and computers as close to you as possible to minimize the amount of twisting and turning you need to do. When you lean forward at your desk, bend forward at the hips instead of rounding your lower back. This will allow you to keep your back straight and in good alignment.

Talking on the Phone Can Be A Pain In The Neck

Holding the phone between your ear and shoulder is a common cause of neck pain. Use a clipboard to hold your papers down so that your hands are free. Special phone adapters also are available.

After sitting for a prolonged period, it is helpful to straighten your back to an upright position and, if possible, stand and walk for awhile.

Don't Forget Exercise

Appropriate exercise, done regularly, will provide the strength and flexibility in the muscles of your legs and back that you need to help avoid excessive strain and possible injury. Some forms of exercise, such as yoga and tai chi, may help relieve or prevent back pain by increasing flexibility and reducing tension. These exercises should not be done, however, if they are uncomfortable or place a strain on the back. And don't neglect strength training; strong abdominal, back and leg muscles play a vital role in helping you maintain good posture and body mechanics.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Outfitting Your Home Gym

Work! Kids! Errands! With today's increasingly packed schedules, who has time to go to the health club consistently? One way to supplement your health club workout is to purchase fitness equipment and work out at home.

With the tremendous variety of fitness equipment now available, deciding which machines to select can be daunting, so consider the following:

Budget: How much money do you have to spend? The adage, "You get what you pay for," directly applies to home fitness equipment. Compromising here won't pay off in the long run, as lower-cost equipment can give you a poor exercise experience and/or break down fairly easily, so you won't get the results you desire. If you are serious about exercising, spend more money up-front so you will be more likely to enjoy the machine/s for years. Consider this purchase as an investment in your health.

Physical space: How much room do you have? You'll want everything to fit comfortably. In addition to measuring floor space, note ceiling height because some home gyms may be tall. Bring these dimensions with you when shopping.
Your goals and preferences: Do you want to burn fat, or do you want to strengthen and tone? Do you prefer a treadmill, a stationary bike or an elliptical cross-trainer? Are you more likely to use free weights such as dumbbells or selectorized machines? If you don't know, purchase a guest pass to a local health club and try different pieces. Many high-quality health club equipment manufacturers, such as Life Fitness, also produce similar models for home use.

You will find higher quality products and greater selection at fitness equipment specialty shops such as Omni Fitness or L.A. Gym Equipment, rather than general sporting goods stores or department stores. Fitness equipment specialty stores typically have certified professionals who can serve as consultants in selecting, setting up, using and maintaining your equipment.

What are the best pieces of fitness equipment to purchase? According to Gregory Florez, president of Fitness First, Inc., a company that specializes in testing fitness equipment and in-home personal training, the best ones are those that you will use consistently.

"Although treadmills are popular, you may prefer a stationary bicycle or a stairclimber," says Florez. "Consider what activities you like or find interesting to help identify the best equipment for you. For example, did you like to ride a bicycle when you were young? Does cross-county skiing interest you? Questions like these can help you buy something you will like and will use on an ongoing basis."

In addition to treadmills, bicycles and stairclimbers for fat burning, elliptical cross-training machines, rowing machines and cross-country ski machines are good choices that also can work the upper body. For weight training, choose from multi-unit home gyms, free weight systems, benches and dumbbells. Some companies such as ParaBody make a full-line of home strength training equipment to meet your needs. Your sales consultant can determine what types of pieces are best for your needs.

Take your running shoes or workout clothes and try each machine for several minutes to determine what you prefer. Also ask about warranties. Manufacturers who expect their products to last will back them up.

Once your home gym is set up, commit to use it regularly. You may find that you have even more energy than before to handle your work, the kids and those errands!

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Periodized Training - and Why It's Important

You have the best intentions regarding your workout, but find that your motivation has been sapped. Lately, no matter how hard or how often you work out; you just can't seem to progress any further. You're stuck on a plateau.

It turns out that the exercise you've been doing has worked so well that your body has adapted to it. You need to "shock" or "surprise" your body a bit. You need to give it a new challenge periodically if you're going to continue to make gains. That goes for both strength and cardiovascular training.

"Periodizing" your training is the key. Instead of doing the same routine month after month, you change your training program at regular intervals or "periods" to keep your body working harder, while still giving it ade-quate rest.

For example, you can alter your strength-train-ing program by adjusting the following variables:

The number of repetitions per set, or number of sets of each exercise
The amount of resistance used
The rest period between sets, exercises or training sessions
The order of the exercises, or the type of exercises
The speed at which you complete each exercise
There are many different types of periodized strength-training programs, and many are geared to the strength, power and demands of specific sports. The most commonly used pro-gram is one that will move you from low resist-ance and a high number of repetitions to high resistance and a lower number of repetitions. Such a program will allow your muscles to strengthen gradually and is appropriate for any-one interested in general fitness.

Research Shows Better Results

Research from the Human Performance Laboratory at Ball State University has shown that a periodized strength-training program can produce better results than a non-periodized program.

The purpose of the study, published in the journal Medicine &Science in Sports &Exercise in 2001, was to determine the long-term training adaptations associated with low-volume, circuit-type training vs. periodized, high-volume resist-ance training in women (volume = total amount of weight lifted during each session). The 34 women in the study were divided into those two groups, as well as a nonexercising control group. Group 1 performed one set of eight to 12 repeti-tions to muscle failure three days per week for 12 weeks. Group 2 performed two to four sets of three to 15 repetitions, with periodized volume and intensity, four days per week during the 12- week period.

As the chart above shows, the periodized group showed more substantial gains in lean mus-cle, greater reductions in body fat, and more sub-stantial strength gains than the non-periodized group after 12 weeks.

Periodizing Your Cardiovascular Workout

You should also periodize your cardiovascu-lar training for the same reasons-to further challenge your body, while still allowing for ade-quate recovery time.

If, for example, you're a recreational runner, running for fitness, fun and the occasional short race, you'll want to allow for flat, easy runs, as well as some that incorporate hills and others that focus on speed and strength.

What you don't want to do is complete the same run every time. If you run too easily, and don't push yourself, you won't progress. And chances are you'll get bored. Conversely, too much speed or high-intensity training will lead to injury or burnout, and most likely, disappointing race results.

If you are serious about improving your time in a 10K, in completing a half-marathon, or even a full marathon, you'll need a periodized program geared to each type of race. Many such programs are available from local running clubs, in running books and magazines, from some health clubs, as well as on running websites. Specially designed periodized training programs are also available for cycling and many other sports.

Periodized training will ensure that you continue to make measurable progress, which will keep you energized and interested in reaching your goals.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Depression and anxiety: Exercise eases symptoms

If you have depression or anxiety, you might find your doctor prescribing a regular dose of exercise in addition to medication or psychotherapy. Exercise isn't a cure for depression or anxiety. But its psychological and physical benefits can improve your symptoms.

"It's not a magic bullet, but increasing physical activity is a positive and active strategy to help manage depression and anxiety," says Kristin Vickers-Douglas, Ph.D., a psychologist at Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minn.

When you have depression or anxiety, exercising may be the last thing you think you can do. But you can overcome the inertia. Here's a look at how exercise can ease symptoms of depression and anxiety. Plus, get realistic tips to get started and stick with exercising.

How exercise helps depression and anxiety

Exercise has long been touted as a way to maintain physical fitness and help prevent high blood pressure, diabetes, obesity and other diseases. A growing volume of research shows that exercise also can help improve symptoms of certain mental conditions, such as depression and anxiety. Exercise also may help prevent a relapse after treatment for depression or anxiety.

Research suggests that it may take at least 30 minutes of exercise a day for at least three to five days a week to significantly improve symptoms of depression. However, smaller amounts of activity — as little as 10 to 15 minutes at a time — have been shown to improve mood in the short term. "So, small bouts of exercise may be a great way to get started if it's initially too difficult to do more," Dr. Vickers-Douglas says.

Just how exercise reduces symptoms of depression and anxiety isn't fully understood. Researchers believe that exercise prompts changes in both mind and body.

Some evidence suggests that exercise positively affects the levels of certain mood-enhancing neurotransmitters in the brain. Exercise may also boost feel-good endorphins, release tension in muscles, help you sleep better and reduce levels of the stress hormone cortisol. It also increases body temperature, which may have calming effects. All of these changes in your mind and body can improve such symptoms as sadness, anxiety, irritability, stress, fatigue, anger, self-doubt and hopelessness.

If you exercise regularly but depression or anxiety still impairs your daily functioning, seek professional help. Exercise isn't meant to replace medical treatment of depression or anxiety.

The benefits of exercise for depression and anxiety

Exercise has numerous psychological and emotional benefits when you have depression or anxiety. These include:

Confidence. Engaging in physical activity offers a sense of accomplishment. Meeting goals or challenges, no matter how small, can boost self-confidence at times when you need it most. Exercise also can make you feel better about your appearance and your self-worth.

Distraction. When you have depression or anxiety, it's easy to dwell on how badly you feel. But dwelling interferes with your ability to problem solve and cope in a healthy way. Dwelling also can make depression more severe and longer lasting. Exercise can provide a good distraction. It shifts the focus away from unpleasant thoughts to something more pleasant, such as your surroundings or the music you enjoy listening to while you exercise.

Interactions. Depression and anxiety can lead to isolation. That, in turn, can worsen your condition. Exercising can create opportunities to interact with others, even if it's just exchanging a friendly smile or greeting as you walk around your neighborhood.

Healthy coping. Doing something beneficial to manage depression or anxiety is a positive coping strategy. Trying to feel better by drinking alcohol excessively, dwelling on how badly you feel, or hoping depression and anxiety will go away on their own aren't helpful coping strategies.

Tips to start exercising when you have depression or anxiety

Of course, knowing that something's good for you doesn't make it easier to actually do it. With depression or anxiety, you may have a hard enough time just doing the dishes, showering or going to work. How can you possibly consider getting in some exercise?

Here are some steps that can help you exercise when you have depression or anxiety:

Get your doctor's support. Some, but not all, mental health professionals have adopted exercise as a part of their treatment suggestions. Talk to your doctor or therapist for guidance and support. Discuss concerns about an exercise program and how it fits into your overall treatment plan.

Identify what you enjoy doing. Figure out what type of exercise or activities you're most likely to do. And think about when and how you'd be most likely to follow through. For instance, would you be more likely to do some gardening in the evening or go for a jog in the pre-dawn hours? Go for a walk in the woods or play basketball with your children after school?

Set reasonable goals. Your mission doesn't have to be walking for an hour five days a week. Think about what you may be able to do in reality. Twenty minutes? Ten minutes? Start there and build up. Custom-tailor your plan to your own needs and abilities rather than trying to meet idealistic guidelines that could just add to your pressure.

Don't think of exercise as a burden. If exercise is just another "should" in your life that you don't think you're living up to, you'll associate it with failure. Rather, look at your exercise schedule the same way you look at your therapy sessions or antidepressant medication — as one of the tools to help you get better.

Address your barriers. Identify your individual barriers to exercising. If you feel intimidated by others or are self-conscious, for instance, you may want to exercise in the privacy of your own home. If you stick to goals better with a partner, find a friend to work out with. If you don't have extra money to spend on exercise gear, do something that is virtually cost-free — walk. If you think about what's stopping you from exercising, you can probably find an alternative solution.

Prepare for setbacks and obstacles. Exercise isn't always easy or fun. And it's tempting to blame yourself for that. People with depression are especially likely to feel shame over perceived failures. Don't fall into that trap. Give yourself credit for every step in the right direction, no matter how small. If you skip exercise one day, that doesn't mean you're a failure and may as well quit entirely. Just try again the next day.

Sticking with exercise when you have depression or anxiety

Launching an exercise program is hard. Sticking with it can be even harder. One key is problem solving your way through when it seems like you can't or don't want to exercise.

"What would happen if you went out to your car and it wouldn't start?" Dr. Vickers-Douglas asks. "You'd probably be able to very quickly list several strategies for dealing with that barrier, such as calling an auto service, taking the bus, or calling your spouse or friend for help. You instantly start problem solving."

But most people don't approach exercise that way. What happens if you want to go for a walk but it's raining? Most people decide against the walk and don't even try to explore alternatives. "With exercise, we often hit a barrier and say, 'That's it. I can't do it, forget it,'" Dr. Vickers-Douglas says.

Instead, problem solve your way through the exercise barrier, just as you would other obstacles in your life. Figure out your options — walking in the rain, going to a gym, exercising indoors, for instance.

"Some people have the idea that being physically active is supposed to be easy and natural," Dr. Vickers-Douglas says. "Some think of it as just having enough willpower. But that really oversimplifies it and can make us feel like failures. You can't just rely on willpower. Identify your strengths and skills and apply those to exercise."

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Managing Cholesterol with Exercise

Approximately 38 percent of Americans have excessively high blood cholesterol levels. The National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) states that a sound diet, weight loss and physical activity are the cornerstones of therapy for many individuals with cholesterol disorders. Cholesterol-lowering drug therapy is reserved for those who have the very highest lipid levels or for those who have diabetes or coronary disease.

Atherosclerosis is a costly and fatal disease. Although there is no known cure, new evidence suggests that intensive lowering of serum total cholesterol or LDL cholesterol may retard the progression of coronary artery disease. The box at left contains the NCEP cholesterol guidelines authored in 1993 by a panel of physicians and lipid experts.

Reducing cholesterol through exercise, particularly LDL cholesterol, can be quite labor intensive. When individuals accumulate a sufficient weekly volume of exercise they can lower both total cholesterol and LDL-cholesterol and increase HDL-cholesterol (the “good” cholesterol). Exercise itself does not “burn off” cholesterol like it can with fat tissue. However, when exercise is of sufficient volume, for example, an adequate weekly frequency and duration, it can significantly reduce triglycerides and stimulate several metabolic enzyme systems in the muscles and liver to convert some of the cholesterol to a more favorable form, such as HDL-cholesterol.

For many people with cholesterol disorders the first choice of therapy is dietary modification. If LDL cholesterol (the “bad” cholesterol) is high enough, dietary therapy is often supplemented with cholesterol-lowering drug therapy. Exercise is of tremendous benefit when used in combination with either of these two forms of therapy. For those who maintain a frequent and sufficient level of exercise, it is possible that their physician will reduce their cholesterol-lowering medication and in some cases stop it altogether.

Here are guidelines that outline a systematic approach for favorably altering cholesterol levels with regular exercise:

If you do have a less-than-desirable cholesterol level, or your doctor has told you have a cholesterol disorder, have your physician establish your cardiovascular health status before engaging in a vigorous exercise program. This may mean that your physician will elect to perform a graded exercise test with an ECG (treadmill stress test) on you first.

Choose dynamic forms of exercise such as aerobics, recreational, and/or utilitarian activities that tend to last at least 20 to 30 minutes and are performed at moderate intensities. Moderate exercise intensities would be an approximate effort of four to seven, on a scale of one to ten with ten being near maximal exercise.
In general, for exercise to significantly lower cholesterol levels, a relatively high volume of exercise is recommended (e.g. 1,200 to 1,500 kcal or more per week). In 12 to 16 weeks this volume of exercise can reduce total cholesterol by 10­20 percent. Fifteen hundred calories expended during exercise is equivalent to about six hours per week for the average unfit person performing moderate intensity walking, swimming, walk-jogging or cycling. This volume of weekly exercise is approximately the same volume of physical activity required to lose weight. As a result, fat weight loss tends to be associated with reductions in cholesterol levels, especially fat lost around the waist and abdomen.

A sample program would be to start with walking 20 minutes per day, four days a week. Over six to eight weeks graduate this program to one hour, six to seven days a week of walking over hilly (variable) terrain or walk-jogging over relatively flat ground. An alternative would be to walk 50 to 60 minutes three days a week and take an aerobics class three days a week and perhaps two to three sets of singles tennis on the seventh day. It is important to know that lower volumes of weekly exercise can still glean many other benefits, such as improved fitness and overall health, reduced blood pressure, and increased psychological well being. An ACE-certified Clinical Exercise Specialist can help you make the connection safely and effectively.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Post Partum Health

After nine months of carrying around that extra weight, you’re probably ready to think about your own fitness, including how to shed those last few pounds that didn’t disappear when your baby was born. On average, women gain about 30 pounds during pregnancy, 18 to 20 of which are usually lost within about a month of having the baby. That’s when it gets tough. Those last 5 to 10 pounds can be hard to get rid of, but consistent, safe exercise can help you do just that and maintain your well-being, too.

Back In The Swing

Getting back to exercise after the birth of your baby should be a gradual process. Your doctor may start you out with simple exercises for the first week or two, such as Kegel exercises and short, slow walks. Kegel exercises, small contractions of the muscles at the vaginal wall and opening, should be a priority. They will help to repair and strengthen the pelvic floor. Slow walks during this initial period will not only help you to feel you’re getting back into a fitness routine, but help you relieve tension and get some fresh air. Don’t push yourself — work to establish a regular walking time and keep a steady pace. A full-fledged return to the aerobic activities you participated in pre-pregnancy usually comes around the time of your postpartum doctor’s visit, or after about six weeks.

Back pain and posture concerns are still present in the postpartum period. The abdominal wall is loose now that the uterus is no longer pressing against it, and it can’t adequately support the lower back. Try to incorporate low-back exercises and range-of-motion movements to ease the strain and strengthen the lower back. You may also experience upper-back strain caused by fatigue and breast weight if you are lactating. Shrugging the shoulders and performing flexibility exercises for the chest and back should provide relief.

Toning Your Middle

You may be anxious to begin abdominal exercises, but do only what you’re capable of. Pelvic tilts and abdominal compression exercises are a good place to start. Remember to tighten the pelvic floor when performing these since they may place pressure on it and stretch it further. As your pelvic floor gradually becomes stronger, other curl-up exercises may be added.

Eating Right

Your first instinct may be to start eating less to expedite weight loss, but since breast-feeding and increased physical activity require more energy during the postpartum period, it isn’t recommended. New mothers who breast-feed their babies shouldn’t cut their calorie intake. In fact, they should increase it. Breast-feeding mothers need to take in an additional 500 calories per day to provide their babies with the proper nutrients. If you skimp on calories, you’re less likely to get the nutrients both you and your baby need.

Caesarean Care

If you have had your baby by Caesarean section, your body will need more time to heal and regain strength, and chances are you will feel less like plunging into an exercise routine. Start slow and use caution when exercising, especially with your abdominal muscles. It is important to consult with your doctor to develop a safe exercise program.

That Bottom Line

Talk with your doctor before and after delivery to determine the best plan for you to follow once your baby is born, and don’t hesitate to consult with them at any time if you have questions. Go slowly with exercise to build a safe foundation for taking care of you and your newborn, and you’ll both be on the pathway to good health and well-being.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Active Seniors Enjoy Life More

Good news for seniors

Part of the prescription for a healthier, better retirement is exercise. That simple? Yes, it is! Physical exercise has been proven to discourage declines in health and fitness. Join the growing number of seniors who are actively demonstrating that exercise helps keep a body strong and on the go.

The best retirement is a healthy one

Did you know that moderate physical activity can help you live longer? That it can actually reduce health hazards? It's true.

So is the fact that regular exercise helps control blood pressure, body weight and cholesterol levels, and reduces the risks of hardening of the arteries, heart attack and stroke.

A well-balanced fitness program holds other benefits for you, too. It conditions muscles, tendons, ligaments and bones to help fight osteoporosis, keep your body more limber and stabilize your joints, lowering the risk of everyday injury. Regular physical activity can even help you maintain your independence.

Physical exercise is probably the best all-natural laxative you'll find. It not only improves digestion, but exercise is also good for managing lower back pain, arthritis and diabetes. And recently, there's been more indication that an active lifestyle helps lower the risk for certain types of cancer.

But maybe the best reason for incorporating regular exercise into your life is that you'll feel better and enjoy life more. Exercise helps you sleep better, manage stress better, and gives you more endurance to enjoy work and play.

Fitness is golden

A good senior fitness program is one that includes aerobics, muscular conditioning, along with exercises to stretch your body and promote good posture. Start with a light regime and work your way up slowly.

The best aerobics for seniors are non-jarring ones, like walking, swimming, cycling and low-impact aerobic dance.

If you haven't been doing muscular conditioning, begin with the calisthenics you probably remember. As you get used to these exercises, add some gentle resistance, such as light hand weights or low-tension rubber exercise tubing. As your conditioning improves, you could incorporate variable-resistance exercise machinery, but be sure you do so under qualified supervision. Heavy-resistance routines are not recommended for seniors. The key to safe and effective exercise for seniors is moderation.

Don't ignore the other elements that contribute to good senior health, including eating a well-balanced diet, not smoking and seeing your doctor whenever you need to.

Discover the exercise you like best There are plenty of choices out there for you. Favorites among seniors are aqua aerobics, yoga, Tai Chi, line dancing, square dancing, ballroom dancing, even taking your dog for a walk. There are also many group exercise classes you might enjoy that offer social benefits as well. When you're deciding on the class or program that suits you best, we recommend you select one with an instructor certified by an internationally recognized professional organization, such as the American Council on Exercise. Also, check to be sure the instructor has completed specialty training in senior health and fitness.

Look at your retirement or senior years as an opportunity to do things you never did before. Enjoy yourself!

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Weight Loss Plateaus and Pitfalls

It's kind of like running into a wall - that feeling you get when, after a few months on a weight-loss program, you suddenly stop seeing results. This is called hitting a plateau and it is not uncommon. In fact, unless you continually update your program to reflect the changes your body has already experienced, you can almost be guaranteed to plateau at some point along your journey toward reaching your goal weight.

Weight-loss Woes

The first thing you should do upon hitting a plateau is try to determine the cause. Could you be eating more calories than you think? Research shows that most people underreport the number of calories they eat - it's not that they're lying, they just don't know how to make an accurate assessment of how much they're eating. And even if you're eating less calories than before you lost the weight, you could be eating just enough to maintain your current weight at your current activity level. It is important to keep in mind that as you lose weight, your metabolism slows down because there is less of you to fuel, both at rest and during activity. So, while a diet of 1,800 calories per day helped you lose a certain amount of weight, if you've hit a plateau, it could be that 1,800 calories is the exact amount you need to stay at your current weight.

Exercise Your Options

This leaves you with two options: Lower your caloric intake further or increase the amount of time you spend being physically active. The first option is less desirable because you may not be able to get sufficient nutrients from a diet that is very low in calories, and it is difficult to stick to it for very long. It is much better to moderately reduce calories to a level that you can sustain when you reach your goal weight. The same is true for exercise. Trying to exercise for several hours per day to burn more calories is a good way to set yourself up for failure. Not only does this type of regimen require an enormous time commitment, it is hard on the body, making you more susceptible to injury and overuse syndromes.

To help balance the intake with the expenditure, a good rule of thumb is to multiply your goal weight by 10 calories per pound, and add more calories according to how active you are. Again, be realistic. Don't attempt too much in an effort to burn more calories. Instead, aim for 30 minutes of moderate activity most of the days of the week and, as you become more fit, gradually increase the intensity and duration of your exercise sessions. Choose activities that you find enjoyable, whether that be in-line skating, step classes or even mall walking.

Another means for getting you off the plateau is strength training, which has been shown to be very effective in helping people manage their weight because the added muscle helps to offset the metabolism-lowering effect of dieting and losing weight. Muscle is much more metabolically active than fat; therefore, the more muscle you can add, the higher your metabolism will be.

Get Off The Plateau

If you've stopped losing weight, the key to getting off the plateau is to vary your program. The human body is an amazing piece of machinery, capable of adapting to just about any circumstance or stimulus.

By shaking things up a bit and varying your program by introducing some new elements, you'll likely find yourself off the plateau and back on the road to progress in no time.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Beat the Heat Before it Beats You

Keeping Cool When The Weather Is Hot

It's summertime and you head out for a run. Before you even finish the first mile, your body feels as though it might ignite from the heat. It's not your imagination. Fifteen minutes into your run and your body temperature could be as high as 5° F above normal. If you were to continue at this pace, fatigue and heat illness would no doubt take over.

Strategies To Protect Yourself From Heat Illness

The above scenario doesn't have to happen. Drinking enough fluid, whether it be water or a sports drink, is imperative for exercising in hot or humid weather. Maintenance of body fluids is essential to maintaining proper body temperature. Sweat dispels heat through your skin. If you let your body become dehydrated, you'll find it much more difficult to perform even the lightest of workouts. But don't wait until you're thirsty to start replenishing those fluids. Chances are, by the time you actually feel thirsty, your body is well on its way to becoming severely dehydrated.

The following strategies will help you protect yourself from the onset of heat illness:

1. Hydration
Fluid replenishment before, during and after exercise is essential to avoid progressive dehydration. Always consume more fluids than you think you need before and after exercise, and strive to drink six to eight ounces of fluid every 15 to 20 minutes during exercise.

2. Exercise Intensity
You should probably reduce the intensity of your workout, particularly the first few times you are exposed to higher temperatures.

3. Temperature
Use the heat stress index table to determine the risk of exercising at various combinations of temperature and humidity. While a 90° F outdoor temp is relatively safe at 10 percent humidity, the heat stress of 90° F at 50 percent humidity is the equivalent of 96° F. When the heat stress index rises above 90° F, you may want to consider postponing your exercise session until later in the day. Or, plan ahead, and beat the day's heat by working out early in the morning.

4. Fitness
Physical training and heat acclimation can increase your blood volume, helping to regulate body temperature more effectively.

Interestingly, the acclimatization process can be completed in 7 to 14 days of repeated heat exposure. However, you must always continue to drink fluids before, during and after exercise.

5. Clothing
Wear minimal clothing to provide greater skin surface area for heat dissipation. Your clothing should be lightweight, loose fitting, light colored to reflect the sun's rays, and of a material that absorbs water, such as cotton.

6. Rest
Know when to say 'no' to exercise. Using common sense is your best bet for preventing heat stress when Mother Nature turns up the heat.

Heat Sensation Risk of Heat Injury
90° - 105° Possibility of heat cramps
105° - 130° Heat cramps or heat exhaustion likely. Heat stroke possible.
130°+ Heat stroke a definite risk.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Active Isolated Stretching

There are many types of stretching or flexibility exercises that are practiced today with fitness enthusiasts, athletes and others. One of the more common type is called static stretching, which is when you hold a stretch for 15-30 seconds and sometimes for as long as 60 seconds. Another type of flexibility training is called ballistic stretching. Ballistic means, "to bounce." This method is not practiced very often due to the potential strain such as muscle pulls and tears it can cause, but ballistic stretching has been practiced with certain athletes.

Active isolated (AI) stretching is a newer approach to the traditional methods of stretching and has only recently been brought to the public's attention. One of the greatest benefits of AI stretching is that it can improve athletes' effectiveness. As we age, our muscles become increasingly inelastic. AI stretching can make substantial improvements in muscle elasticity, adding renewed life and spring to tired out old muscles. Deep muscle stretching has allowed even Olympic athletes to transform incredible strength into explosive power. AI stretching also can help prevent injury. It reduces the workload in most sports by removing tightness so you can swing your limbs more freely. It transports oxygen to sore muscles and quickly removes toxins from the muscles, so recovery is faster. AI stretching works as a deep tissue massage technique because it activates muscle fibers during stretching

Even is you are an avid stretcher, you will be amazed by how specifically you stretch exactly where you need it most. It is critical to stretch one muscle at a time, and AI stretching does just that; because it is isolated.

Proper stretching should allow muscles to increase blood flow and oxygenation to flush themselves of waste products such as lactic acid. Stretching with bouncing and pulling, such as ballistic stretching mentioned earlier, tightens up every system the muscle uses to heal itself. This can set oneself up for injury.

How AI stretching works:

Prepare to stretch one muscle at a time.
Actively contract the muscle opposite the isolated muscle. This allows the isolated muscle to relax in preparation for its stretch.
Stretch it gently and quickly - hold the stretch for no more than two seconds.
Release the stretch before the muscle reacts to being stretched (by going into its protective contraction, or the stretch reflex).
Repeat two to five times.

AI stretching benefits the body by making it:

More efficient
More easily trained to strength and endurance
More range of motion
Stays balanced more easily
Less prone to injury
Recovers from workouts more quickly
Feels better

Another benefit of AI stretching is that it does not take long to perform. Many individuals do not spend adequate time for stretching in their fitness program because "they don't have time." This method allows for more time. It is being used by internationally known personal trainers, athletic trainers, physical therapists, and professional and Olympic athletes. And the benefits are being shown in their performance.

Whichever method of stretching you currently use, why not give AI stretching a try. On a personal note, I have changed my flexibility program to AI stretching and have seen fast improvements.

Also, one of my clients who is a marathon runner, just ran 22 miles and for the first time had no delayed muscle soreness, thanks to AI stretching. Remember to always ask for instruction by a nationally certified personal trainer before starting any new exercise or stretching program.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Mind Over Matter

Most Americans have been on a diet at some time in their life. It is no wonder, considering that today more than 50 percent of Americans are overweight in the United States. You may ask how it has gotten to this point. Is it lack of time and too much stress that cause poor eating and exercise habits? Is it lack of knowledge? In today's high-tech world, we are bombarded by information. Maybe there is too much information or too much hype?

There is more to weight management than just losing weight. It is about getting healthy, and in most cases from the inside out. Most people don't lose weight because they don't know how to - they fail because they don't know how to stay motivated to maintain their new healthy lifestyle. Ask yourself how many diets you have been on. Practicing healthy living is about taking care of ourselves, so we need to first start with our attitudes about ourselves - mind over matter.

We must become "self-empowered." This will bring about the qualities of strength, commitment and power to create and maintain our healthy lifestyle. For most, you will need to rely on your own heart, intelligence and courage more than the food and exercise plans.

Ask yourself some of these simple questions before you decide you want change:

Why do I want this change?
Who am I doing this for?
How will this change help me?
What is it going to take to have this change?
You must first decide that you are doing this for yourself. If you are trying to lose weight, for example, because your friends are, than you will probably not have long-term success. If you know that you want this for you and not for someone else, you will have more empowerment to succeed.

Learn to accept yourself. Realize that efforts founded on a negative state of mind many times leads to negative results. Researchers tell us that one of the most important ingredients for bringing about true behavior change is feeling good about ourselves and practice self-acceptance. It clearly sets the stage for behavior change, and provides the foundation to make gradual changes.

For many, successful change is gradual change. Starting an exercise program and eating healthier are much easier to swallow if they are taken gradually. Taking it slowly will not bring this negative cloud around these changes. And when there is negativity surrounding, this many times leads us to failure.

Determine your self worth and your values. Ask yourself, "Do I place a high value on taking good care of myself?" You must decide that you deserve to be cared for in the best possible way.

After you determine your self worth and your values, educate yourself on how you are going to get the change(s). There is so much information available today on eating healthy, starting an exercise program, managing stress, etc. Make sure they are reputable sources and remember to always talk with your doctor before starting any exercise or eating plan.

Once you are on your way toward a healthier lifestyle, here are a few basic thoughts:

There will be bumps in the road, hang tough and stay in the game.
Successful change is gradual change.
Set realistic goals for yourself.
Practice patience!
Replace the old beliefs with the new ones, and stop negative self-talk, before it stops you.
Learn to accept yourself.
Don't look back.

One of the many rewards of self-acceptance is that once you learn to accept yourself, you will find it easier to accept others. You will end up being a nicer person and find it much more rewarding, and you will carry less stress.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

The Weight Game

In today's world, Americans are constantly bombarded with a never-ending abundance of weight-control information as new research, "fad diets" and exercise programs emerge. Unfortunately, this information is often confusing, complicated and even contradictory. The resulting chaos is leading many people to make serious -- even life-threatening mistakes in pursuit of the ultimate goal: weight loss.

The extent of the weight control "problem" is very serious. Here's some amazing statistics found by American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM):

Americans eat 5-10% fewer calories than 20 years ago, yet weigh approximately 5 pounds more.

In the U.S., 50 million men and 60 million women ages 18-79 are overfat, including more than 12 million who are considered severely obese.

One out of five children ages 5-17 is obese.

As you can see, this is a serious problem. At any given time, approximately 20 million adults in the U.S. are dieting to lose weight and another 20 million think they should. Not surprisingly, it is estimated that Americans spend more than 30 billion dollars annually on diet books, products and services.

The key question is, "How did Americans reach this point?" Obesity can be caused by several factors, including eating too many calories, eating a high-fat or high-sugar diet, genetics, having a sluggish metabolic rate and leading a sedentary lifestyle.

Contrary to popular belief, obesity in this country appears to be primarily the result of a sedentary lifestyle, not overeating. This is easy to understand in today's highly automated world of remote controls, computers, etc. Think about how active you were when you were younger and what life was like when you did not have all those "luxurious" gadgets. Research shows that obese people don't necessarily eat more calories than their peers, they simply move less. As a result, they burn fewer calories and store more fat, which causes their fat cells to expand (adipocyte hypertrophy).

Another problem is the demand for "quick fixes" to promise immediate weight loss. Americans want things TODAY! They want weight loss through nutritionally insane plans such as fasting, the semi-starvation diet, the all-grapefruit diet, the high-protein/low-carbohydrate diet, the high-fat/low-carbohydrate diet -- several of which have been shown to cause serious health problems. Now you can understand how challenging it is for the average person to know what is sound advice.

The first important fact to realize is that dieting just doesn't work for most people. Ninety percent of all dieters regain lost weight within one year and 99% within five years. Many are trapped by the "yo-yo" syndrome in which they repeatedly lose and regain weight. As a result, the weight-loss industry is flourishing simply because no diet gimmick or special food is ultimately successful at long-term weight control.

So what does it take? First of all, swear off diets forever. Instead, commit to a lifetime of sensible eating habits and combine that with a smart exercise program. Make sure your exercise program includes both aerobic exercise, such as walking, biking or swimming, and strength training along with stretching.

A sensible diet and exercise approach to weight reduction recommended by experts is a weight loss rate of 1-2 pounds per week. Although this may not produce a rapid weight loss, it will provide you with a medically sound and effective strategy for "winning the losing game," and increase chances of truly keeping the weight off for good.

Deborah Plitt, C.C.S has been in the health and fitness industry for 13 years. She has owned her own home-based personal training business for seven years and has been the Assistant Director of Conway Hospital Wellness & Fitness Center for five years. Deb is certified as a personal trainer, group exercise instructor, water aerobics instructor, weight management consultant and is an expert in arthritis and exercise. Deb is also an ACE faculty member and a member of the Life Fitness Academy.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Eating Healthy Is Good For You

Make the Food Guide your guide

The Food Guide Pyramid is something you've probably seen hundreds of times and never thought much about. It appears on cereal boxes and on many other food labels as well. From now on, pay close attention to it because it was created to help you translate nutrition facts into practice. By following it, you'll be able to plan nutritious meals. You'll also find it easy to select healthful foods.

The Guide follows four healthy rules

Four of the seven dietary guidelines for Americans are at the heart of the Food Guide: Eat a variety of foods. Choose a diet with plenty of vegetables, fruits and grains. Keep your diet low in fat, saturated fat and cholesterol. And use sugars in moderation.

(The other three guidelines include maintaining a healthy weight, using salt in moderation and drinking alcohol in moderation, if you drink at all.)

Some of the Guide's information may surprise you

The healthiest diets focus on whole grains, bread, rice, cereals and pasta - the very foods you may be avoiding because you think starches are fattening. Wrong. These starches, which form the foundation of the Food Guide Pyramid, along with the next pyramid level of fruits and vegetables, are actually a great source of energy-rich carbohydrates, fiber, vitamins and minerals. They're also naturally low in fat.

Fat is the real culprit, not starch or carbohydrates. You should eat only a little of foods high in fat and high in sugar. The Food Guide Pyramid unfortunately lumps high-fat foods with healthier choices, so it's really up to you to read labels. Develop your own system for counting fat grams until you're savvy about the fat content of various foods.

What constitutes a 'serving'

The Food Guide Pyramid refers to servings, recommending a certain number of daily servings for each food group. You may see the Guide's recommendation for six to 11 servings of bread as a lot of bread, however, one serving of bread can actually be one slice of bread or a small roll, or half a bun, bagel or English muffin. It can also be one ounce of ready-to-eat cereal or one-half cup cooked cereal, rice or pasta. When you look at it that way, six to 11 daily servings is easy.

Likewise a single serving of fruit can be many things, such as a medium apple, banana or orange, one-half cup of chopped, cooked or canned fruit, or even three-quarters of a cup of fruit juice. A serving of vegetables can be a cup of raw leafy vegetables, or one-half cup of cooked or chopped raw vegetables of any kind, or three-quarters of a cup of vegetable juice.

When the Food Guide Pyramid says to eat one serving of meat, poultry, fish, dry beans, eggs and nuts, what it really means is you can have two to three ounces of cooked lean meat, poultry or fish. Or you can substitute one-half cup of cooked dry beans, an egg or two tablespoons of peanut butter for one ounce of meat.

A serving of milk, yogurt and cheese can be anything from one cup of milk or yogurt to one and one-half ounces of natural cheese to two ounces of processed cheese.

Your activity level dictates your number of servings Everyone should have at least the minimum servings. Logically enough, active people should have more than non-active folks.

For example, if you exercise fewer than three times a week, follow the lowest range of servings on the Food Guide Pyramid. If you exercise three times a week for 30 minutes at a stretch, use the moderate range. And if you exercise vigorously on a regular basis, go for the higher range. Use your activity level to pick the range that works best for you.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Exercise & How You Can Fit it into Your Busy Schedule

Americans must get off their sofa! Just recently, NBC News stated that being sedentary is one of the most dangerous risk factors for cardiovascular disease. Quoting from research, NBC noted that "An individual that is obese and exercises is at lower risk than an individual that is not obese and does not exercise." Americans MUST exercise to reduce their risk of cardiovascular disease. Exercise must become a lifestyle factor.

Most Americans' excuses are that they don't have time, or they can't stick with it. Here are some tips on how you can fit exercise into your busy schedule:

Develop an exercise plan that gives you the best chance to succeed. Be realistic. Don't say you will exercise everyday if you know you will only do it three times per week. Exercise in a way that you enjoy. If you don't have time to block off an hour to go to the gym, than try taking two or three fifteen minute walks at different times in your day. Park the car farther away, run errands, walk the golf course. All of these things add up to being more physically active, and that is your goal!
Try to be as active as you can, as often as you can, all day. Visit a co-workers desk instead of sending an e-mail, pace when you are on the phone and stretch when you watch television.

Instead of saying, "I should be exercising, but I'm not," ask yourself, "How can I get my body moving more to create more energy so I can get more out of my day? Or how can I move more to relieve tension and stress so I feel better everyday?"
Busy people say getting started with exercise is a big hurdle. It takes energy to exercise. Sometimes after a long, busy day, it's hard to find energy to exercise. Negotiate with yourself to do just 10 minutes of any kind of continuous movement. Then see how you feel. If you are still too tired, than stop. But chances are you will feel great and want to continue.

Find a buddy to exercise with. Try exercise videos. Walk your dog.
Just say no! Many of us don't know how to say no and we get ourselves involved in too much, leaving little time for ourselves. Exercise has to be a priority, just like everything else.

Sitting for long periods of time can lead to soreness, muscle tension, headaches, backaches and overall feelings of fatigue. Teach yourself not to sit in one place longer than thirty minutes. Get out of your chair. Go to the water cooler. Stand up and stretch your body.

According to the U.S. Surgeon General's Report, you are more likely to stick to an exercise program if you:

Think that, overall, you will benefit from it.
Include activities you enjoy.
Feel you can do the activities correctly and safely.
Have access to activities on a regular basis.
Can fit the activities into your daily schedule.
Feel that the activities don't impose financial or social costs you aren't willing to take on.

Have few negative consequences from doing your activities.

So set yourself up to succeed from the start. Set realistic goals. Learn to exercise safely and correctly and chart your progress to see improvement. If you fall off your program, start again. Exercise should become a lifetime of commitment!

Deborah Plitt, C.C.S has been in the health and fitness industry for 13 years. She has owned her own home-based personal training business for seven years and has been the Assistant Director of Conway Hospital Wellness & Fitness Center for five years. Deb is certified as a personal trainer, group exercise instructor, water aerobics instructor, weight management consultant and is an expert in arthritis and exercise.

Deb is also an ACE faculty member and a member of the Life Fitness Academy.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Water...Staying Hydrated & Healthy

One of the most effective ways you can improve your overall health is very simple - drink more water. Water composes more than half of the human body; it is impossible to live without it. It is the most essential element the body needs for survival, yet water is so underrated and many people do not understand the importance of staying properly hydrated.

Water regulates body temperature, cushions and protects organs, assists digestion, transports nutrients and dispels waste. In addition, water makes up 75% of muscle tissue and 25% of fat tissue.

The body cools itself by allowing heat to evaporate from the body in the form of sweat. During one hour of exercise, the body can lose more than a quart of water. If there is not enough water available for the body to cool itself through perspiration, the body enters a state of dehydration. Dehydration can lead to heat exhaustion and possibly heat stroke, which can be fatal. Without an adequate supply of water, individuals can experience muscle cramps and fatigue and even a loss of motor coordination.

To prevent dehydration, exercisers must drink before, during and after the workout. It is important to drink even before any signs of thirst appear. Thirst is a way the body tells us that we are already dehydrated. So drink before you are thirsty.

How can you tell if you are dehydrated? One way is to check the color of your urine. Urine should be very pale yellow to clear. If it is darker, you are already dehydrated. Note, however that certain vitamins and supplements will cause the urine to be darker.

Water is the best beverage to choose. Sports drinks can be used for higher-intensity exercise that exceeds one hour. These drinks can help with electrolyte replacement that is lost through strenuous exercise, such as potassium and sodium. For most individuals, water is sufficient for fluid replacement, plus it is calorie-free and sugar-free.

If you have difficulty enjoying water, try squeezing some lemon or limes into it or dilute your favorite beverage with water. Other choices to replace lost fluids are fruits, vegetables and soup, which are made up of mostly water.

Some other ways that water can work wonders are better digestion, metabolism and reduced risk of certain diseases, such as kidney stones. Water also is the ultimate moisturizer for your skin.

Water can hold off hunger pains as well. In many individuals, hunger and thirst drives get confused. You may think you are hungry when you are actually dehydrated. Drinking water 15 to 30 minutes prior to eating may prevent overeating.

Drink at least 64 ounces of water each day or more if you exercise or are in hotter weather. Start drinking your way to better health today. Your body will thank you!

Listed below are some Hydration Hints from the American Council on Exercise:

Drink one to two cups of fluid at least one hour before the start of exercise.
Drink eight ounces of fluid 20-30 minutes prior to exercising.
Drink four to eight ounces of fluid every 10 to 15 minutes or so during exercise.
Drink an additional eight ounces of fluid within 30 minutes after exercising.
Drink two cups of fluid for every pound of body weight lost after exercise.
Both caffeine and alcohol can have a diuretic effect, so be sure to compensate for this additional water loss.

Deborah Plitt, C.C.S has been in the health and fitness industry for 13 years. She has owned her own home-based personal training business for seven years and has been the Assistant Director of Conway Hospital Wellness & Fitness Center for five years. Deb is certified as a personal trainer, group exercise instructor, water aerobics instructor, weight management consultant and is an expert in arthritis and exercise. Deb is also an ACE faculty member and a member of the Life Fitness Academy.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Periodized Training - and Why It's Important

You have the best intentions regarding your workout, but find that your motivation has been sapped. Lately, no matter how hard or how often you work out; you just can't seem to progress any further. You're stuck on a plateau.

It turns out that the exercise you've been doing has worked so well that your body has adapted to it. You need to "shock" or "surprise" your body a bit. You need to give it a new challenge periodically if you're going to continue to make gains. That goes for both strength and cardiovascular training.

"Periodizing" your training is the key. Instead of doing the same routine month after month, you change your training program at regular intervals or "periods" to keep your body working harder, while still giving it ade-quate rest.

For example, you can alter your strength-train-ing program by adjusting the following variables:

The number of repetitions per set, or number of sets of each exercise
The amount of resistance used
The rest period between sets, exercises or training sessions
The order of the exercises, or the type of exercises
The speed at which you complete each exercise
There are many different types of periodized strength-training programs, and many are geared to the strength, power and demands of specific sports. The most commonly used pro-gram is one that will move you from low resist-ance and a high number of repetitions to high resistance and a lower number of repetitions. Such a program will allow your muscles to strengthen gradually and is appropriate for any-one interested in general fitness.

Research Shows Better Results

Research from the Human Performance Laboratory at Ball State University has shown that a periodized strength-training program can produce better results than a non-periodized program.

The purpose of the study, published in the journal Medicine &Science in Sports &Exercise in 2001, was to determine the long-term training adaptations associated with low-volume, circuit-type training vs. periodized, high-volume resist-ance training in women (volume = total amount of weight lifted during each session). The 34 women in the study were divided into those two groups, as well as a nonexercising control group. Group 1 performed one set of eight to 12 repeti-tions to muscle failure three days per week for 12 weeks. Group 2 performed two to four sets of three to 15 repetitions, with periodized volume and intensity, four days per week during the 12- week period.

As the chart above shows, the periodized group showed more substantial gains in lean mus-cle, greater reductions in body fat, and more sub-stantial strength gains than the non-periodized group after 12 weeks.

Periodizing Your Cardiovascular Workout

You should also periodize your cardiovascu-lar training for the same reasons-to further challenge your body, while still allowing for ade-quate recovery time.

If, for example, you're a recreational runner, running for fitness, fun and the occasional short race, you'll want to allow for flat, easy runs, as well as some that incorporate hills and others that focus on speed and strength.

What you don't want to do is complete the same run every time. If you run too easily, and don't push yourself, you won't progress. And chances are you'll get bored. Conversely, too much speed or high-intensity training will lead to injury or burnout, and most likely, disappointing race results.

If you are serious about improving your time in a 10K, in completing a half-marathon, or even a full marathon, you'll need a periodized program geared to each type of race. Many such programs are available from local running clubs, in running books and magazines, from some health clubs, as well as on running websites. Specially designed periodized training programs are also available for cycling and many other sports.

Periodized training will ensure that you continue to make measurable progress, which will keep you energized and interested in reaching your goals.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Exercise and Asthma

Many people with asthma believe exercise is not an option for them, that it will do more harm than good. The truth is that most asthmatics would likely benefit from some form of regular physical activity.

The ABCs Of Asthma

Twelve percent to 15 percent of the population are considered asthmatics and suffer recurrent attacks of breathlessness. The severity of an asthma attack can vary greatly, from slight breathlessness to respiratory failure. Common symptoms include wheezing, a dry cough and tightness in the chest. Attacks may be brought on by an allergic response, a respiratory infection, tobacco smoke, air pollutants, anxiety or stress. Exercise induced asthma (EIA) is usually brought on by vigorous aerobic activity.

Exercising With Asthma

Despite the fact that asthma may be brought on by aerobic activity, exercise may still be a desirable option for many asthmatics. Research indicates that as tolerance for physical exertion is built up over time, it is less likely that an asthmatic will experience an attack during exercise. And, in addition to reducing the risk of developing many other diseases, appropriate exercise can help asthmatics reduce stress, sleep better and feel more energized. It might surprise you to know that even world-class athletes, such as Olympic gold medalist Jackie-Joyner Kersee, continue to compete after being diagnosed with asthma.

Have a thorough medical evaluation and obtain your doctor's permission before beginning any type of exercise program. This is an absolutely essential first step. Your physician may prescribe medications that might further aid in controlling your condition. You will need specific instructions on when to take the medication before exercising and how long the effects will last. Once you have received clearance from your doctor to begin an exercise program, consider the following guidelines:

Take extra time to warm up before exercising. A prolonged period of low-level aerobic activity will help prepare your body for higher-intensity exercise.

Exercise toward the lower end of your target heart rate. Exercises such as walking or swimming are great for asthmatics because they are low intensity and may be done for longer periods of time. Those who wish to participate in higher-intensity exercise, such as running or fast-paced sports, should slowly increase intensity over time. Rest when necessary and listen to what your body is telling you. Strength-training exercises are unlikely to cause an asthma attack if you rest between sets.

Avoid exercising in polluted environments, or in cold or dry air.

Don't rush through your cool down; extending it can help prevent the asthma attacks that occur immediately following an exercise session. A warm bath or shower may also help.

Keep Your Options Open

Asthma does not necessarily mean you have to live an inactive life. Regular physical activity is one of the best things you can do for both your health and your overall well-being. As long as you and your physician are comfortable with your level of activity, nothing should keep you from doing the activities that keep you happy and healthy.

These exercises are listed in order from most to least likely to induce an asthma attack:

outdoor running
treadmill running
cycling
walking
pool swimming

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Facts on Fatigue

The alarm goes off, you jump in the shower, eat breakfast, get dressed, get the kids ready for school, drop them off at the bus stop, drive to work, run errands during lunch, leave work, pick up the kids from soccer practice, come home, make dinner, serve dinner, clean-up, get ready for the next day, watch a little news, get ready for bed, crawl into bed, fall asleep and before you know it the alarm goes off again - whew! Sound familiar?

In today's society, unfortunately, many of us can relate to the above scenario, and life is probably not slowing down anytime soon. In the meantime, Americans need to learn how to manage all the day-to-day activities they are responsible for in addition to allowing time for their health. When people cannot manage life effectively, many continually feel tired -- some to the point of fatigue.

Tiredness and fatigue are two different things. Tiredness happens to everyone at one time or another. It is the normal feeling that is felt at the end of a long day or after a night of the baby crying. Typically you will know why you are tired and a good night's sleep will restore you to normal.

Fatigue is a daily lack of energy, an unusual or excessive whole-body exhaustion that is not relieved by sleep. Fatigue can be acute or chronic and can prevent a person from functioning normally; ultimately it affects a person's quality of life (WebMD).

Adverse Effects of Fatigue

How can you tell if you are fatigued or just a little tired? The following are good indications of fatigue:

Constant flu-like feelings
Tired feeling that is not alleviated by sleep
Tired feeling that lingers for more than one week
Achy muscle and/or joints
Inability to concentrate
Reduced productivity
Decreased socialization
Irritability
Lack of motivation
Anxiety
Stress
Nervousness
Causes of Fatigue

For Americans, fatigue is generally caused by lifestyle habits. The following are the most common causes for fatigue:

Ignoring tiredness or illness
Lack of exercise
Poor nutrition habits
Poor work-life balance
Lack of sleep
Depression
Boredom
Nicotine and alcohol use
Fatigue management is an important aspect to enhance health. To alleviate the onset of fatigue and live a happier, healthier, more productive life - follow these few simple steps:

Listen to your body

When feeling tired or ill, slow down! Ignoring the way your body feels and pushing beyond your body's limits stresses your immune system, therefore leaving you vulnerable for illness and fatigue.

Exercise!

Most wonder if they are fatigued, why exercise? Research shows that exercise helps ease fatigue. Exercise increases your cardiovascular and muscular strength and endurance. Therefore, your body will become stronger and be able to better handle activities of daily life. Exercise also has been shown to improve quality of sleep. Those who exercise fall asleep faster and sleep sounder than those who are sedentary.
Eat a balanced diet. Eating a well-balanced diet will help you get adequate amounts of food, vitamins and minerals your body needs to get through the day. The U.S. Recommended Dietary Allowance (RDA) guidelines recommend to eat at least three meals per day, do not skip breakfast (as this boosts your metabolism for the day) and eat foods from the main food groups (bread, meats, dairy, fruits and vegetables) at every meal (WebMD).

Get enough sleep

With today's busy lifestyles, Americans need at least 7-8 hours of sleep per night. Going to bed at a decent hour will increase your productivity throughout the day.
Set priorities. With many people working full-time and having families, setting priorities between work and family life is a difficult task. Setting your priorities will help you manage your time better. Learn to say "no" when necessary to minimize the feeling of being pulled in two different directions.

Limit nicotine and alcohol intake. Nicotine, like caffeine, is a stimulant. Also when smokers sleep, they experience nicotine withdrawal - causing difficulties falling asleep and waking up during the night. The National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism found that alcohol consumption appears to disrupt the second half of the sleep period, causing awakening from dreams and difficulty returning to sleep. This sleep disruption may lead to daytime fatigue and sleepiness.

Take up a hobby

If time permits, getting involved in extracurricular activities can help you focus on an interest you enjoy rather than yourself and can make you feel more in control. Try something new, such as ceramics, gardening, an exercise class or Pilates.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Dispelling Common Exercise Myths

Will doing 100 leg lifts a day give you thinner thighs? Does muscle turn to fat when you stop exercising? With all the information available about fitness and exercise, it can be hard to separate fact from fiction. While some exercise myths are falling by the wayside, others still exist. Without proper knowledge, you may hinder your exercise progress.

Myth: Spot reducing. One of the most common exercise myths is that you can reduce fat from specific parts of your body, such as your thighs or abdomen. The truth is fat cannot be burned from specific body parts. Fat is stored throughout the body, and exercise will use fat from different areas and not necessarily the part you are working. The best way to reduce body fat is with a consistent routine of cardiovascular exercise, strength training and stretching.

Myth: "No pain, no gain." A second exercise fallacy is that you must exercise at a very high intensity or for long hours to get results. Research shows, however, that even low to moderate intensity routines have valuable health benefits. A good general recommendation is to do cardiovascular exercise three to five days a week for 20 to 45 minutes per session at 65 to 80 percent of your maximum heart rate (220 minus your age), which is a level where you are working but aren't gasping for air.

To help you stay in the right range, many fitness equipment manufacturers offer cardiovascular machines with digital heart rate sensors. For example, Life Fitness treadmills, total-body elliptical Cross-Trainers, Lifecycle exercise bikes and stairclimbers have Lifepulse hand sensors and interactive heart rate Zone Training+ workouts that automatically adjust the resistance level based on your target heart rate.

Myth: Strength training will make you very muscular. A common misconception among women is that lifting weights will make them bulk up. Bodybuilders usually have spent hours at the gym, may use steroids and follow strict diets to achieve their physiques. In addition, compared to men, women have less of the hormone testosterone, which is key to developing large muscles. Strength training approximately two to four times a week, doing a variety of exercises for the major muscle groups, will help lead to a lean and toned appearance.

Myth: If you stop working out, muscle will turn into fat. Many people believe that if they stop working out, their muscle will turn into fat. Muscle and fat are two distinct tissues, however, and never can be converted from one to the other. If you stop exercising, muscle tissue will shrink, so you may feel flabbier. Also, when muscles get smaller, they do not need as many calories, so your metabolism slows. With a slower metabolism, if you eat the same amount of calories, you may gain body fat.

Myth: If you didn't exercise when you were younger, it's too late. Some older people tend to think that it is too late to start an exercise routine if they didn't work out when they were younger. Studies have shown that it is never too late to start working out - you can reap benefits at any age. As we age, exercise can help reduce the risk of bone and muscle diseases and help enhance daily functionality. Regardless of age and medical history, consult a doctor before starting any exercise program.

Once you dispel some common exercise myths, you can start to exercise smart and develop a fitter, healthier you.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Healthy Backs

According to the American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons, 80 percent of Americans will experience back pain at some time in their life. When back pain first occurs, the body's immediate response is to shut down movement to that aggravated area, which causes the muscles and spine to tense even more and allow the back to be easily re-aggravated.

The good news is, there are many treatment options for back pain, including chiropractic adjustment, surgery or complementary and alternative medicine (CAM), such as acupuncture. Statistics show that 45 percent of all Americans who suffer from back pain will try a chiropractic remedy. In addition, many physicians are quick to recommend surgery or drugs before the alternative methods or basic maintenance procedures to deal with these back problems.

There are several problems that can arise with the "rushed" surgery techniques. In 1995, the Orthopedic Clinic of North America did follow-up research on the aftermath of back surgery and found these alarming statistics:

25,000-50,000 failed back surgery syndrome cases each year
Overall failure rate 30 percent (fusion), 37.3 percent (non-fusion)
Re-operation rate 6.9 percent overall at two-year follow-up
11.9 percent (fusion), 10.2 percent (non-fusion) at four-year follow-up
Re-hospitalization 22.4 percent (fusion), 18.3 percent (non-fusion)
Most of these re-operational statistics do not show the fault of the patient in the recovery process. No matter what treatment method is used, the patient is the key to helping their backs recover from treatment.

One treatment method that should not be overlooked is exercise and wellness. Exercise is not an exact treatment for back pain, although it can be used as a tool for many associated problems that people with back pain encounter. Exercise should be thought of as a preventative measure, and to also help cope with the irritability of back pain.

Even if you do not or never had back pain, take preventative measures now before it is too late. Listed below are some tips on preventative back care:

Take part in a consistent exercise program to include strength, cardiovascular and flexibility training (consult with a certified personal trainer for advice)
Practice good posture and body mechanics
Use back support when needed
Incorporate a healthy diet and drink plenty of water
Reduce the stress in your life
Get adequate rest. Most people need at least seven hours of restful sleep each night
Perform activities of daily living (ADLs) in a healthy spinal manner
Stop smoking

Always seek the advice of your doctor and get educated about the different treatment options. If you are not satisfied with your physician's response, seek a second opinion.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Parents, Eat your Words

Are you pleased with your progress toward healthful nutrition and fitness habits but frustrated with your children's?

Do you suspect that the lunches you send to school are traded or thrown away? Do you shudder at the sight of your pantry shelves displaying high-fat snacks and sugary cereals that you vowed you would never buy? Can you really win the battle against advertising, peer pressure and kids' love affairs with sugar and fat?

The bad news and the good news

Kids today are fatter and less fit than previous generations. Between the mid-1960s and the late 1970s, obesity increased 54 percent among young children (ages six to 11) and 39 percent among adolescents (ages 12 to 17). Recent studies show that obesity has continued to increase into the '90s.

Food companies spend millions of dollars on television advertising to convince children that high-fat, high-sugar, processed foods are worth eating. Food is consumed because it's cool, fun or comes with a free toy rather than for its impact on health or even for its taste!

So what's a parent to do? Eat your words! The fact is that parents who have adopted a lifestyle that includes healthful foods and regular exercise are living role models for their children.

We know that the behaviors children see most often at home are the ones they will be most likely to adopt for themselves and parents' efforts to promote healthy food habits do make a difference.

The first step is to stop battling with your kids about food. You may need to slow the rate of change in your children's food choices and offer reasonable alternatives as you gradually reduce those high-fat, high-sugar foods. Be sure to include some of their favorite foods in daily meals.

Stack the deck

Much of nutrition is common sense. For instance, stock the kitchen with a majority of healthy items, keeping in mind that kids want some of their favorite foods, which may be sweet and/or salty.

Buy pretzels, which are low in fat, instead of greasy chips. Keep cut-up vegetables and ready-to-eat mini-carrots in the refrigerator. Sprinkle air-popped popcorn with grated parmesan cheese instead of butter.

A good way to get kids involved and committed to healthy eating habits is to involve them with the food shopping and preparation. There are lots of children's cookbooks on the market; select one that emphasizes ways to modify many favorite foods rather than eliminate them. Children who feel competent to select and prepare food will make more intelligent food choices.

Balance is everything

The key to keeping kids happy and healthy is to strike a balance between foods that are good for you and those that just taste good, between leisure or TV time and physical activity.

Which brings us to the other side of the healthy living equation. The most obvious impact of inactivity on kids is the strong association between the number of hours spent watching TV and the level of obesity among youngsters.

Make physical activity a family affair. Go for walks, fly kites, rollerblade around the neighborhood, play miniature golf or other sports. Anything that gets you moving together will no doubt be good for you, too.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Warm Up to Work Out

Suppose you were told that you only had to add an extra five to 10 minutes to each of your workouts in order to prevent injury and lessen fatigue. Would you do it? Most people would say yes. Then they might be surprised to learn that they already know about those few minutes called a warm-up. If done correctly, a pre-exercise warm-up can have a multitude of beneficial effects on a person's workout and, consequently, their overall health.

What Happens In Your Body?

When you begin to exercise, your cardiorespiratory and neuromuscular systems and metabolic energy pathways are stimulated. Muscles contract and, to meet their increasing demands for oxygen, your heart rate, blood flow, cardiac output and breathing rate increase. Blood moves faster through your arteries and veins, and is gradually routed to working muscles. Your blood temperature rises and oxygen is released more quickly, raising the temperature of the muscles. This allows the muscles to use glucose and fatty acids to burn calories and create energy for the exercise. All of these processes prepare the body for higher-intensity action.

Specifically...

A gradual warm-up:

leads to efficient calorie burning by increasing your core body temperature
produces faster, more forceful muscle contractions
increases your metabolic rate so oxygen is delivered to the working muscles more quickly
prevents injuries by improving the elasticity of your muscles
gives you better muscle control by speeding up your neural message pathways to the muscles
allows you to work out comfortably longer because all your energy systems are able to adjust to exercise, preventing the buildup of lactic acid in the blood
improves joint range of motion
psychologically prepares you for higher intensities by increasing your arousal and focus on exercise

Where To Begin

Your warm-up should consist of two phases: 1) progressive aerobic activity that utilizes the muscles you will be using during your workout, and 2) flexibility exercises. Choosing which warm-up activity to use is as easy as slowing down what you will be doing during your work-out. For example, if you will be running, warm up with a slow jog, or if you will be cycling outdoors, begin in lower gears.

An ideal intensity for an aerobic warm-up has yet to be established, but a basic guideline is to work at a level that produces a small amount of perspiration, but doesn't leave you feeling fatigued. The duration of the warm-up activity will depend on the intensity of your workout as well as your own fitness level.

After the aerobic warm-up activity you should incorporate flexibility/stretching exercises. Stretching muscles after warming them up with low-intensity aerobic activity will produce a better stretch since the rise in muscle temperature and circulation increases muscle elasticity, making them more pliable. Be sure to choose flexibility exercises that stretch the primary muscles you will be using during your workout.

Make The Time

In order to fully reap the benefits of the time you are spending exercising, you must warm up. Taking those extra few minutes to adjust to increased activity will ensure a better performance from your body and, in turn, will make your workout more efficient, productive and, best of all, enjoyable.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Strength Training to Fight the Aging Process

One of the consequences of aging is assumed to be loss of bone strength and muscle mass and strength. But don't lose hope. The good news is that strength training can play an important role in delaying and reducing these age- or inactivity-associated losses.

Until the age of 30 years, our bones are in a constant state of building. After that time, bone strength is determined by heredity, diet, hormones, physical activity, lifestyle choices and the use of certain medications. Weak bones, porous bone or brittle bones are all terms that characterize osteoporosis. This condition begins with an unnoticed decrease in bone mass that leads to deterioration of bone tissue and increased risk of fractures of the hip, spine and wrist.

Muscle mass is also lost with aging. This is called sarcopenia, which results in a decrease in muscle size and functional strength. The changes in muscle size are related to the loss and shrinking of muscle fibers, due to lack of use. On average muscle strength is at its peak between the ages of 20-30 years. After this point, muscular strength starts to deteriorate at a rate of 5% per decade. This amounts to 30-40% loss of functional strength over the adult life span.

To age well, individuals must remain physically active. Even the elderly have shown large gains in strength, mobility and physical fitness, when they exercise consistently. Exercise studies repeatedly have demonstrated the capacity of older muscle to increase in size and strength.

What is important to consider is that the independent performance of many activities of daily living (ADLs) is strength dependent. Without a strong foundation, the body becomes incapable of performing such tasks as cleaning the house, carrying groceries, climbing stairs, etc. The maintenance of muscle size and functional strength should play an important role in the training of older adults, just to maintain quality of life.

It is evident that strength training and weight-bearing exercise, such as walking, are slowing age-related changes in bones and muscles. Strength training provides the stress or load that stimulates the development of muscle and bone strength. It will also allow for improved balance and coordination.

Aging does not have to be a negative aspect. The more active you stay today and the healthier choices you make will have a great impact on your ability to age gracefully. First check with your physician if you are starting or returning to an exercise program so that he/she may determine overall health and be aware of conditions that may restrict exercise. Then consult a certified Personal Trainer to discuss medical history and goals and needs for your program. A trainer can help develop a routine for you and demonstrate correct technique for all exercises.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

A Walk a Day

The popularity of walking as a fitness activity is growing by leaps and bounds. Low risk and easy to start, walking has proved its health benefits in numerous studies. An eight-year study of 13,000 people found that those who walked 30 minutes a day had a significantly lower risk of premature death than those who rarely exercised.

A regular walking program can help:

Reduce blood cholesterol
Lower blood pressure
Increase cardiovascular endurance
Boost bone strength
Burn calories and keep weight down

Get Ready

A walking program is simple to start. All you need are comfortable clothes and shoes. Layer loose clothing, keeping in mind that exercise elevates the body's temperature. Shoes specifically designed for walking are best.

Every workout should begin with a brief warm-up and a few simple stretches. Walk around the house or in place for a few minutes to get the blood flowing to the muscles before you attempt to stretch them. Although walking primarily works the major muscles of the legs, don't forget to stretch your back, shoulders and arms. This will help to loosen up any tension you may be carrying and make your walk more enjoyable as well as more effective.

Get Moving

Beginning walkers can make their workouts less strenuous by limiting how fast and far they walk. Keep in mind the following:

Walk short distances.
Begin with a five-minute stroll and gradually increase your distance.
Forget about speed.
Walk at a comfortable pace.
Focus on good posture, keeping your head lifted and shoulders relaxed.
Swing your arms naturally, and breathe deeply.
If you can't catch your breath, slow down or avoid hills.
Be sure you can talk while walking.
If you can't converse, you are walking too fast.

Get Fit!

Walking is one fitness activity that allows you numerous options. Once you have reached a point where you can walk a few miles with relative ease, you can start to vary the intensity. Walking hills, in addition to increasing your cardiovascular endurance, is a great way to tone the legs. Concentrate on lengthening your stride or increasing your speed. And don't forget to reward yourself after each workout with a few minutes of relaxing stretches to help prevent sore muscles.

Listening to lively music while you walk is also a great way to energize your workout. But if you wear headphones, keep the volume down and watch out for traffic that you may not hear.

Keep track of your progress. Many experts recommend that you walk a minimum of 20 minutes a day. But there are no hard and fast rules. Fit walking into your schedule whenever you can. That may mean two 10-minute walks each day, or even hour-long walks two to three times a week. The best schedule is one that keeps you walking and keeps you fit!

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

If you don't use it, will you lose it?

If you've been sidelined by an injury, or you're considering taking a break from exercise, you might wonder if you'll lose your hard-earned strength and endurance. Some loss of fitness is inevitable, but there are ways to help minimize it.

Here's what happens to your body when you take a break from exercise.

Matters of the heart

The degree to which cardiovascular fitness declines during a period of de-training depends upon what kind of shape you were in to begin with. Individuals who are extremely fit, such as highly trained athletes, experience a rapid drop in fitness during the first three weeks of detraining, which then tapers off.

A significant level of fitness - higher than that of an untrained person - is retained for about 12 weeks. Individuals with low-to-moderate fitness levels show little change in cardiovascular fitness within the first few weeks, but their ability rapidly declines in the weeks immediately following.

Performance jitters

The ability to perform a given sport or activity, whether it involves swinging a bat in softball or running 10Ks, invariably declines when the sport is abandoned for any length of time. One study found that marathoners experienced a 25-percent decrease in endurance time during a maximal aerobic treadmill test after just 15 days of inactivity.

Another showed that swimmer's arm strength declined by more than 13 percent within four weeks of abandoning their regular training regimen.

Numerous variables come into play when analyzing the ability to perform a particular sport-specific skill, making it difficult to analyze the effects of detraining. Some are like riding a bike - you never forget how - while others, such as the ability to deliver an accurate serve in tennis, for example, involve specific timing and well-trained muscles.

Speaking of muscles...

With the exception of a genetically blessed few, most of us have to work at it building strength through formal or informal strength-training workouts. Again, well-trained athletes have the edge, because the positive effects of training remain evident weeks, sometimes even months, after ending training.

Lesser-trained individuals can expect to see their muscle strength and conditioning decline at a slightly faster rate, though not at the levels seen in sedentary individuals.

Stem the de-training tide

Experts agree that the best way to avoid losing much of the health and fitness benefits you've worked so hard to achieve is to do something. If you can't find the motivation to run for a few weeks or longer, try walking instead. Cross training became popular because it is a viable means of maintaining, even increasing, one's fitness level.

Runners can give their knees a break by switching to cycling, swimmers can work their legs on a stair stepper, and aerobics enthusiasts can take their workout outdoors by hiking through a local park or reserve.

If an injury is keeping you from your favorite activities, take your worries to the pool. Of course, it's always advisable to check with your physician before resuming exercise after an injury. Regardless of which activity you choose, be sure to progress gradually.

If boredom is the problem, now's the time to try that sport you've been considering for so long. In-line skating, tai chi, boot-camp workouts - whatever strikes your fancy. The key is to keep your heart and muscles challenged in order to minimize the detraining effects that come when taking a break from your usual routine.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Monitoring Exercise Intensity Using Heart Rate

Why Monitor Your Heart Rate?

You're huffing and puffing through another aerobic workout, wondering if you're really doing yourself any good. Are you working too hard or not hard enough? You look around. The person next to you has barely broken a sweat while the one in front is drenched from head to toe. Well, sweat may not be the best indicator of exercise intensity. For that, we need to look to our hearts.

Heart rates, to be exact. When you exercise, your heart beats faster to meet the demand for more blood and oxygen by the muscles of the body. The more intense the activity, the faster your heart will beat. Therefore, monitoring your heart rate during exercise can be an excellent way to monitor exercise intensity.

For the majority of aerobic enthusiasts, there is a range of exercise intensities that is described as safe and effective for promoting cardiovascular benefits. To determine what range is best for you, you'll need to be familiar with a few terms.

1. Maximal Heart Rate:
This number is related to your age. As we grow older, our hearts start to beat a little more slowly. To estimate your maximal heart rate, simply subtract your age from the number 220.

2. Target Heart Rate Zone:
This is the number of beats per minute (bpm) at which your heart should be beating during aerobic exercise. For most healthy individuals, this range is 50 to 80 percent of your maximal heart rate. So, if your maximal heart rate is 180 bpm, the low end of the range (50 percent) would be 90 bpm, and the high end of the range (80 percent) would be 144 bpm.

What Does This Recommended Heart Rate Range Mean?

Now that you've determined your target heart rate zone, you need to know how to put that information to good use. These numbers serve as a guideline - an indicator of how hard you should be exercising. Those just beginning an aerobic program should probably aim for the low end of the zone and pick up the intensity as they become more comfortable with their workouts. Those who are more fit, or are training for competitive events, may want to aim for the higher end of the zone. Keep in mind that the target heart rate zone is recommended for individuals without any health problems. Additionally, individuals taking mediction that alter the heart rate should consult their physician for recommended exercise intensity.

Where To Monitor?

There are a number of 'sites' used to monitor the pulse rate. Two convenient sites to use are the radial pulse at the base of the thumb of either hand, or the carotid pulse at the side of the neck. Accurate pulse-count assessment is crucial when monitoring exercise intensity. By using the first two fingers of one hand and locating the artery, a pulse rate can be easily determined. Immediately after exercise, isolate your pulse and count the number of beats in a 10-second period. To determine the heart rate in beats per minute, multiply the number of beats per 10 seconds by six. For instance, if a 10-second pulse count were 20, then the heart rate would be 120 bpm.

A Final Word About Heart Rate Monitoring

Remember, your estimated target heart rate zone is just that - an estimate. If you feel like you are exercising too hard, you probably are. The best advice is to reduce your intensity and find a heart rate range that works for you.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

What is the Best Cardiovascular Exercise?

Hoping to get the most from their workouts, people often want to know what the best cardiovascular (CV) activity is. The answer is simple: there really is no "best" CV exercise. All types have benefits, and no one exercise is a magic pill that will produce greater results than the others.

Although some differences exist between CV modalities, the benefits to your body are essentially the same. It's important is to know your options, determine what you like to do and get moving. Any CV exercise is better than none.

Different Types of Cardiovascular Activities

Cardiovascular, or aerobic, exercise is any continuous activity that gets your heart working and can be sustained from 15 to 60 minutes or beyond. It generally uses large muscle groups, such as the legs, hips and glutes, but some activities, including swimming and cross-country skiing, engage the entire body.

Common CV activities include walking, jogging, cycling and hiking. You don't need to belong to a health club to participate in CV activity, but sometimes the equipment there can give you even more options. These include stairclimbing, rowing and elliptical cross-training (a machine combining the motion of a stairclimber and a skier with your feet move in an elliptical shape). Aerobic classes generally provide lots of CV choices as well.

Two main differences exist among different CV exercises: whether they are weight-bearing and whether they engage the entire body.

Weight-bearing: With a weight-bearing exercise, your feet and legs support your body weight. Running, walking, jogging, dancing, stair climbing and rope jumping are examples. These types of exercise are great for strengthening your bones.

Non weight-bearing: Here, the body is supported during exercise, as in bicycling, rowing and swimming. Because these exercises are non-impact (you are not carrying your body weight), they tend to be easier on your back, knees and other joints. As a result, they can have a lower risk of injury than weight-bearing exercises.

Total-body: Clearly, exercises that use your entire body, including some elliptical cross-trainers, rowing, skiing and swimming, work more muscle groups than those that use the lower body only, such as running and cycling. One type isn't necessarily better than the other; they simply are different.

Mix it Up

Figure out what you like to do. If you hate cycling, you don't have to do it. If you love swimming and have access to a pool, then that may be the best activity for you.

Because there is no ideal CV exercise, your best bet is to vary your workouts so you don't get bored and so your body doesn't become too accustomed to doing your chosen exercise day in and day out. Over time, the body becomes more efficient at performing repeated activities, so you end up burning fewer calories if you continue the same exercise at the same intensity level for months.

So run or walk outside one day. For your next workout, try a CV videotape. Then swim laps the next time or take an aerobics class at a local fitness center. This is called cross-training.

Cross-training doesn't mean you can never do the same workout. Certainly, you will have your favorite activities. But for optimal fitness, you should vary your routine instead of just running five days each week, for example.

Then again, if running is the only CV exercise that you enjoy and will do consistently, then go for it. Again, it's better to stay consistent with any exercise than participate inconsistently or not at all.

The Bottom LineCV exercise is just one element of a balanced fitness program. For the best overall conditioning and results, establish a regular CV routine and then include strength training and stretching.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Factors Affecting Strength

I am often asked why one person develops strength and muscle faster than another when he or she is performing the same exercises, following the same training program. Many people feel that they must be doing something wrong because they aren't getting the same results as another person. It's important to realize that there are six primary factors affecting every individual's ability to achieve strength and muscle development, and we have little or no control over most of them.

Type of Muscle Fiber

One of the most influential factors is muscle fiber type. We have two basic types of muscle fibers, often referred to as "slow twitch" and "fast twitch." Slow twitch muscle fibers are best used for cardiovascular (aerobic) activities. They produce small levels of force for long periods of time and thus are better suited for endurance activities. Fast twitch fibers are best used for anaerobic activities. They produce high levels of force for short periods of time and are best suited for power activities such as weightlifting.

Most men and women have an equal combination of both slow twitch and fast twitch fibers. However, some people inherit a high percentage of slow twitch fibers that enhance their performance in endurance activities, such as long distance runners. Most world class marathon runners have a very high amount of slow twitch fibers. World class sprinters or football players, for example, have relatively more fast twitch muscle fibers. Although both fiber types respond positively to strength training exercises, the fast twitch types experience greater increases in muscle size and strength, and thus may obtain greater and/or faster results from a strength training program.

Age

Another factor over which we have little control is age. Studies show that people of all ages can increase their muscle size and strength as a result of a safe and effective strength training program. However, the rate of strength and muscle gain appears to be greater from age 10-20, the years of rapid growth and development. After reaching normal physical maturity, muscular improvements usually don't come as quickly.

Gender

Gender does not affect the quality of our muscle, but does influence the quantity. Although men's and women's muscle tissue are characteristically the same, men generally have more muscle tissue than women do because muscle size is increased by the presence of testosterone, the male sex hormone. The larger the muscles, the stronger the person; this is why most men are stronger than most women.

Limb and Muscle Length

Another strength factor that is naturally determined is limb length. Persons with short limbs tend to be able to lift more weight because of advantageous leverage factors (arms and legs). Similarly, differences in strength development may come about because of variation in muscle length. Some people have long muscles, and some people have short muscles. Persons with relatively long muscles have greater potential for developing size and strength than persons with relatively short muscles.

Point of Tendon Insertion

Muscle strength is also influenced by the point of tendon insertion. For example, let's say Jim and John both have the same arm and muscle length. However, Jim's biceps tendon attaches to his forearm farther from his elbow joint than John's does. This gives Jim a biomechanical advantage: he is able to lift more weight than John in biceps exercises such as the Biceps Curl.

Other Important Factors

All of these factors affect our ability to gain strength and muscle development through training. Keep in mind, however, that the most influential factor in achieving good results is using a very slow, controlled lifting movement and lifting to the point of muscle fatigue.

In addition to using good lifting technique, it is absolutely imperative that you not only train with intensity on a well-balanced program, but also give your muscles enough resting time between training sessions. Overtraining is a common mistake people make; it happens not only when you don't allow your muscles enough rest, but also when you train with too many sets and exercises for each muscle group.

Another mistake people make is doing the same program over and over again even after they have reached a plateau. Any time you 1) stop gaining strength or muscle size or 2) get bored, it is crucial that you change the program, so that you can go through a whole new phase achieving new results.

We inherit most of these factors affecting strength from our parents, and they have a big impact on our size, strength, and appearance. It is very important that you not become obsessed with trying to look like a world-class body builder--or any other body type that is not your own. We are not all meant to look the same. It is very important that you learn about and accept your own body's characteristics and type, so you can develop a reasonable program specific to realistic goals and personal interests.

Genetics does clearly play a role in your health and appearance, but they certainly do not determine how often or well you train. Even if you are born with a genetic predisposition to being overweight or weak, the way you live is what will ultimately determine whether you become fit and strong or fat and weak.

Weightlifting provides many important benefits that cannot be achieved by any other exercise or activity. Physiologically, the benefits of consistent strength training include an increase in muscle size and tone, increased muscle strength, and increases in tendon, bone, and ligament strength. Strength-training has also been shown to improve psychological health as well, by increasing self-esteem, confidence and self-worth. If you understand and accept your body, you will be able to work with it, not against it. Everyone can improve their strength, appearance, and performance level by consistently implementing an effective strength training program. Good luck: I hope you enjoy all the many benefits of strength training.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

What Are the Specific Benefits of Exercise

Exercise, even after age 50, can add healthy and active years to one's life. Studies continue to show that it is never too late to start exercising and that even small improvements in physical fitness can significantly lower the risk of death. Simply walking regularly can prolong life in the elderly. Moderately fit people, even if they smoke or have high blood pressure, have a lower mortality rate than the least fit. Resistance training is important for the elderly, because it is the only form of exercise that can slow and even reverse the decline in muscle mass, bone density, and strength. Adding workouts that focus on speed and agility may be even more protective for older people. Flexibility exercises help reduce the stiffness and loss of balance that accompanies aging.

Cardiovascular Health (Heart Disease and Stroke)

General Guidelines. Inactivity is one of the four major risk factors for heart disease, on par with smoking, unhealthy cholesterol, and even high blood pressure. Like all muscles, the heart becomes stronger and larger as a result of exercise so it can pump more blood through the body with every beat. Exercise does not increase the maximum heart rate, but a fit heart can pump more blood at this maximum level and can sustain it longer with less strain. The resting heart rate of those who exercise is also slower, because less effort is needed to pump blood. For preventing heart disease frequency of exercises may be more important than duration. Exercise even helps reverse some of the effects of smoking. Children should be especially encouraged to exercise every day to prevent heart disease later in life.

Effect on Coronary Artery Disease and Cholesterol Levels. People who maintain an active lifestyle have a 45% lower risk of developing coronary heart disease than do sedentary people. A recent study reported that moderate dietary changes improve cholesterol levels and so lower the risk for coronary artery disease only when an aerobic exercise program is also followed. Regular aerobic exercises -- brisk walking, jogging, swimming, biking, aerobic dance, and racquet sports -- are the best forms of exercise for lowering LDL and raising HDL cholesterol levels. It may take up to a year of sustained exercise for HDL levels to show significant improvement. Burning at least 250 calories a day (the equivalent of about 45 minutes of brisk walking or 25 minutes of jogging) seems to confer the greatest protection against coronary artery disease. Even moderate exercise, however, reduces the risk of heart attack, but in terms of raising HDL levels, more is better. Resistance (weight) training offers a complementary benefit by reducing LDL levels. Triglycerides, which rise after a high-fat meal, can be lowered either with a single, prolonged (about 90 minutes) aerobic session or by several shorter sessions during the day. One study indicates, however, that short-bursts of exercise actually increase LDL oxidation -- the process that makes LDL dangerous to the heart -- so individuals should always aim for a consistency in their exercise program. Before engaging in any strenuous exercise, it is advisable to consult a physician.

High Blood Pressure. Studies indicate that regular exercise helps keep arteries elastic, even in older people, which in turn keeps blood flowing and blood pressure low. Sedentary people have a 35% greater risk of developing hypertension than athletes do. No person with high blood pressure should start an exercise program without consulting a physician. Studies have shown that high-intensity exercise may not lower blood pressure as effectively as moderate intensity exercise. In one study, for example, moderate exercise (jogging two miles a day) controlled hypertension so well that more than half the patients who had been taking drugs for high blood pressure were able to discontinue their medication. Studies have indicated that T'ai Chi, an ancient Chinese exercise involving slow, relaxing movements may lower blood pressure almost as well as moderate-intensity aerobic exercises. Before exercising, people with hypertension should avoid caffeinated beverages, which increase heart rate, the workload of the heart, and blood pressure during physical activity.

Stroke. The benefits of exercise on stroke are uncertain. According to one analysis, a group of 11,000 men, men who burned between 2,000 and 3,000 calories a week (about an hour of brisk walking five days a week) cut their risk of stroke in half. Groups who burned between 1,000 and 2,000 calories or more than 3,000 calories per week also gained some protection against stroke but to a lesser degree. In the same study, exercise that involved recreation was more protective than exercise routines consisting simply of walking or climbing.

Heart Failure. Traditionally, heart failure patients have been discouraged from exercising. Now, exercise is proving to be helpful for many of these patients and, when performed under medical supervision, does not pose a risk for a heart attack. In one study, patients between the ages of 61 and 91 increased their oxygen consumption by 20% after six months by engaging in supervised treadmill and stationary bicycle exercises. Performing daily hand grip exercises may improve blood flow through the arteries of patients with heart failure.

Diabetes

Diabetes, particularly type 2, is reaching epidemic proportions throughout the world as more and more cultures adopt Western dietary habits. Aerobic exercise is proving to have significant and particular benefits for people with both type 1 and type 2 diabetes; it increases sensitivity to insulin, lowers blood pressure, improves cholesterol levels, and decreases body fat. Regular exercise, even of moderate intensity, improves insulin sensitivity. In fact, studies of older people who engage in regular, moderate, aerobic exercise (e.g., brisk walking, biking) lower their risk for diabetes even if they don't lose weight. Anyone on insulin or who has complications from diabetes must take special precautions before embarking on a workout program (see, What Are the Hazards of Exercise?, below).

Effects on Bones and Joints

Osteoarthritis. Exercise helps to reduce pain and stiffness, and increases flexibility, muscle strength, endurance, and well being. Exercising also helps people reduce their weight and maintain weight loss. Osteoarthritis patients should avoid high-impact sports such as jogging, tennis, and racquetball. The three types of exercise that are best for people with arthritis are range of motion, strengthening (or resistance), and aerobic exercises. Strengthening exercises include isometric exercises (pushing or pulling against static resistance) and stretching exercises to build strength and flexibility without unduly stressing the joints. These exercises may be particularly important if leg muscle weakness turns out to be a cause of osteoarthritis, as some research suggests. Low-impact aerobics also help stabilize and support the joints and may even reduce inflammation in some joints. Cycling and walking are beneficial, and swimming or exercising in water is highly recommended for people with arthritis. One study compared a group of patients who embarked on an aerobic and resistance exercise program with a group that received patient education; the exercising group developed less disability and pain and showed a better ability to perform physical tasks. Patients should strive for short but frequent exercise sessions guided by physical therapists or certified instructors.

Osteoporosis. Exercise is very important for slowing the progression of osteoporosis. Women should begin exercising before adolescence, since bone mass increases during puberty and reaches its peak between ages 20 and 30. Weight bearing exercise, which applies tension to muscle and bone, encourages the body to compensate for the added stress by increasing bone density by as much as 2% to 8% a year. High-impact weight-bearing exercises, such as step aerobics, are very protective for premenopausal women. These exercises, however, increase the risk for osteoporotic fractures in elderly patients, who would benefit most from regular, brisk, long walks. Even moderate exercise (as little as an hour a week) helps reduce the risk for fracture, but everyone who is in good health should aim for more. Careful weight training is beneficial as well for older women. Low-impact exercises that improve balance and strength, particularly yoga and T'ai Chi, have been found to decrease the risk of falling; in one study, T'ai Chi reduced the risk by almost half.

Back Problems. One of the most common complaints of modern men and women, lower-back pain, afflicts up to 80% of all Americans. Sedentary living, obesity, poor posture, badly designed furniture, and stress all contribute to back pain. An appropriate exercise program focusing on flexibility and strengthening the muscles in the abdomen may help prevent back problems. Yoga stretching is beneficial and can be incorporated into the warm-up and cool-down periods. The best exercises for athletes with bad backs include swimming, walking, and cross-country skiing. High-impact sports, including aerobic dance and downhill skiing, should be avoided. Exercises that strengthen the abdominal muscles such as partial sit-ups, which maintain the back's normal curve and help support the body's weight, can alleviate stress on the lower back. However, the classic full sit-up (raising your head and shoulders off the floor up to your knees) may aggravate back pain and should be avoided by anyone at risk for lower back problems.

Lung Disease

Although exercise does not improve lung function, training helps some patients with chronic lung disease by strengthening their limb muscles, thus improving endurance and reducing breathlessness.

Cancer

A number of studies have indicated that regular, even moderate, exercise reduces the risk of colon cancer. Strenuous activity, in fact, adds only slight or no additional benefit. Moderate exercise may also help reduce the risk for prostate cancer and possibly for breast cancer. A recent study of 100,000 nurses, however, suggested that the benefits of exercise on breast health may be greater or lesser at different times in a woman's life, depending on her menstrual status and estrogen levels. For example, the study found no added protection against from exercise in young adulthood (when the disease is uncommon in any case).

Effects on Colds and Flu

Although offering no evidence of improved immunity from exercise, one study reported that people who exercised as little as once a week in employee fitness programs averaged nearly five fewer sick days annually than those who did not participate in such programs. The immediate effect of exercise on the immune system is uncertain. High-intensity or endurance exercises might actually suppress the immune system while they are performed. Some highly trained athletes, for instance, report being susceptible to colds after strenuous events. A recent study suggested that in people who already have colds, exercise has no effect on the illness -- severity or duration of the infection. People should avoid strenuous physical activity when they have high fevers or widespread viral illnesses, however.

Central Nervous System Diseases

People with multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, and Alzheimer's disease should be encouraged to exercise. Specialized exercise programs that improve mobility are particularly valuable for Parkinson's patients. Patients with neurological disorders who exercise experience less spasticity as well as reduction in -- and even reversal of -- muscle atrophy. In addition, the psychological benefits of exercise are extremely important in managing these disorders. Exercise machines, aquatic exercises, and walking are particularly useful.

Pregnancy

Healthy women with normal pregnancies should exercise at least three times a week, being careful to warm up, cool down, and drink plenty of liquids. Many prenatal calisthenics programs are available. Experts advise, in general, that when exercising, the expectant mother's pulse rate should not exceed 70% to 75% of the maximum heart rate or more than 150 beats per minute. Fit women who have exercised regularly before pregnancy, however, may work out more intensively as long as no discomfort occurs. According to a new study, vigorous exercise may improve the chances for a timely delivery. Overly strenuous exercise during pregnancy is not advocated, however, for women who did not exercise intensely before becoming pregnant. And all pregnant women should avoid high-impact, jerky, and jarring exercises, such as aerobic dancing, which can weaken the pelvic floor muscles that support the uterus. During exercise, women should monitor their temperature to avoid overheating -- a side effect that can damage the fetus. (No pregnant women should use hot tubs or steam baths, which can cause fetal damage and miscarriage.) Swimming may be the best option for most pregnant women. It involves no impact, overheating is unlikely, and swimming face down promotes optimum blood flow to the uterus. Walking is also highly beneficial. To strengthen pelvic muscles, women should perform Kegel exercises at least 6 times a day, which involve contracting the muscles around the vagina and urethra for 3 seconds 12 to 15 times in a row.

Gastrointestinal Problems

Older people who exercise moderately may have a lower risk for severe gastrointestinal bleeding. Experts suggest that moderate exercise might even reduce the risk for some intestinal disorders, including ulcers, irritable bowel syndrome, indigestion, and diverticulosis.

Leg Cramps

Exercise can even improve pain from clogged arteries in the legs, a condition called intermittent claudication. The best approach in such cases is to walk until pain develops; then rest until pain resolves before resuming walking. In six-month studies, people had tripled the amount of time they could walk before the onset of pain.

Weight Loss

Exercise burns calories and can help individuals fight obesity. If caloric intake remains constant, regular workouts lead to weight loss. Be forewarned, however, that the pounds won't melt off magically. It takes 35 miles of walking or jogging to consume the calories in one pound of fat. Effective weight loss means a long-term commitment to a regular program of vigorous exercise. One recent study indicated that for obese patients, a few daily sessions for as short as 10 minutes each was effective in helping the patients adhere to an exercise program. Abdominal crunches may help replace abdominal fat with muscle. To perform this exercise, the individual lies on the back with the head and shoulders raised; he or she contracts the stomach muscles, curling the torso slightly forward. Abdominal fat is a particular danger to the heart, although it is unknown whether doing crunches will specifically protect against heart disease. Swimming is less effective than walking or cycling in reducing body fat, but overall regular aerobic exercise is a good way to shed pounds. Contrary to popular belief, exercise does not increase appetite in people who want to lose weight; oddly enough, however, exercise improves appetite in people who are already lean. People should be warned that without dieting, weight loss may be minimal with exercise alone, because dense muscle mass replaces fat as the body gets more fit. Nonetheless, a fit body will look more toned and be healthier.

Psychological and Emotional Benefits

Aerobic exercise is linked with improved mental vigor, including reaction time, acuity, and math skills. Exercising may even enhance creativity and imagination. According to one study, older people who are physically fit respond to mental challenges just as quickly as unfit young adults. (Stretching and weight training appear to have no such effects.) Both aerobic and nonaerobic workouts have been shown to reduce depression. According to one study, exercise was as effective for improving mood in people with clinical depression as some common forms of psychotherapy. Either brief periods of intense training or prolonged aerobic workouts can raise levels of important chemicals in the brain, such as endorphins, adrenaline, serotonin, and dopamine, that produce feelings of pleasure, causing the so-called runner's high. One study found that teenagers who were active in sports have a much better sense of well being than their sedentary peers; the more vigorously they exercised, the better was their emotional health. In one study, regular brisk walking cut in half the incidence of sleep disturbances in people who suffer from them. It should be noted that exercise in the evening, however, can cause sleep disturbances. Rhythmic aerobic and yoga exercises may be particularly helpful for combating stress, anxiety, and sleeplessness.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

The Right Level of Exercise to Keep a Healthy Heart

Exercise capacity is a well-established predictor of cardiac mortality in women, but now a new study indicates how much exercise is enough.

In a report that compares the capacities of thousands of women with cardiovascular symptoms and without them, researchers have determined the degree of exercise required to assure cardiac health.

The paper appears in the Aug. 4, 2005 issue of The New England Journal of Medicine.

The 5,271 women without symptoms were recruited in the Chicago metropolitan area to participate in a study of heart disease in women.

The 4,471 women with symptoms had been referred from 1990 to 1995 for exercise stress tests for the evaluation of suspected coronary disease.

By following these women over more than a decade, the researchers were able to predict what effect the right amount of exercise would have. Age-predicted exercise capacity was established by averaging the results of the stress tests in asymptomatic women.

The study found that women who scored less than 85 percent of their age-predicted exercise capacity had double the risk of dying of any cause, and more than two and a half times the risk of dying of cardiac disease.

"Previous studies never told us the prognostic implications of not achieving your age-predicted exercise level," said Dr. Martha Gulati, the lead author. "This study is based on women we've followed since 1992. We know who's dead and who's alive, and we've found that if you achieve under 85 percent of your age-predicted exercise level, you're considerably more likely to die from cardiac disease."

Exercise capacity is measured in MET's (pronounced mets), or metabolic equivalents that indicate how much oxygen the body is consuming. (One MET is 3.5 millileters of oxygen per kilogram of body weight per minute.)

As the activity becomes more physically demanding, the number increases: just sitting still and breathing uses one MET; carrying golf clubs while walking around the course uses five. For the study, participants were tested on sophisticated hospital machines, but a hospital stress test is neither necessary nor recommended for people who are asymptomatic, even though it might provide useful information.

In any case, Dr. Gulati said, there is no need to get a stress test to determine the ideal level of exercise. "It's easy for people to see how hard they are working out," she said.

"On almost all modern gym machines," she added, "there is a MET's indicator, even though most people probably don't use the information it provides."

This is the first time exercise guidelines have been established for women taking their age into account, Dr. Gulati said, adding: "That's important because we've never known about women. Everything has been done with men, and the guidelines are very different."

The study has enabled researchers to create a chart, called a nomogram, that indicates the predicted exercise capacity in MET's for any age. Such nomograms are routinely used in clinical practice for men, but this is the first ever established for women.

"It's easy to use, and women should be using it to guide how hard they are working out," Dr. Gulati said. For a woman of 60, seven MET's is 100 percent of the predicted exercise capacity. But for a woman of 30, it is only 62 percent of capacity - not enough to lower her risk for cardiac illness.

The authors concede that their nomogram was created from data on asymptomatic, mostly white women, and that the comparison group was significantly more racially diverse, with a stronger representation of black women. A nomogram derived from a more racially diverse group might produce different recommendations.

The amount of time spent exercising is important, of course. But Dr. Gulati said, "If you achieve the maximum, even for a short duration, knowing that your heart can sustain it is very good news."

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Dangers Of Excess Body Fat

Most people's primary motivation for weight management is to improve their appearance. Equally important, however, are the many other benefits of proper nutrition and regular exercise.

Weight management through reduction of excess body fat plays a vital role in maintaining good health and fighting disease. In fact, medical evidence shows that obesity poses a major threat to health and longevity. (The most common definition of obesity is more than 25 percent body fat for men and more than 32 percent for women.) An estimated one in three Americans has some excess body fat; an estimated 20percent are obese.

Excess body fat is linked to major physical threats like heart disease, cancer, and diabetes. (Three out of four Americans die of either heart disease or cancer each year; according to the National Health and Nutrition Examination survey, approximately 80 percent of those deaths are associated with life-style factors, including inactivity.)

For example, if you're obese, it takes more energy for you to breathe because your heart has to work harder to pump blood to the lungs and to the excess fat throughout the body. This increased work load can cause your heart to become enlarged and can result in high blood pressure and life-threatening erratic heartbeats.

Obese people also tend to have high cholesterol levels, making them more prone to arteriosclerosis, a narrowing of the arteries by deposits of plaque. This becomes life-threatening when blood vessels become so narrow or blocked that vital organs like the brain, heart or kidneys are deprived of blood. Additionally, the narrowing of the blood vessels forces the heart to pump harder, and blood pressure rises. High blood pressure itself poses several health risks, including heart attack, kidney failure, and stroke. About 25 percent of all heart and blood vessel problems are associated with obesity.

Clinical studies have found a relationship between excess body fat and the incidence of cancer. By itself, body fat is thought to be a storage place for carcinogens (cancer-causing chemicals) in both men and women. In women, excess body fat has been linked to a higher rate of breast and uterine cancer; in men, the threat comes from colon and prostate cancer.

There is also a delicate balance between blood sugar, body fat, and the hormone insulin. Excess blood sugar is stored in the liver and other vital organs; when the organs are "full," the excess blood sugar is converted to fat. As fat cells themselves become full, they tend to take in less blood sugar. In some obese people, the pancreas produces more and more insulin, which the body can't use, to regulate blood sugar levels, and the whole system becomes overwhelmed. This poor regulation of blood sugar and insulin results in diabetes, a disease with long-term consequences, including heart disease, kidney failure, blindness, amputation, and death. Excess body fat is also linked to gall bladder disease, gastro-intestinal disease, sexual dysfunction, osteoarthritiis, and stroke.

Reducing Body Fat Reduces Disease Risk

The good news is that reducing body fat reduces the risk of disease. At the University of Pittsburgh, researchers studied 159 people as they followed a weight management program. The subjects were under age 45 and 30-70 pounds overweight. Those subjects who were able to shed just 10-15 percent of their weight and keep it off during the 18-month study showed significant improvement in HDL cholesterol and triglyceride levels, waist-to-hip ratio, and blood pressure. In fact, according to the New England Journal of Medicine, body fat reduction is a more powerful modulator of cardiac structure than drug therapy.

For people with a family history of heart disease, an active lifestyle can slow or stop the process for all but those with serious genetic disorders. Studies by Dean Ornish, MD, have shown that a comprehensive intervention program that includes regular physical activity, a low-fat diet and a stress reduction program can even reverse the heart disease process.

Evidence also shows that an active lifestyle and its help in reducing body fat is associated with a reduced risk for some types of cancers: prostate for men, breast and uterine cancers for women. (Frisch, et al 1985)

In addition, regular physical activity and a low-fat diet are successful in treating non-insulin dependent diabetes (NIDDM); for some patients, it has reduced or eliminated the need for insulin substitutes. In general, regularly active adults have 42 percent lower risk of developing NIDDM.

Gaining Weight Happens to Most of Us

The average American gains at least one pound a year after age 25. Think about it. If you're like most Americans, by the time you're 50, you're likely to gain 25 pounds of fat, or more. In addition, your metabolism is also slowing down, causing your body to work less efficiently at burning the fat it has. At the same time, if you don't exercise regularly, you lose a pound of muscle each year. Consequently, people are not only increasing their body fat stores, increasing their risk of disease, but they're also losing muscle, increasing the risk of injury, decreasing activity performance, and further slowing down metabolism.

Very few Americans exercise in any significant way. The President's Council on Physical Fitness and Sports estimates that only one in five Americans exercises for the healthy minimum of 20 minutes, three or more days a week. In fact, the average American gets less than 50 minutes of exercise per week. Even worse, two out of five Americans are completely sedentary.

The Answer: Healthy Eating and Physical Fitness

But there is hope. Moderate weight loss--of fat, not muscle--and a healthy and active lifestyle--not dieting--have been found to lower health risks and medical problems in 90 percent of overweight patients, improving their heart function, blood pressure, glucose tolerance, sleep disorders, and cholesterol levels, as well as lowering their requirements for medication, lowering the incidence and duration of hospitalization, and reducing post-operative complications eight times less likely to die from cancer than the unfit, and 53 percent less likely to die from other diseases. Fit people are also eight times less likely to die from heart disease.

So, are you willing to be patient and make gradual changes in your life that will lead to a healthier, happier you? Once you have made the decision to go forward and accept change, the hard part is over. Sure, there is plenty of work to be done, but it really doesn't matter how long this new process takes. If you allow changes to take place over several years, your body will adjust comfortably, and you will be more likely to maintain the healthy lifestyle permanently.

When you begin achieving improvements in energy and physical and psychological performance, the fun and excitement you experience will make the change well worth the effort. Action creates motivation! Good luck: I hope you enjoy all the wonderful benefits of a safe and effective weight management program.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Exercise and Stress

Participation in regular physical activity is one of the most effective ways to reduce feelings of stress. Physical activity has both short- and long-term effects. Many people report feeling less stress both during and after a single exercise session. Regular exercise, which generally means performing some sort of physical activity at least three times a week, has a cumulative effect as well, and exercisers report feeling less stressed even on days when no physical activity occurs. What's more, the mental health benefits of exercise go far beyond stress management. Regular physical activity has been shown to decrease both anxiety and depression, and to improve self-esteem.

It is important to note that the amount and intensity of exercise required to produce stress management benefits need not be overwhelming.1 While many people enjoy extended periods of intense activity, others find stress relief with a brisk walk, an hour of gardening or a game of beach volleyball. Research has found that almost any kind of physical activity can help reduce stress. This is probably because exercise exerts its stress-management benefits in several ways.

Fight, flight or exercise

On an intuitive level, it certainly makes sense that exercise should help reduce our physical stress response, at least in the short run. After all, the fight or flight response gears you up to respond physically to stress. The physical changes associated with the stress response are practically begging your muscles to move. While it is certainly not feasible to run right out of a stressful meeting and track down your favorite tennis partner for a vigorous game or two, exercise later in the day will still allow your body to "act out" the fight or flight response.

Exercise high: Endorphins, hormones and neurotransmitters

Many exercisers report feelings of euphoria and states of consciousness similar to those described by people using drugs such as heroin. Such accounts are responsible for the term "runner's high," since these descriptions first came primarily from long-distance runners. These reports have intrigued both exercise scientists and the lay public, and have suggested the possibility that certain types of exercise, particularly vigorous exercise of long duration, may cause biochemical changes that mimic drug-induced euphoria.

As scientists have come to better understand brain biochemistry, some interesting hypotheses have emerged. The most publicized of these has focused on a group of chemical messengers found in the central nervous system called opioids, since they are similar in structure and function to the drugs that come from the poppy flower: opium, morphine and heroin. Beta-endorphin belongs to this group. Opioids not only inhibit pain, but seem to have other roles in the brain as well, such as aiding in memory and learning and registering emotions. It is difficult for scientists to measure opioid concentrations in the central nervous system of humans, but animal research has suggested opioid concentrations increase with level of exercise -- more exercise, more opioids.4

Why are opioids produced? Some will answer, "Because exercise is painful." These chemicals may help the body recover from prolonged exercise, as they seem to enhance mechanisms important during this period -- raising pain threshold, slowing heart rate, decreasing blood pressure and enhancing relaxation while inhibiting the fight or flight response.

Other biochemicals may be involved in the exercise high as well. Some research suggests that changes in the concentration of certain chemical messages called neurotransmitters may play a role in causing the positive mood associated with exercise. In particular, norepinephrine and serotonin concen- trations have been shown to change with exercise, at least in animals. Since abnormal levels of these chemicals have been associated with depression in humans, it has been speculated that the antidepressant effect of exercise may involve improving regulation of these substances in the brain.3,4

Muscle relaxation

Muscle tension increases during stress, and can cause a wide array of stress-related musculoskeletal problems, as well as general feelings of fatigue, and mental and emotional stress. Physical activity, on the other hand, leads to muscle relaxation. A feeling of physical relaxation characterizes a good workout's afterglow. After working hard, muscles relax. One study measuring the electrical activity of muscle found that activities such as walking, jogging and bicycling decrease muscle tension by more than 50 percent for up to 90 minutes after exercise. Physical relaxation translates into mental relaxation as well. This exercise afterglow of relaxation is an important part of exercise's anti-stress value for many people.

Rhythmic exercise: Relaxed brain waves

Rhythmic exercises such as walking, running, rowing and swimming increase alpha-wave activity in the brain. The electrical activity of the brain can be monitored in the laboratory using an instrument called an electroencephalogram (EEG). Alpha waves are associated with a calm mental state, such as that produced by meditation or chanting. The rhythmic breathing that occurs during some forms of exercise also contributes to an increase in alpha-wave activity. Rhythmic activity performed to music may be stress-relieving in other ways as well.

Physical response to stress

Some research suggests that regular exercise of moderate intensity may provide a sort of dress rehearsal for stress. Several studies have found that people who exercise regularly have less of a physical response to laboratory stressors, such as difficult mental arithmetic tests. Other studies have found that physically fit subjects recover more quickly than sedentary peers from stressors such as cold exposure or emotional frustration.2

Why? Your response to a session of moderately vigorous exercise resembles your response to stress -- elevated metabolic rate, cardiac output, energy substrate levels, muscle tension, stress hormones, etc. Regular exercise may "train" the body to cope with and recover more quickly from emotional stress, as well as exercise stress.

Mind games

The physical part of physical activity may be only part of the stress-management story. Physical activities may provide a diversion from sources of stress. When you are actively engaged in tasks demanding concentration and motor skills, it's hard to keep your mind on your worries. Exercise may relieve boredom or provide opportunities for social interaction. Perhaps most important of all, physical activity can be fun, and, to quote the famous children's author Dr. Seuss, "fun is good."

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Why Should You Workout?

Benefits of exercising range from the obvious:

Lower body weight

Decreased risk of diseases

Lower body fat

Improved physical appearance

And the less known benefits:

Reduced instances of depression

More positive self-esteem

Better sleeping patterns

More energy & stamina

Read below for some highlights of why working out is so important and beneficial to everyone!

Strength Training helps increase your metabolism because muscle uses more calories to maintain itself than fat. So the more muscle you have, the more calories you'll burn every day, not just when you are exercising.

Your metabolism slows as you get older. This is primarily due to a decrease in muscle tissue. After the age of 30, your body gradually begins to lose it's muscle. If your activity level stays the same and the amount of calories you eat stay the same, you will still gain weight because your metabolism has slowed down. However, if you exercise with weights and do some type of aerobic activity on a regular basis, you probably won't notice much of a change in your metabolism as you age.

Strength Training helps your bones. Research has found that weight training can increase spinal bone mineral density by 13 percent in six months. So strength training is a powerful tool against osteoporosis.

You can lose 1 pound simply by cutting out 300 calories a day for one week and exercising for just 30 minutes just four times? And cutting out 300 calories a day is as simple as not buttering your roll/bread (just 3 Tbsp. of butter = 300 calories) or drinking two glasses of water instead of two cans of cola.

Exercise provides benefits not only for you physically but also for your mental well-being. Regular exercise has been linked to helping reduce depression.

Regardless of your body appearance, regular fitness helps improve your self-esteem.

Exercise can help you sleep better. People who exercise tend to fall asleep quicker and stay asleep longer.

Working out increases your anaerobic threshold. This allows you to work or exercise longer at a higher level.

Strength training prevents muscle loss. Dieting (reducing calories) tends to cause a loss in muscle. You can help avoid this by lifting weights while reducing your calorie intake. Strength training will help you preserve muscle, while also losing fat.

Exercise helps reduce some symptoms of menopause (like hot flashes, irregular sleep and irritability) and it helps lower the long-term risks of cardiovascular disease.

Regular exercise helps improve cholesterol levels. It helps decrease total cholesterol levels and increase "good" cholesterol levels.

Working out can provide cardiopulmonary improvements. It helps decrease blood pressure and lower resting heart rate.

Leaner total body. Physical fitness increases your lean (fat-free) body percentage (and of course decrease your body fat percentage).

Even So, the more muscles you build from strength training, the more calories you will burn (even at rest). Plus, building muscles will also help keep your metabolic rate constant. Without strength training, typically a person gradually loses about 5% of their metabolic rate every decade.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Tricks To Avoid Workout Burnout

Ensuring that you regularly eat nutritious meals and exercise week after week is mandatory. But, too much of a good thing can actually be harmful.

Exercising too much can not only lead to injuries but also to burnout. Burnout is a real toxin that commonly plagues those new to exercise. This is one of the major reasons that so many people quit workout programs before they barely have gotten started.

The motivation for someone to start exercising is often sparked by major events in their life: diagnosis of health problems, break up of an intimate relationship or inability to partake in a prior favorite past time. Motivation is powerful in the beginning and provides what's necessary to take the first steps toward healthier living.

However, this same positive enthusiasm often turns into a negative because the individual forgets another key component of success: moderation. When an exerciser starts furiously and takes on workouts that are far too frequent and/or far too intense, then inevitably they burnout and quit all together.

As with most things in life, moderation in exercise is very important. A consistent and moderate exercise program varies by individual (and fitness level), but in general you should start slow and build from there. An effective workout plan will slowly increase both your exercise frequency and intensity each week in a safe manner.

Here are some quick tips to help you avoid workout burnout:

. Don't overdo it in the beginning. Start with as little as just two 20 minute sessions per week and build slowly week after week.

. Workout at home. You'll be able to save travel time and avoid the "can't get to the gym" excuse.

. Watch for over training signals which include: loss of appetite, lack of progression, extreme fatigue and recurring injury.

. Start slowly and try to manage your motivation so that it lingers rather than waning after a few short weeks.

. Make at least minor changes to your workout routine every four weeks

. Completely change your routine at least every 8-12 weeks

. Don't do the same exact workout every session. Try 2-3 different workouts per week.

. Strive to try something completely unique and different every few months.

. Take a week off from exercise every 3-6 months.

. Alternate between 2-3 different cardio machines (or options) within a given workout. Try 5-10 minutes of each to stay interested.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Dealing with Childhood Obesity

(ARA) - The National Institutes of Health has declared childhood obesity an epidemic. The number of children who are overweight has doubled in the last two to three decades and statistics show that one child in five is overweight.

Obesity in children and adolescents is associated with an increase in the incidence of weight-related health problems such as type 2 diabetes, as well high cholesterol and blood pressure levels, which are risk factors for heart disease. Overweight children also suffer orthopedic problems, liver disease and asthma at higher rates.

"Obesity in children is a serious disease that requires medical care," says Dr. Sarah Jane Schwarzenberg, director of the Pediatric Weight Management Clinic at the University of Minnesota Children's Hospital, Fairview in Minneapolis.

There is no single cause for childhood obesity. Genetics, lack of activity and bad eating habits all play a part. "Obesity has a genetic basis with an environmental trigger," explains Schwarzenberg. "We are genetically predisposed to eat more than we need, and with easy access to fatty and sugary food, it's easy for kids to learn bad eating habits."

The multidisciplinary program at the Clinic helps overweight children and their families deal with the health problems associated with obesity as well as achieve healthier lifestyles. It addresses the medical, nutritional and emotional issues associated with being overweight.

"We evaluate the child, determine health risks, and develop a management plan to help the child and their family slowly adopt a healthier lifestyle," say Schwarzenberg. The team of experts includes doctors, psychologists and dieticians. "Where it's warranted, we use medication and bariatric surgery to treat medical problems, while the psychologists work on behavior modifications and the dieticians educate the child and the family on healthy eating choices," she says.

Schwarzenberg stresses that children are not put on a diet - rather, they learn new, healthy habits that will last a lifetime. "We're not doing this solely for cosmetic reasons," she says. "We are treating a chronic lifelong disease."

Parents need to set a good example for their kids, starting with eating right. Although parents might be overwhelmed at the thought of putting together a balanced meal while dealing with work and busy family schedules, it's not as hard as it might seem, Schwarzenberg says. "All you need is a loaf of bread and some deli turkey for a healthy sandwich. Add some apple slices to the plate, and you're doing a pretty good job." Grocery stores are filled with easy options, from salad in a bag to rotisserie chicken.

When asked for tips on how to help children eat right and lead a healthy lifestyle, Schwarzenberg offers these four simple tips:

1. Eat five servings of fruits and vegetables a day. "This isn't as hard as it sounds when you realize that one serving equals about a handful," says Schwarzenberg.

2. Limit kids' screen time to two hours a day total. That includes TV, video games, and computer time.

3. Help your child get one hour of physical activity a day. That can be as easy as a family walk around the neighborhood after dinner.

4. Don't give kids pop or fruit juice. "Many people are surprised by how much sugar is in fruit juice," says Schwarzenberg. "You're much better off with a piece of fruit instead."

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Consistency Is The Key!

All too often, we go through life, stumbling down the road of good intentions. We intend to get in that workout today. Or, we intend to begin an exercise program. Intentions, alone, are not enough! As the Nike ad states: JUST DO IT! And, do it with consistency!

Exercising consistently has many benefits. And, knowledge of those benefits may be used to motivate you to exercise consistently! It's a continuous cycle. First, become aware of the benefits of exercise. Next, use that knowledge to inspire you to begin an exercise program. Stick with that exercise program on a consistent basis and reap the rewards of those benefits. Experiencing the benefits firsthand will motivate you to continue to exercise consistently.

What are some of the benefits of consistent exercise?

One of the major benefits is the development of a healthy lifestyle, which can lead to good health and add vitality to your life, as you grow older. Consistency in exercise becomes a habit--a normal part of your everyday life. With regularity, exercise can produce good physical fitness, help you control your weight, and provide you with more energy.

Regular exercise may lead you to develop healthier eating habits, as well. (All that exercise could cause you to rethink consuming those chocolate chip cookies. And, it may be that regular exercise will simply diminish your craving for junk foods, altogether!)

Another benefit that may be derived from exercising consistently is improved quality of sleep. In fact, eventually, your body may require less sleep, as a result of regular exercise.

Consistent exercise improves mental alertness

When you work out consistently, you'll find yourself looking forward to having that time to yourself...time to think or meditate or release a some stress as you exercise.

As a result of getting into good physical shape, you'll feel more confident about yourself.

You'll be able to join in on activities that require energy, flexibility, and stamina.

There are additional benefits to exercising consistently. For instance, when you begin your day with a workout, your metabolism speeds up and remains elevated for several hours, helping you burn more calories throughout the day. Your body also adjusts to regularity of workouts. As a result, your body improves physiologically.

How do you stick with a consistent exercise program?

According to Greg Landry, M.S., "over 90% of people who exercise 'consistently,' exercise in the morning. If you want to exercise consistently, odds are in your favor if you exercise first thing in the morning." However, the important thing is to pick a time of day that is convenient for you, when you are at your best, and set aside that time for your workouts.

Try to work out 6 to 7 days per week, even if all you do is take a 30 minute walk. The human body was designed to be active on a daily basis. It's easier to remain consistent in your workouts if you work out more than a couple days per week. Frequency is important!

Set goals for yourself. Keep records of your daily workouts and note your progress towards your goals.

Engage in workouts that you find enjoyable. If you hate what you're doing, most likely you won't stick with it!

Train for a competition, such as a 10K. Training equals consistency!

Find a friend to exercise with! Having a friend to encourage you and to work out along side of you tends to increase your chances of consistently exercising successfully.

If you can afford to do so, hire a personal trainer to keep you motivated to exercise consistently.

Wear good shoes to prevent discomfort and injury.

Reward yourself occasionally for being consistent in your exercise program!

Whether you're just beginning an exercise program or have been dragging your feet on your current one, remember this: CONSISTENCY IS THE KEY TO A SUCCESSFUL EXERCISE PROGRAM!

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Striving to Prevent Heart Disease

Heart disease is the number one killer in the United States! Even the most active athletes have to abide by certain rules in order to stave off this dreaded killer. No one is exempt from these rules!

Exercise is Vital for a Strong Heart

Regular exercise is very important for building a strong heart and to help keep it strong. The best kinds of exercises for developing and maintaining good cardiovascular health are those that provide an aerobic workout. Aerobic workouts include activities that can be sustained for long periods of time without experiencing too much fatigue, as a result of the body's ability to deliver and utilize oxygen efficiently. Performing aerobic exercise with enough intensity and for extended periods of time will raise the heart rate, allowing your heart muscle to be worked sufficiently to increase your cardiovascular health and reduce your risk of heart disease.

Examples of aerobic exercises include walking, jogging, bicycling, hiking, cross-country skiing, and swimming. Ideally, a minimum of 30 minutes of some sort of aerobic activity daily should be incorporated into your lifestyle. But, any exercise is better than no exercise, at all. (Seek the advice of your physician before beginning any exercise program.)

Exercise is Not Enough - Watch What You Eat

When it comes to keeping your heart healthy, regular exercise is extremely important. However, it simply is not enough! The kinds of food that you consume daily play a vital role in heart health, as well.

What kinds of foods should you eat in your efforts to lower your risk of heart disease? And, what kinds of foods should you avoid?

One healthy choice to consider is eating fish a few times per week, instead of eating lots of meats that are high in saturated fat. The best fish to eat are those which are highest in essential omega-3 fats, such as salmon and tuna. Fish is also a good source of protein.

It is important to limit your intake of foods that are high in saturated fat, such as greasy hamburgers, fatty cheeses, and ice cream. No more than 10 percent of your daily calories should come from saturated fats, according to the American Heart Association. Too many saturated fats in your diet can lead to clogged arteries and high cholesterol levels. Some fat in your diet is necessary, however.

Try to make the bigger percentage of your daily fat intake monounsaturated fats, such as canola oil or olive oil, which seem to be more heart-healthy than saturated and polyunsaturated fats. And, limit your total daily fat intake to a maximum of 30 percent of your daily calorie intake.

Other dietary measures to take towards preventing heart disease include eating sufficient amounts of foods rich in soluble fiber, such as oats, beans, and split peas. According to diet expert, Nancy Clark, soluble fiber helps lower cholesterol levels. Also, it's a good idea to substitute low-fat or skim milk for whole milk and cream. The main thing to remember is that balance in your diet is the key to optimal health!

Of course, genetics play a big role in one's health. Some people are genetically predisposed to be at high risk of developing heart disease. For these people, it's very important to monitor cholesterol levels. And, if you're healthy and over 20, it's a good idea to have your cholesterol levels checked at least once every five years.

Your HDL (good cholesterol) level should be at least 25 percent of your total cholesterol level, according to Nancy Clark's Sports Nutrition Guidebook. "Because exercise tends to boost HDL, active people often have a high percent of this good cholesterol. Their total cholesterol may be higher than that of a sedentary person. But as long as 25 percent of it is HDL, these individuals have a lower risk of heart problems. The higher the HDL percent, the better."

Keep exercising regularly! Eat a healthy, balanced diet! And, live long and prosper!

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Burn Body Fat Through Exercise

Overfatness and obesity are on the rise among U.S. citizens. According to the American Obesity Association, severe obesity is now at 4.7%. That's up from the 2.9% reported in the 1988-1994 National Health And Nutrition Examination Survey conducted by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Among adults who are 20 years old and older, 64.5% are overweight, and 30.5% are considered obese.

Women lead in the number of those who are considered either obese (34%) or severely obese (6.3%). Men lead in the number of those who are considered merely overweight (67%). And, the number of children in the U.S. who are either overweight or obese is also on the increase! In fact, at least twice as many American children are now overweight than in the 1960's!

Overfatness and obesity can be attributed to several factors. Although genetics, glandular disorders, and/or a slow metabolism may play a role in being overweight or obese, excess food consumption and lack of physical activity remain the primary causes for being overweight or obese.

Americans have become a sedentary society, which thrives on high-calorie, high-fat, low-nutrition fast food. If one combines an inactive lifestyle with a high-calorie, high-fat diet, one's chances of becoming overweight increases greatly! This appears to be what's happening in our country! And, according to the American Obesity Association, studies have shown that obesity has increased among people of all education levels (with the highest increase among those with less education) and in all geographic regions of the U.S.

Obesity increases one's risk of illness and serious diseases, such as heart disease and diabetes. It also increases one's risk of early death, as a result of such diseases. In addition, obesity puts an individual at higher risk for impaired mobility. And, those who are overweight or obese tend to be discriminated against in school or the workplace and are often socially shunned. They often lack self-confidence, too, as a result of the appearance of their bodies.

It's never too late, however, to make lifestyle changes to combat weight problems! If most cases of obesity arise from too little exercise and too much caloric consumption, then, two ways to change one's lifestyle would be to consume fewer calories and to get more exercise!

Although dieting, alone, can lead to weight loss, it usually causes the weight to be lost in lean tissue, instead of in fat tissue. (And, skipping meals is definitely NOT a recommended method of losing weight!) Studies have shown, however, that combining balanced, nutritious, moderate-calorie meals with regular exercise can lead to loss of body fat. (Loss of no more than 1-2 pounds per week seems to be ideal.)

The best way to maintain control of body fat is to set realistic goals, which incorporate aerobic activity, such as walking, jogging, swimming, and any other activity that can be sustained for at least 30-60 minutes. These activities work best when engaged in 5-6 days per week. More vigorous exercise can be beneficial, as well. But, many people cannot keep up with vigorous exercise for extended periods of time. Therefore, less vigorous activities, which can be maintained for longer periods, are better for fat control.

Implementing strength training into one's exercise routine can be effective, too, in maintaining one's desired body composition. Through strength training, muscle mass is increased. An increase in muscle mass or lean body mass allows more calories to be burned when the body is at rest. In turn, the body develops a higher metabolic rate, which promotes the burning of more fat. Also, for those who have more muscle mass, more calories are burned when engaged in physical activity.

By setting goals that are within reach, by exercising regularly, and by eating healthy, balanced meals, the Battle of the Bulge CAN be won! It won't happen overnight! However, changing one's lifestyle for a lifetime can produce lasting results!

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Fit After 40

Our body is at its peak at about age 30. After this, the key components of fitness decline leading to a tendency to put on weight. Even more disturbing is what's going on behind the scenes.

Bone and muscle loss begins around age 35. Flexibility and strength are also on the decline, as body fat levels and blood pressure are on the rise. A whopping 50% of these changes are a direct result of inactivity. With regular exercise you can take control of your life and delay the effects of the aging process. Additionally, you can reverse many of the effects that have already taken place.

So how do you take control? You have to choose to move! Make exercise an integral part of your daily routine. A good exercise routine contains all three elements of fitness including: 1) strength or resistance training 2)aerobics 3)flexibility. By far the most ideal way for a woman to workout is circuit-training which incorporates these three elements into one effective and time efficient routine.

Some ladies are under the common misconception that an aerobics only exercise routine is the answer to weight loss and weight control. This is definitely not the case. Since 75% of the calories that you burn are burned at rest, aerobic exercise is not as effective as developing muscle, to increase your bodies' ability to burn calories around the clock.

As a result of the natural aging process, ladies lose lean muscle mass every year and replace it with fat. This is the primary reason that weight control and weight loss becomes so much more difficult then when you were 18. One pound of fat burns only about 4 calories per day while one pound of muscle burns approximately 50 calories per day. Just think… after 10 years of muscle loss your metabolism has slowed down by as much as 450 calories a day.

Ladies, if you want to lose fat, gain muscle tone, firm your arms, flatten your abdomen, lift and shape your rear, and maybe shave a few inches, then include strength training into your workout routine. Ladies who include strength training in their exercise program lose an average of 44% more fat than those who don't.

The behind the scenes effects of strength training are even more important. A regular exercise program which includes strength training will slow down and reverse many of the effects of aging. Even people in their 90's have seen up to a 200% improvement in strength within a few weeks of starting an exercise program. So no more excuses ladies…you can be fit.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Making Time For Strength Training

This article is for those of you who have very limited time to devote to exercise, but are serious about getting or staying in shape. Most fitness experts agree that even devoting 30 minutes to strength training two or three times a week is sufficient for strength and muscle development. Many people make the mistake of adding more exercises and sets to their program to make it harder. To increase intensity, do not look for ways to do more exercise, look for ways to do the same or even less, by efficiency.

Try to increase the intensity and shorten your workout time by using the following methods.

1. Make sure exercise is convenient: Getting to your exercise equipment should be easy and convenient. If you have to drive a half an hour to get to your gym, you will view working out as a chore. If you spend more time traveling to the gym than you do in the gym, you might want to consider a program that you can do in your home. Muscles do not care where the resistance comes from--they are going to respond. Resistance can be from body weight (push-ups), Thera-band® (rubber resistance), free weights, machines, or a combination of any of these.

2. Work several muscles in one exercise: Another way to fit weightlifting into your busy schedule is to choose exercises that work several major muscle groups at the same time. Squats or the Leg Press (you can find the instructions and video demonstrations for these and many other exercises on my site) works the quadriceps, hamstrings, buttocks, and calves. Essentially, you will be training four muscle groups at the same time with these exercises.

3. Limit resting time: Skip the usual minute or so of resting time between exercises. You can do this by doing Supersets, which involves doing two or more successive exercises for a given muscle group without rest in between. This can be done one of two ways: The first is to do two or more exercises in a row for the same muscle group without any rest in between. For example, do a set of the Shoulder Presses and follow them immediately with a set of Lateral Raises. This saves time and forces a lot more blood into the shoulders and provides a more intense and effective training stimulus for the shoulder muscles.

The second way to do supersets is to train two opposing muscle groups without any rest in between. You can use this superset style of training for two different muscle groups, but only if they have an agonist/antagonist relationship with each other. In other words, on any given lift one muscle is contracting and the other muscle is relaxing (such as the biceps and triceps when performing a biceps curl). Choose muscle groups that are physically close together such as biceps and triceps, or chest and back, or quadriceps and hamstrings.

4. Have alternate exercises for each muscle group: This is especially important for those who are pressed for time. Often there will be someone working on the piece of equipment you want to use. You should always have a back-up plan, an alternate exercise that trains the same muscle group.

I hope you found this information helpful. Your greatest challenge is not learning new exercises or the proper technique; it's not learning how many sets or reps to do or how much weight to use. Nor is it deciding when or how to change your routine. The greatest challenge facing you at this moment is deciding whether you are willing to take action and make time for yourself and make strength training a priority.

When you begin achieving great results, the excitement and fun you experience will make the change and time you've spent well worth the effort. Action creates motivation! Good luck: I hope you enjoy all the wonderful benefits of an effective strength training program.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Factors Affecting Strength

I am often asked why one person develops strength and muscle faster than another when he or she is performing the same exercises, following the same training program. Many people feel that they must be doing something wrong because they aren't getting the same results as another person. It's important to realize that there are six primary factors affecting every individual's ability to achieve strength and muscle development, and we have little or no control over most of them.

Type of Muscle Fiber

One of the most influential factors is muscle fiber type. We have two basic types of muscle fibers, often referred to as "slow twitch" and "fast twitch." Slow twitch muscle fibers are best used for cardiovascular (aerobic) activities. They produce small levels of force for long periods of time and thus are better suited for endurance activities. Fast twitch fibers are best used for anaerobic activities. They produce high levels of force for short periods of time and are best suited for power activities such as weightlifting.

Most men and women have an equal combination of both slow twitch and fast twitch fibers. However, some people inherit a high percentage of slow twitch fibers that enhance their performance in endurance activities, such as long distance runners. Most world class marathon runners have a very high amount of slow twitch fibers. World class sprinters or football players, for example, have relatively more fast twitch muscle fibers. Although both fiber types respond positively to strength training exercises, the fast twitch types experience greater increases in muscle size and strength, and thus may obtain greater and/or faster results from a strength training program.

Age

Another factor over which we have little control is age. Studies show that people of all ages can increase their muscle size and strength as a result of a safe and effective strength training program. However, the rate of strength and muscle gain appears to be greater from age 10-20, the years of rapid growth and development. After reaching normal physical maturity, muscular improvements usually don't come as quickly.

Gender

Gender does not affect the quality of our muscle, but does influence the quantity. Although men's and women's muscle tissue are characteristically the same, men generally have more muscle tissue than women do because muscle size is increased by the presence of testosterone, the male sex hormone. The larger the muscles, the stronger the person; this is why most men are stronger than most women.

Limb and Muscle Length

Another strength factor that is naturally determined is limb length. Persons with short limbs tend to be able to lift more weight because of advantageous leverage factors (arms and legs). Similarly, differences in strength development may come about because of variation in muscle length. Some people have long muscles, and some people have short muscles. Persons with relatively long muscles have greater potential for developing size and strength than persons with relatively short muscles.

Point of Tendon Insertion

Muscle strength is also influenced by the point of tendon insertion. For example, let's say Jim and John both have the same arm and muscle length. However, Jim's biceps tendon attaches to his forearm farther from his elbow joint than John's does. This gives Jim a biomechanical advantage: he is able to lift more weight than John in biceps exercises such as the Biceps Curl.

Other Important Factors

All of these factors affect our ability to gain strength and muscle development through training. Keep in mind, however, that the most influential factor in achieving good results is using a very slow, controlled lifting movement and lifting to the point of muscle fatigue.

In addition to using good lifting technique, it is absolutely imperative that you not only train with intensity on a well-balanced program, but also give your muscles enough resting time between training sessions. Overtraining is a common mistake people make; it happens not only when you don't allow your muscles enough rest, but also when you train with too many sets and exercises for each muscle group.

Another mistake people make is doing the same program over and over again even after they have reached a plateau. Any time you 1) stop gaining strength or muscle size or 2) get bored, it is crucial that you change the program, so that you can go through a whole new phase achieving new results.

We inherit most of these factors affecting strength from our parents, and they have a big impact on our size, strength, and appearance. It is very important that you not become obsessed with trying to look like a world-class body builder--or any other body type that is not your own. We are not all meant to look the same. It is very important that you learn about and accept your own body's characteristics and type, so you can develop a reasonable program specific to realistic goals and personal interests.

Genetics does clearly play a role in your health and appearance, but they certainly do not determine how often or well you train. Even if you are born with a genetic predisposition to being overweight or weak, the way you live is what will ultimately determine whether you become fit and strong or fat and weak.

Weightlifting provides many important benefits that cannot be achieved by any other exercise or activity. Physiologically, the benefits of consistent strength training include an increase in muscle size and tone, increased muscle strength, and increases in tendon, bone, and ligament strength. Strength-training has also been shown to improve psychological health as well, by increasing self-esteem, confidence and self-worth. If you understand and accept your body, you will be able to work with it, not against it. Everyone can improve their strength, appearance, and performance level by consistently implementing an effective strength training program. Good luck: I hope you enjoy all the many benefits of strength training.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

The Dangers of Excess Body Fat

Most people's primary motivation for weight management is to improve their appearance. Equally important, however, are the many other benefits of proper nutrition and regular exercise.

Weight management through reduction of excess body fat plays a vital role in maintaining good health and fighting disease. In fact, medical evidence shows that obesity poses a major threat to health and longevity. (The most common definition of obesity is more than 25 percent body fat for men and more than 32 percent for women.) An estimated one in three Americans has some excess body fat; an estimated 20 percent are obese.

Excess body fat is linked to major physical threats like heart disease, cancer, and diabetes. (Three out of four Americans die of either heart disease or cancer each year; according to the National Health and Nutrition Examination survey, approximately 80 percent of those deaths are associated with life-style factors, including inactivity.)

For example, if you're obese, it takes more energy for you to breathe because your heart has to work harder to pump blood to the lungs and to the excess fat throughout the body. This increased work load can cause your heart to become enlarged and can result in high blood pressure and life-threatening erratic heartbeats.

Obese people also tend to have high cholesterol levels, making them more prone to arteriosclerosis, a narrowing of the arteries by deposits of plaque. This becomes life-threatening when blood vessels become so narrow or blocked that vital organs like the brain, heart or kidneys are deprived of blood. Additionally, the narrowing of the blood vessels forces the heart to pump harder, and blood pressure rises. High blood pressure itself poses several health risks, including heart attack, kidney failure, and stroke. About 25 percent of all heart and blood vessel problems are associated with obesity.

Clinical studies have found a relationship between excess body fat and the incidence of cancer. By itself, body fat is thought to be a storage place for carcinogens (cancer-causing chemicals) in both men and women. In women, excess body fat has been linked to a higher rate of breast and uterine cancer; in men, the threat comes from colon and prostate cancer.

There is also a delicate balance between blood sugar, body fat, and the hormone insulin. Excess blood sugar is stored in the liver and other vital organs; when the organs are "full," the excess blood sugar is converted to fat. As fat cells themselves become full, they tend to take in less blood sugar. In some obese people, the pancreas produces more and more insulin, which the body can't use, to regulate blood sugar levels, and the whole system becomes overwhelmed. This poor regulation of blood sugar and insulin results in diabetes, a disease with long-term consequences, including heart disease, kidney failure, blindness, amputation, and death. Excess body fat is also linked to gall bladder disease, gastro-intestinal disease, sexual dysfunction, osteoarthritiis, and stroke.

Reducing Body Fat Reduces Disease Risk

The good news is that reducing body fat reduces the risk of disease. At the University of Pittsburgh, researchers studied 159 people as they followed a weight management program. The subjects were under age 45 and 30-70 pounds overweight. Those subjects who were able to shed just 10-15 percent of their weight and keep it off during the 18-month study showed significant improvement in HDL cholesterol and triglyceride levels, waist-to-hip ratio, and blood pressure. In fact, according to the New England Journal of Medicine, body fat reduction is a more powerful modulator of cardiac structure than drug therapy.

For people with a family history of heart disease, an active lifestyle can slow or stop the process for all but those with serious genetic disorders. Studies by Dean Ornish, MD, have shown that a comprehensive intervention program that includes regular physical activity, a low-fat diet and a stress reduction program can even reverse the heart disease process.

Evidence also shows that an active lifestyle and its help in reducing body fat is associated with a reduced risk for some types of cancers: prostate for men, breast and uterine cancers for women. (Frisch, et al 1985)

In addition, regular physical activity and a low-fat diet are successful in treating non-insulin dependent diabetes (NIDDM); for some patients, it has reduced or eliminated the need for insulin substitutes. In general, regularly active adults have 42 percent lower risk of developing NIDDM.

Gaining Weight Happens to Most of Us

The average American gains at least one pound a year after age 25. Think about it. If you're like most Americans, by the time you're 50, you're likely to gain 25 pounds of fat, or more. In addition, your metabolism is also slowing down, causing your body to work less efficiently at burning the fat it has. At the same time, if you don't exercise regularly, you lose a pound of muscle each year. Consequently, people are not only increasing their body fat stores, increasing their risk of disease, but they're also losing muscle, increasing the risk of injury, decreasing activity performance, and further slowing down metabolism.

Very few Americans exercise in any significant way. The President's Council on Physical Fitness and Sports estimates that only one in five Americans exercises for the healthy minimum of 20 minutes, three or more days a week. In fact, the average American gets less than 50 minutes of exercise per week. Even worse, two out of five Americans are completely sedentary.

The Answer: Healthy Eating and Physical Fitness

But there is hope. Moderate weight loss--of fat, not muscle--and a healthy and active lifestyle--not dieting--have been found to lower health risks and medical problems in 90 percent of overweight patients, improving their heart function, blood pressure, glucose tolerance, sleep disorders, and cholesterol levels, as well as lowering their requirements for medication, lowering the incidence and duration of hospitalization, and reducing post-operative complications eight times less likely to die from cancer than the unfit, and 53 percent less likely to die from other diseases. Fit people are also eight times less likely to die from heart disease.

So, are you willing to be patient and make gradual changes in your life that will lead to a healthier, happier you? Once you have made the decision to go forward and accept change, the hard part is over. Sure, there is plenty of work to be done, but it really doesn't matter how long this new process takes. If you allow changes to take place over several years, your body will adjust comfortably, and you will be more likely to maintain the healthy lifestyle permanently.

When you begin achieving improvements in energy and physical and psychological performance, the fun and excitement you experience will make the change well worth the effort. Action creates motivation! Good luck: I hope you enjoy all the wonderful benefits of a safe and effective weight management program.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Staying Motivated

One way to stay motivated is to constantly remind yourself that a worth-while pay-off lies ahead; a new, healthy, strong you is emerging. Effective, consistent exercise will not only improve your overall health and fitness, but will also improve your appearance, energy level, and social interactions. Also, look forward to the many psychological benefits as well: confidence, self-esteem, and relief from depression, anxiety and stress.

If you are serious about your health and well-being, you will take action and begin an exercise program, and you will benefit in all these ways. Once you see the results, you will become even more motivated. Action creates motivation!

Set Goals

Goal-setting is another great way of staying motivated. Goals focus your workout program and clarify what you are trying to achieve. As you attain each goal, you gain encouragement and further motivation. Here is how to achieve the goals you set and obtain the results you deserve.

1. Make sure your goals are measurable: A vague goal, such as "I want to be fit," gives you nothing to shoot for. Decide when and what you are going to achieve, such as "I want to lose 2 percent of my body fat by August 1st."

2. Be realistic: Make sure your goals are attainable. If you set your expectations too high, you will get frustrated and will be more likely to quit. Make sure, however, that your goals are not too easy; they should be challenging. When you achieve a challenging goal, your pride and satisfaction will create more motivation.

3. Set short-term goals as stepping stones to your "ultimate" (long-term) goals: If your long-term goal is to bench press 200 pounds in one year, then set short-term weekly or monthly goals of the weight you will need to bench press to achieve your long term goal--develop a plan. It is a lot easier to accomplish a goal one day or week at a time, such as increasing 2.5 or 5 pounds a week, than it is to think that you need to increase your bench press by 50 pounds.

Make It Fun

Another way of assuring that you stay motivated is to make exercise fun. If you perceive your workout as a chore, you more than likely will not stick with it. Here are some techniques for making your workout something to look forward to.

1. Add Variety: If your weightlifting is getting tedious and boring, change one of these factors:

Vary how often you do an exercise and the number of sets and reps you do.
Find an alternate exercise; for example, if you always do the bench press using a barbell, try doing it with dumbbells or on a machine.
Change the order of the exercises you do for each muscle group and the muscle groups themselves.

2. Include Friends and Family: Training with a workout partner not only makes your training session more fun, safe, and intense, but will also increase the likelihood of your showing up at the gym. Make sure you pick a partner whose goals and interests are similar to yours and who is willing to spot you correctly and motivate you to do your best.

3. Fight Discouragement: If once in a long while you blow off a workout because you choose to go out with friends, just accept and enjoy your choice--do not feel guilty. Otherwise, the sense of failure can make it harder to get yourself back on track. Focus on how much progress you have made so far, not on how far you have to go.

4. Expect and Prepare for Plateaus: If you feel you have reached a plateau and/or are bored, do not give up--this is a natural part of working out. Make sure to vary the exercises, sets, repetitions and order of your workout--continually search for new ways of making your routine fun and exciting.

5. Schedule your Workout: If you always exercise on the same days at the same time, your routine will become a fixture in your life, not a whim. Not going to the gym will feel unnatural. Including exercise into your busy schedule will be an adjustment, and staying motivated will be equally challenging. Change is difficult for many people. However, if you have the willingness to work through the initial emotional discomfort as you move step by step through a safe and effective program, you will find the confidence, commitment and determination that will ease the way.

When you begin achieving great results, the excitement and fun you experience will make the change well worth the effort. Action creates motivation! Good luck: I hope you enjoy all the wonderful benefits of a healthy, active lifestyle.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Success Versus Failure in the Exercise Department

Success is what you are prepared to make of yourself every single day. That one cold morning when you want to roll over but instead get up and go to workout, is a defining moment. Success boosts self-confidence and is self perpetuating. We all know it, thrive on it and love it.

Failure on the other hand is perceived as a stressful, negative experience. It means challenge, difficulties, not knowing or worst of all defeat. It affects our self-esteem negatively, builds upon itself and could become a pattern. It could mean a threat to our survival. So we have an aversion to it. We dislike failure.

Well, did you know that failure like stress is actually good for you? Out of the trial and error, the grueling and rigorous demands of trying and failing we humans learned what worked to survive.

Failure is something we as humans need to encounter for new growth and creative changes - uprisings. Failure causes us to reassess, reevaluate, and start again. Out of necessity we learn to take risks, and think "outside the box". Failure is the fertile soil from which seeds burst and blossom. Failure challenges our will to survive.

Did you know that no stress is absolutely the worst of all stressors. Stress is like body temperature: if it's too low or too high, you can't survive, but the right balance can keep you going strong. It makes sense to use stress energy positively, to meet life's challenges. Stress is not all bad. Yes, you may fail. This is life. Life’s winners accept that in trying they may have to adjust and even start again and again. The difference between successful people and others is not whether you make mistakes or even temporarily fail, but how you respond.

So how does this apply to your workouts? Expect more of yourself. Set higher standards! This sets you up for failure. Of course you can't reach that next higher level immediately. You'll keep trying and failing until you do. In the meantime when you don't meet them, ask yourself did I try my best? Did I give it my all? If your answer is yes then, yes you failed and you yes you failed successfully! Now you'll be a step closer to that new fitness level. You'll get healthier and fitter and at the same time toughen yourself psychologically and emotionally to handle the dreaded Failure.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Weight Loss and Exercise Myths

You've tried virtually every "diet" you can think of and still haven't lost weight. Or, perhaps you've lost weight only to quickly gain it back. You feel like you are in a never-ending battle that you just can't win. Does this sound familiar? Stop beating yourself over the head in frustration!

More than likely you just aren't armed with the right information to help you be successful in reaching your weight loss goals. There are so many diet misnomers floating about that it's easy to feel like your drowning. The first step toward success is distinguishing fact from myth and using the power of knowledge.

To help you get started on the path to permanent weight loss and healthy living, read below to learn what's true and what's false in the world of diet and fitness. Take the quiz below to test your knowledge and you'll learn what it really takes to beat the scale. Read each question and answer true or false. Then read below to find out whether or not you guessed right.

1. Skipping Meals Is a Good Idea
2. You Can Spot Reduce Certain Parts of Your Body
3. Eating Late At Night Makes You Fat
4. If Something Is Fat Free, You Can Eat As Much As You Want
5. Eating Less Than 1200 Calories Will Accelerate Weight Loss
6. Salads Are Always A Great Eating Out Choice
7. You Can Lose and Maintain Weight Without Exercise
8. If You Only Lose One Pound A Week You Need A New Diet
9. You Shouldn't Exercise Every Day
10. You Should Wait To Strength Train Until You've Lost Weight

1. False. The idea behind this myth is that you'll consume fewer calories in the entire day. The reality is that you probably will consume at least the same amount, if not more. Skipping a meal lowers your blood sugar. Low blood sugar usually makes you very hungry. In return you end up eating quickly and probably making poor food choices when those hunger pains come a knocking. Eating several small meals per day helps you stabilize blood sugars and control your appetite.

2. False. If you slave over 200 sit ups a day, it still isn't going to get rid of your spare tire. Fat is lost evenly throughout the body. You can't focus on one body part and only work it in an attempt to reduce that fatty area. To help a trouble spot you must focus on overall fitness - aerobic workouts, strength training, good nutrition and more. That's the only way to reduce extra fat.

3. False. Your body doesn't determine your weight based on WHEN you eat. It just cares how much you eat. What's important is determining how many calories are coming in versus how many are going out. You need to find the right balance based on how much your eating and exercising. If you take in more calories than you burn, then the extras will be stored as fat. That's true whether you eat at night or not.

4. False. For the most part, a calorie is a calorie is a calorie. Sure, it is a little more complex than that but just keep in mind that for every extra 3,500 calories that you take in and don't burn off, you will gain a pound. Does it matter if all of those 3,500 calories are fat-free? No! Your body just cares that the extra calories were consumed. Plus, fat makes you feel full. If you don't eat enough of it, you may find yourself constantly hungry and you may end up consuming more calories than if you had eaten something with fat in it to begin with.

5. False. In fact, it may have the opposite effect. Too few calories per day causes your body to adapt to a minimal amount of food, and slows down your metabolic rate. The body may think it's "starving" and actually hold onto every bit of food to ensure survival. Then, when you begin to eat normally, your calorie needs are reduced and you end up gaining more weight even though you are consuming less food.

6. False. Sometimes you'd be better of eating a burger than a salad. Many restaurant salads are dripping in high calorie, high fat dressings. Plus, they often add fatty toppings like croutons and bacon bits. If you are going to choose a salad, be sure the dressing and extras don't sabotage your calorie counting.

7. True. When it comes right down to it, weight loss is about the difference between intake and output. As long as you are burning more calories then you are consuming, then you should be able to lose weight. So, exercise isn't a necessity but it certainly is the best approach. Study after study has proven that groups that both maintain an appropriate calorie intake and also exercise have better weight loss successes and are better at keeping it off. Plus, exercising provides SO many health benefits it would be crazy not to include it as part of a healthy lifestyle.

8. False. Losing 1-2 pounds per week is actually an excellent weight loss rate. If you lose more than that, then it's very likely that it won't be permanent. You'll just end up gaining it back. When you lose at rapid paces, typically you end up losing water weight and lean mass. You want to lose fat. So, even though the scale may show less, you won't be as healthy and won't look as good.

9. True. It's not necessary to exercise every single day of the week. Sure, it's great if you can get some type of physical activity in on a daily basis. But, it also is important to give your body rest time to recover and improve. For example, you don't want to lift weights every day working the same muscles. They need time to rest. And, intense cardio workouts daily can wear you down. Resting one day a week can actually help you.

10. False. Strength training is an essential part of good fitness. Virtually everyone should include some type of strength training in their weekly workouts regardless of whether they are wanting to lose weight, just maintain it, or build muscle. And, muscle actually helps your metabolism (e.g. helps you burn calories), so you should do it as part of a weight loss program.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

OSTEOPOROSIS – BASICS OF PREVENTION

Osteoporosis affects millions of people worldwide, and it’s growing at a fast rate. Here is how to prevent it and help reverse it.

THE BASICS

The human body has 206 bones. These bones provide 5 critical functions. They provide protection to vital organs such as the heart and brain. They provide support to the muscles so that an erect posture is possible. They provide a lever system so that the muscles can provide us with motion, they produce red blood cells and they are storage bins for a number of crucial minerals.

Bone is composed of an organic compound called collagen, a protein that is also found in tendons and cartilage, and the minerals calcium and potassium. In 1892, Julius Wolf described how the composition of human bones is dependent on the amount of stress that is place upon them. The principles of Wolff’s Law states that the more stress that is placed on a bone, the stronger it becomes. Conversely, reduced or lack of stress on the bone will result in a weakening of the bone. “Use it or lose it” is a common phrase that describes this theory.

There are two types of bone in the human body. Trabecular bone resembles a latticework of interconnecting bridges. These structures, which store the body’s calcium, are tapped to raise blood calcium when the daily calcium from the diet is low. When dietary calcium is sufficient, the storage structures are replenished. The other type of bone is cortical bone. This is the dense, ivory exterior that you are more familiar with. The trabecular bone is generously supplied with blood vessels, which make it more active in storing and giving up the calcium and other minerals. Weakening of the bone results when the trabecular bone is sending out more minerals than it is taking in. Losses in the trabecular bone generally begin in for men and women when they are in their twenties. Cortical bone loss usually begins after 40 years of age.

TYPES OF OSTEOPOROSIS

There are two classifications of osteoporosis. Type I is characterized by rapid bone loss. Sometimes up three or more times normal. This type affects mostly the trabecular bone. Bone breaks can show up suddenly. The bones can become so fragile that the bodies weight is sometimes enough to cause breaks. Type I attacks six times more women than men. Type II affects both trabecular and cortical bone. Bone loss is more gradual. The vertebrae may compress resulting in the dowagers hump which is the hunched over posture that some elderly people develop.

RISK FACTORS

LOW BONE GROWTH IN EARLY YEARS

The bones make gains in strength and density into the mid thirties. After the mid thirties, bone mass begins to be lost. Calcium intake in the younger years can have a great effect on bone health in later years. Individuals that grow strong bones in their early years have more bone to draw on. As the bone mass deteriorates they have more bone remaining.

MENOPAUSE

Menopause may be the greatest contributor to osteoporosis. Loss of bone minerals jumps from approximately .3 percent per year before menopause to 2.5 to 3 percent after menopause. The National Osteoporosis Foundation (NOF) says that women may lose up to 20 percent of total bone density in the first 5 to 7 years after menopause. This is due to the lack of estrogen, which is not produced after menopause. Estrogen is a female sex hormone that plays a larger role in bone strength.

PHYSICAL ACTIVITY

Lack of weight bearing exercise will lead to loss of bone density and strength. Studies on astronauts have shown that living in a zero gravity environment leads to a remarkably rapid loss of bone. Muscle strength and bone strength seems to go hand in hand. Even swimming, which is not a weight bearing activity, seems to promote bone strength. Weight bearing exercises seems to promote a higher degree of bone strengthening.

SMOKING AND ALCOHOL

Smokers show a higher incidence of fractures than non-smokers do. Smoking interferes with the body’s production of estrogen. Women who smoke are shown to lose 5 to 10 percent of their bone mass prior to menopause. Alcoholics also suffer more fractures that normal. This may be due to the fact that alcohol is a diuretic, which causes fluid loss. Calcium may be lost at an excessive rate through the urine.

PREVENTION

CALCIUM INTAKE

Higher calcium intake during childhood increases bone mass by up to 8 percent, according to studies. Vitamin absorption is also important. There must be sufficient amounts of Vitamin D available to promote the absorption of the calcium.

A guideline of calcium intake has been developed by The National Institutes of Health Consensus Development Conference on Optimum Calcium Intake. They recommend 1,500 milligrams per day for postmenopausal women who are not taking estrogen and men over 65. 1,000 milligrams per day for premenopausal women, postmenopausal women who are taking estrogen and men between 25 and 64. 1,200 to 1,500 milligrams per day for young adults between 11 and 24 years old.

The source of the calcium should be from food if at all possible. The Consensus Conference on Osteoporosis recommends milk. The American Society for Bone and Mineral Research recommends food over supplements. Taking calcium supplements can interfere with the absorption of iron. People who take calcium supplements absorb less iron from foods and can develop an iron deficiency.

EXERCISE

The aforementioned Wolff’s law shows that exercise will have a great influence on the size and strength of bones. Weight bearing exercise is the most effective exercise at strengthening bones or slowing down the rate of bone loss. Strength training, walking, jogging, running and aerobic dance are all examples of weight bearing exercise. While weight-bearing exercise is the most effective form of exercise for preventing osteoporosis, any exercise that strengthens muscles will help strengthen the bone.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

With home treadmills to suit any budget, really there’s no more excuses!

No more excuses!

Treadmills can be used in the comfort and privacy of your home, so there is no excuse about bad weather to stop you from achieving your fitness goals! Treadmills enable you to do natural exercises such as walking and running, giving you a fantastic cardiovascular workout. As well as improving your physical fitness levels, regular exercise can help you lose weight, reduce stress and increase your mental wellbeing.

If you have made the decision to implement some positive lifestyle changes, why not look into buying a treadmill? There is a huge range of different models on the market these days, so it can be difficult to know which is the best treadmill for your needs. The internet is a great place to find treadmills reviews and ratings, so you can easily compare the features and prices of a variety of models. Think about your personal requirements and your budget. For example, if you are just starting out, do you really need a lot of fancy controls and gadgets? How about looking at some used treadmills? Secondhand models can be great value and be sufficient for your needs. Manual treadmills offer a cheap alternative to motorized machines.

With a determined commitment to a treadmill exercise program you should soon see pleasing results. With all the deadlines and time pressures of modern life, many people find they lack the motivation to go out to a gym, especially after a hard day at work. So, a home treadmill offers an ideal solution. Treadmills are designed to be easy to use, safe and reliable. If you are concerned about space, a folding treadmill could be a great option, as it can be easily folded up and stored under the bed or in a closet. The beauty of having your own private treadmill is you can use it any time you fancy, and you get to choose whether you listen to music, watch TV or read a magazine at the same time. So, exercising can be a lot of fun. With a treadmill you can take a step in the right direction to meet your fitness goals.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Why Elliptical Trainers are Growing in Popularity!

If you work out at a health club you probably noticed that in the last few years there are fewer treadmills, because they are being replaced by elliptical trainers. And although treadmills still outsell ellipticals in total numbers, elliptical sales are growing at a faster rate.

What is driving the popularity of elliptical trainers? There are two factors that make elliptical trainers so appealing:

Low Impact Workout
Upper and Lower Body Workout

Benefits of a Low Impact Workout

Most types of exercise require some type of impact and/or reverse action. For example, when you walk each step is impacting force on your ankles, knees and lower back. That impact is minor in comparison to running, which can be as much as 2.5x your body weight. Over the years that constant pounding can result in long-term injuries and strains.

Elliptical trainers reduce the hazards of impact through an elliptical motion.It feels like you are naturally walking or running without any real impact or reverse action, and yet it is a weight bearing exercise that contributes to building muscle and bone density.

If you look at the side of an elliptical trainer you’ll notice the shape of the motion is like a flat circular pattern. Budget ellipticals tend to be more circular and bouncy, while quality machines have a flatter circular motion and more of an even stride. Regardless, the elliptical motion significantly reduces the impact to your joints, and that is why elliptical trainers are appealing to older individuals and people with injuries. It is becoming the exercise machine of choice for the “baby boomers.”

Benefits of an Upper and Lower Body Workout

The concept of exercising the upper and lower body simultaneously is revolutionary. An elliptical workout utilizes the quadriceps, hamstrings, glutes, chest, back, triceps and biceps. There is no other machine that offers this benefit. You are not only exercising more muscle group, you are also optimizing your energy expenditure. That means it is taking less time to achieve more results, like burning calories and increasing your cardio capacity. A number of elliptical trainers allow you to reverse the motion, thereby emphasizing resistance to even more parts of your muscles.

By exercising more of your muscle mass you improve fat mobilization, which results in burning more calories and building muscle endurance more efficiently. Certain experts have suggested that this dual action process reduces the perceived rate of exertion. In other words, you are exercising harder without a noticeable difference from a less strenuous workout.

The benefit of an upper and lower body workout, combined with low impact exercising, are the reasons why elliptical trainers are so popular. And there is one other feature that should be noted. In comparison to treadmills, elliptical trainers require considerably less maintenance. That is due to the fact there are fewer moving parts, and less wear from impact.

If you haven’t tried an elliptical trainer, get to your local health club or a fitness equipment store and take one for an elliptical spin. Avoid the budget models and test the machines that are at least $1,000+. They have a more natural elliptical motion and are more stable and durable.

You’ll find that an elliptical trainer can have a major impact on your health and fitness.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Introduction to Exercise Design

Your goal when engaging in resistance training exercises will be to strengthen a specific muscle or a specific motion. There are many exercise books that will show you standard exercises to strengthen muscles. Because of the mass distribution of these books, the exercises are generic in nature and do not take into consideration your individual goals or differences in body size, type and anatomical characteristics.

Instead of blindly following the “standard” exercises, consider designing your own exercise that is tailored to your individual anatomy and your specific goals.

You can use the following six steps to design any exercise.

1. What joints and muscles are involved?
2. What motion and direction of motion is involved?
3. Where is the resistance coming from?
4. What body position do you need?
5. What is the appropriate range of motion?
6. What joints need to be stabilized?

WHAT JOINTS AND MUSCLES ARE INVOLVED?

The first step in designing an exercise is determining the joints and muscles involved in the motion.

Before you begin to design an exercise involving resistance, you must determine what joints and muscles are being used. Each exercise you design will target either a specific muscle, muscle group or a specific motion. If you are targeting a specific muscle or muscle group, you must determine which joints are involved. If you are trying to strengthen a specific movement or motion, you must determine which muscles and joints are involved.

All exercises are either single joint or multi-joint movements. A biceps curl is an example of a single joint exercise. The only movement of a property executed biceps curl is at the elbow joint. A familiar example of a multi-joint exercise is the bench press. In performing this exercise; there is movement at the shoulder joint and at the elbow joint.

A single joint exercise will usually involve only one major muscle (primary mover). A multi-joint or compound exercise can involve two or more primary movers. There can be several muscles that either assist in the movement or stabilize depending upon how the exercise is designed.

As an example, the prime mover in a bench press exercise is the Pectoralis major – the large muscles at the front of your chest. The assisting muscles are the anterior deltoid muscles – the muscles at the front of the shoulder and the Triceps brachi – the muscles at the back of your upper arms. Stabilizing muscles used will depend upon the equipment used. Using a universal style weight machine will take away the need for much of the stabilization. The machine does much of the stabilization for you. Using free weights require you to “balance” the weight and require the use of more stabilizing muscles. This is one of the advantages of using free weights.

Get yourself a good anatomy book for reference. You can also refer to the muscle descriptions article of this website for a reference to the major muscles of your body. Follow the muscles and find the bones that they attach to. This will show you which joints are involved in the action.

WHERE IS THE RESISTANCE COMING FROM?

Resistance can come from gravity, body weight or one of many external forms of resistance. In this third step of designing an exercise, you must determine this direction of resistance.

The direction that the resistance is coming from will determine what type of exercise you design. If you are using free weights or a weight plate type resistance machine, the resistance is caused by gravity. Gravity is pulling the weights straight down toward the ground.

Body weight exercise is also a gravity-caused resistance activity. Your body acts as the weight, which is pulled straight down.

Exercise bands, power rods, hydraulic and air cylinder resistance machines can have many different directions of resistance. With exercise bands the direction of resistance will depend upon where the anchor point is. The direction of resistance will be a straight line from the anchor point (where the band attached to an immovable object) to where it attaches to the body part being exercised.

The direction of resistance for hydraulic and air cylinder machines will be a straight line between the point that the moving lever of the machine touches the body part being exercised and the place where the lever attaches to the resisting portion of the machine.

GETTING INTO POSITION

After figuring out where the resistance is coming from you need to get your body into the proper position to complete the exercise.

The first step is to place your body so that the path of motion of the body part being exercised is in the same plane as the path of the resistance. If the resistance is moving horizontally or in a horizontal plane, you should position your body so that the body segment being exercised is moving in a horizontal direction. You must be in a position that will allow you to push or pull in the opposite direction that the resistance is moving.

The bicep curl is an example. If you are using free weights for resistance, the direction of resistance is straight down or vertical. You would position your body so that your lower arm will move vertically when you flex your elbow. You position yourself so that you are flexing upward against the resistance, which is going downward. In other words you are in a standing or sitting position with the weight above your hands. This is a very simple and obvious example, but all exercises are designed using these same steps.

The next step is to determine where other body segments should be positioned. If you are in a standing or sitting position, place your non-exercising body segments so that you have a stable base to work from. If you are lying on your back, position other body parts so that you do not have any excessive curve in your lower back.

The final step in positioning your body concerns the range of motion of the part being exercised. Everyone’s ROM (range of motion) is different. Your individual ROM will depend upon your musculature, limb length, flexibility, characteristics of your connective tissue (ligaments, tendons) and how your joints are shaped and constructed. The starting position of your exercise should not force your joints to the limits of their ROM. At the limit of your ROM your joints are much more susceptible to injury. Make necessary adjustments to your position in order to avoid a starting point that is at the limit of your ROM.

RANGE OF MOTION

Range of motion does not mean how far the resistance will travel. It is determined by the characteristics of the muscle and joint involved in the exercise. There are three primary ranges of motion. They are passive range of motion (PROM), active range of motion (AROM) and resisted range of motion (RROM).

You must design your exercise so that it moves through its appropriate range of motion. The appropriate range of motion does not necessarily mean its full possible range of motion. It is not always necessary for an exercise to travel through its full possible range of motion. It may, in fact, cause injury if excessive range of motion is used. Do not use any more ROM than is necessary to strengthen the motion desired.

Passive range of motion (PROM)

PROM refers to how far a joint will move before it meets with resistance. This is usually tested by having a partner manipulate the joint through its full range. PROM is limited by musculature, shape and construction of the bones of the joint, flexibility, and characteristics of the connective tissue (ligaments, tendons). You should never try to force your joints past their PROM in any exercise.

Active range of motion (AROM)

AROM refers to how far you can move your joints, with no resistance, using only your own muscle power. For instance, if you try to extend your arm behind your body, you can only move it a short distance. That is the limit of your AROM. If someone tried to move your arm farther back, they could move it a little farther. That would be your PROM.

AROM is limited by the same anatomical characteristics as PROM and also by your individual ability to move the joint with your own muscle power.

Resisted range of motion (RROM)

RROM is similar to AROM. The difference between the two is that RROM is the range of motion with resistance or when you are performing the exercise. RROM is limited by the anatomical characteristics, your individual ability to move the joint under resistance and by the resistance being applied.

Conclusion

Remember that it is not necessary to move through the entire possible range of motion. Look at the movement you are trying to strengthen. It rarely requires a large range of motion. If you are simply trying to strengthen a muscle, move only as far as you can without putting stress on the ligaments and bones of the joint. More is not necessarily better and may be less effective as well as less safe.

STABILIZATION

You must prevent motion other than that of the muscle or movement being exercised. There are several points of stabilization that you should concentrate on.

Spine

You should stabilize your spine during any exercise that you do. Contract your abdominal muscles and concentrate on maintaining a neutral position with your spine. Do not arch your back or slouch forward.

Adjacent joints

In order to isolate the muscle being exercised you should concentrate on stabilizing the joints closest to the moving joint and closest to the source of resistance. There is sometimes a great tendency to move these joints. Keep them stabilized to insure an efficient and safe exercise.

Multi-joint exercises

Functional strength training involved multiple moving joints. This type of exercise improves strength involved in specific athletic movements, such as running, jumping and swinging. When designing functional strength training exercises, you should stabilize the muscles supporting the movements. Most functional exercises for runners involve multiple movements of the legs and arms, while the truck is stabilized and provides support.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

EXERCISE AND CANCER

Exercise and proper nutrition has been proven to help prevent many forms of cancer. Exercise can also help in recovery from cancer.

According to the American Cancer Society (ACS), approximately 8.2 million American alive today, have or have had cancer. Around 12 million new cases of cancer have been diagnosed since 1990. Many of these cancer cases could have been prevented with proper nutrition, exercise and health lifestyle practices.

EAT SENSIBLY

Studies show that approximately one third of the more that 500,000 cancer deaths in 1999 are cause by poor nutrition. Dietary factors that can influence cancer risk include: food types, portion size, methods of preparation and caloric balance.

DON’T SMOKE/LIMIT ALCOHOL USE

The ACS estimates that nearly 175,000 cancer deaths in 1999 are caused directly by tobacco use. All of these deaths would have been prevented if the victims did not use tobacco. In addition to cancer, tobacco use causes emphysema and heart disease.

An additional 20,000 cancer deaths are expected to be caused by excessive use of alcohol.

High fat diets have been shown to increase the risk of colon, rectum and prostate cancers. You should limit your consumption of meats, especially high fat meat. Red meat has been linked to increased cancer risk of the colon and prostate.

You should eat at least five servings of fruit and vegetables every day. Most of your foods should come from plant sources. Fruits and vegetables have been shown in studies to protect against many types of cancer. Grains supply fiber; vitamins and minerals that are associated with lowered cancer risk.

MAINTAIN AN ACTIVE LIFESTYLE

Exercise and physical activity can decrease the risk of cancer by balancing the calories you take in with the calories you expend, decreasing body fat and other physiological reactions in your body. Obesity or excessive body fat is linked with increased cancer risk of the colon, rectum, prostate, breast and kidney. A properly designed exercise program combined with proper nutrition will maintain your ideal body composition.

EXERCISE AND RECOVERY FROM CANCER

In recent years there have been a number of high profile cases of cancer involving professional athletes. The most recent is the victory of Lance Armstrong (professional cyclist) over testicular cancer. Others include Scott Hamilton (skater/testicular cancer), Peggy Fleming (skater, breast cancer) and Steve Scott (triathlete, testicular cancer). In each of these cases, the athlete resumed their training regime after diagnosis and treatment. In most cases, exercise reduced the nausea and fatigue that accompanies chemotherapy.

Eric Durak, M.Sc. is a co-director of the Cancer Well-Fit program in Santa Barbara, California. In this program, cancer patients engage in group exercise sessions involving resistance training, aerobic training, yoga and meditation.

According to Mr. Durak, participants improved their strength and endurance by more than 25 percent. Fatigue levels were reduced by 30 percent and pain was reduced by more that 20 percent.

Oncologists (cancer doctors) believe that quality of life is one of the two most important concerns of cancer treatment. The other is survivability The Cancer Well-Fit program improved the quality of life of its participants by more than 40 percent.

Exercise, when combined with proper nutrition and improved medical care may open new doors in cure and recovery of cancer in the future.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Why Train on a Treadmill?

Picture this: Its pitch black outside. The wind is howling, the mercury in your thermometer is huddled at the bottom of the scale and the snow is piling up on your driveway. Sound like good running conditions? Unless you are about 400 meters short of a full mile, you are going to stay huddled in front of your fireplace.

In situations like this, a treadmill is the perfect answer. You can perform any of your training runs in the safety and comfort of your own home. But this is not the only reason to train on a treadmill. Used properly a treadmill can be an invaluable part of your training program.

Safety – As suggested by the frigid situation above, treadmill training can be a much safer alternative to outdoor running. Unsafe conditions include: extreme cold or heat; nighttime conditions, heavy traffic conditions, icy or snow packed streets, periods of high air pollution and severe storms or winds. Many women feel more secure doing their training at home on a treadmill.

Convenience – What can be easier than lacing up your shoes and hopping on your treadmill? You can run whenever you feel like it. If your day has not allowed you the time to fit in your training run, you can just step onto your treadmill and do a couple of miles.

Motivation – It is easy to make excuses for not running. Bad weather, lack of time or work commitments are all good excuses, right? Wrong – with that treadmill waiting for you, all excuses disappear.

Work and Personal Commitments – Do you have a phone call you cannot miss? Just put your cordless phone next to the treadmill. Do you need to keep on eye on the baby? Put a crib in view of your treadmill.

Hill Training – Many of us live in areas that have no hills. So, what do you do for hill training? Get on your treadmill. Most treadmills will elevate from 8 to 15 percent. That will closely mimic nearly any outside hill trail. Even in areas that have a lot of hills, the choices of distance and elevation may be limited. Do your hill training on the treadmill and you will have an almost unlimited variety of possible hill workouts.

Speed Workouts – It can be difficult to determine the exact speed at which you are performing your speed workouts. Treadmills make this easy. Once your treadmill is properly adjusted for correct speed, you can perform your speed workouts with precision.

Consistent Pace – Most training programs will include workouts that should be performed at a consistent pace. Most of us will subconsciously slow down when we start to become fatigued. Do these runs on a treadmill and you cannot slow down unless you purposely slow down the machine. This will improve the quality and results of your workouts.

Forgiving Surface – Many treadmills have a built in shock absorption system. This system reduces the forces placed on the foot, hips, knee and back. This can result in a decrease in injuries and nagging soreness or pain that results from the impact of running on harder surfaces.

Long Runs – Many runners enjoy their 2 or 3 hour long runs. But lets face it. It can become very tedious. Place a television and VCR in front of your treadmill. Pick your favorite TV show or movie. It makes the time fly by. I like to do my long runs on Sunday, so I watch a football game during the fall and winter. The 3-hour games are a perfect length for my long runs.

Great for Beginners – Most new runners start out by walking. A treadmill is a great tool for beginning runners. They can start out with walking and gradually add in short running repeats. The safety, convenience, and information provided by the display, such as speed, calories burned and distance traveled are all great motivation tools for beginners.

Programmed Workouts – Many treadmills have preprogrammed workout that are designed for anything from weight loss to 10K races. This makes it easy for runners that are not interested in designing their own program. For those that do want to design their own workouts, many treadmills have the ability to store custom workouts. You just manually adjust the treadmill during your run. The treadmill will “remember” the workout. Next time you just start running and let the treadmill make all of the adjustment, just like you are running on a trail.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

HOW TO SELECT HOME EXERCISE EQUIPMENT

The variety of home exercise equipment that is available today is almost overwhelming. In order to avoid wasting money and in some cases avoid injuries, you must carefully evaluate the design and usefulness of each piece of equipment. Follow the basic guidelines outlined here and you will eliminate most of the costly mistakes many purchasers make.

DEFINE YOUR GOALS

Don’t even start looking at exercise equipment until you clearly define your fitness goals. Do you want to lose weight, gain strength, increase flexibility, make overall fitness gains or train for a marathon? Each of these goals will require different equipment or combinations of equipment. Once you have your specific goals clearly spelled out, you will be able to eliminate 90% of the available options.

DEFINE YOUR PREFERENCES

No one will stick to an exercise program if they must do something that they hate to do. For this reason, you must decide which type of activity you like to do. If you dislike riding bikes, you will probably not enjoy riding an exercise bike. If you enjoy rowing, an aerobic rowing machine may be a good choice for your home fitness center. Determine what activities you like, purchase equipment that imitates that activity and you will have an exercise center that will give you years of quality use.

SIZE CONSIDERATIONS

So you just bought a treadmill, an exercise bike and six single station strength training machines. Sounds great! You have the makings of a very nice fitness center. You have just one problem. Your available space is only 5 feet by 5 feet. I hope your vendor has a liberal return policy.

You must carefully calculate your available space before you purchase any equipment. A good way to do this is measure your room and draw it on a piece of graph paper. Get the exact measurements of any equipment you are considering and make drawings of the equipment in the same scale as your room drawing. Cut them out and arrange them on you room drawing. This should give you a good idea of how much equipment you can fit in your available space.

If you have a large room or are building an addition for your center, you will probably be able to fit most of the equipment you want in your room. If you have only a small space available, a good strategy is to purchase a piece of cardiovascular equipment (treadmill, exercise bike, stair climber, etc.) first. You can then add dumbells or exercise tubing for resistance training. This type of equipment takes up very little room.

BUDGET CONSIDERATIONS

Your health and fitness should be one of the most important goals of anyone’s life. I believe that you should budget as much money as possible to achieve your fitness goals. That being said, you can’t go into hock for the rest of you life to pay for your fitness center. Please budget as much as you can, but use common sense. If you must, start small. You can add equipment when extra funds become available.

The most expensive and most important piece of equipment that you will purchase should be a quality piece of cardiovascular equipment. This will be the centerpiece of your center. Strength training can be done with low cost free weights and resistance tubing. When more money becomes available, you can add multi-station or single-station strength training machines.

FAMILY CONSIDERATIONS

Do you live alone? Do you have a spouse or roommate? Do you have kids? These are all concerns that you may not think of when you are purchasing exercise equipment. If you live alone, the only needs you need to consider are your own. If a spouse, roommate, kids live in your home, you will need to consider their needs also.

If you and other members of your household can’t agree on cardiovascular equipment, a treadmill is a good compromise. A good quality treadmill is the most versatile and efficient piece of cardiovascular equipment available.

If you have kids, safety must be a primary consideration. Both cardiovascular and resistance training equipment can be a hazard to young children. Make sure that any motorized equipment has a safety key or switch. This will prevent the machine from being inadvertently turned on. Both single-station and multi-station resistance machines can cause a pinching injury if you child should catch their hand in pulleys or between weight plates. If a child or adult uses free weights without a spotter, serious injury can be a result of losing control of the weight. Make sure your children are aware of these hazards and do not use the equipment without your supervision.

If your equipment is located near bedrooms, noise may be a concern. If you run on a noisy treadmill when other family members are sleeping, you may end up running out the door, chased by a well-aimed projectile. Exercise bikes, rowers and stair steppers are generally quieter than treadmills. Some of the higher end treadmills are comparatively quiet, but still generate some noise.

POWER IT UP

The normal circuit in your home is a 15-amp circuit. That is enough to power lights and most small appliances in your home. Some of the more heavy-duty pieces of exercise equipment, such as treadmills and some stair steppers and bikes, will require a 20-amp circuit. Almost all exercise equipment operates on 110 volts. The exception to this is some commercial grade treadmills. These high-powered monsters require 220 volts. An electrician can easily change a 15-amp circuit to a 20-amp circuit. Changing to 220 volts is a bigger job, but can usually be accomplished if you have extra power available coming into the house. Check with the salesman or manufacturers of the equipment that you are considering, for any special power requirements.

TRY BEFORE YOU BUY

Finally, don’t buy any expensive equipment without taking it for a test-drive. Any quality fitness equipment vendor will have the equipment on display for you to try. Make sure and dress for exercise when you visit the store. Try out all of the makes and models that they have. Choose the one that fits you the best and you feel most comfortable with.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Keep Your Treadmill Treading

Nobody wants to spend time maintaining his or her treadmill. It’s a lot more fun to run than to work. But that treadmill is an expensive piece of equipment. Your training runs put a lot of stress on the nuts, bolts, deck and belt. If you do not spend a short amount of time to properly maintain it you will shorten its life and my need expensive repairs.

Routine maintenance really does not take much time and the benefits are well worth the effort. In addition to routine maintenance, you will have to replace parts that wear out, such as the deck and belt.

· Cleaning – Dirt and debris is a major cause of premature belt and deck wear. Clean between the belt and the deck once per week. Also clean the small exposed areas of the deck on each side of the belt. Dirt tends to accumulate in these areas. Wipe down the entire treadmill once per week. The outside surface of the belt can be cleaned with a damp sponge or cloth. Vacuum or wipe up the area around your treadmill at the same time. You should clean the motor area three or four times per year. Unplug the treadmill before removing the cover. Follow the instructions in your owner’s manual for removing the cover. Carefully vacuum the dust and debris from around the motor.

· Lubrication – Read and follow your owner’s manual for lubrication recommendations. Some treadmills do not require lubrication. In fact, unnecessary lubrication can cause damage. Many decks are made of materials that do not require lubrication or are pre-impregnated with wax. Lubricating these types of decks can actually increase the friction between the belt and deck, which can lead to motor damage. If your treadmill does require lubrication or waxing, follow the manufacturers guidelines.

· Belt Alignment – Treadmill belts should run directly down the center of the deck. If your belt is wandering to one side or the other, it needs alignment. There are adjustment bolts at the rear of the machine, on each side. Make small adjustment of ¼ turn at one time. Again, check your owner’s manual for specific instructions.

· Belt Tension – Belt tension is pre-adjusted at the factory, however, new belts will stretch and require readjustment. If the belt is too loose, it will slip and cause excessive wear to both the belt and the deck. If the belt is too tight, it will cause wear to the rollers and to the motor. The belt should be set just tight enough so that is does not slip. With the belt running slowly, stomp your foot forcefully down and slightly forward on the belt. If you feel the belt slip, tighten both bolts ¼ turn. Again, follow your manual for instructions specific to your make and model.

· Belt Wear – There are two components in your treadmill, which will require periodic replacement – the belt and the deck. Check the condition of your belt every three months. Feel the underside of the belt. If it feels rough and worn, it may be time for a new belt. Continuing to run on a worn out belt will increase the wear on the deck. The deck will eventually wear out also, but if you replace your belt when necessary, you will increase the life of your deck.

· Electrical Requirements – Most of the treadmills made today use a computer controlled electronic console. This console is sensitive to power surges, just as your desktop computer is. You can protect this connecting your machine to a properly grounded AC outlet. If possible, connect your treadmill to a dedicated circuit.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Body-Mapping Ergonomics

When it comes to elliptical cross trainers, the newest and fastest growing category of fitness equipment, all definitely are NOT created equal. Anyone can step onto several different machines and quickly realize that each has its own very distinct motion and feel-unlike other fitness equipment such as treadmills and stationary bikes.

An elliptical cross trainer is a unique combination of a stairclimber and a cross-country ski machine-requiring the feet to follow an egg-shaped, or elliptical, motion that typically goes forward or reverse. Some units also include arms that engage the upper body as well. The advantage of these total-body machines is that they require an upright, weight-bearing position in a natural, closed kinetic chain while training the all the body's major muscle groups-including the gluteals, hamstrings, quadriceps, calves, lats, chest, deltoids, biceps and triceps-which, taken together, results in maximum calorie burn and distinguishes ellipticals from virtually all other cardiovascular equipment.

Quality elliptical machines foster a smooth, natural, low-impact cardiovascular workout that challenges everyone from beginners to elite athletes. Studies have shown that compared to other exercises, total-body elliptical cross trainers require significant oxygen consumption and result in high caloric expenditure for efficient, effective workouts. Also, total-body machines that disperse the exercise throughout enable exercisers to work at higher intensities without actually perceiving greater exertion.

It is easy to see why these machines are tremendously popular, but before investing in an elliptical cross trainer, it is critical to evaluate its overall feel.

The importance of biomechanics

Biomechanics, which is the study of human movement, is an important consideration for any piece of fitness equipment, but even more so with the elliptical cross trainer due to the complexity and variance of its movement. For the optimum workout, the machine must fit the exerciser; individuals should never be required to adapt their posture, position or movement pattern to fit a piece of equipment. Elliptical cross trainers ideally should simulate how the body naturally moves for people of various shapes and sizes. The motion on an elliptical cross trainer should replicate movements like walking or running, which involve similar biomechanics. Engineers therefore must consider numerous factors to make the exercise biomechanically correct while eliminating unnatural alignment or excessive, repetitive stress or torque.

On most elliptical cross trainers, the biomechanical analysis is as follows: the body moves in a linear direction through flexion and extension at numerous joints in the sagittal plane, including the shoulder, elbow, hip, knee, and ankle. Machines with arms may also include a minimal amount of radial and ulnar deviation in the frontal plane at the wrist joint. And in total-body units, the erector spinae may engage in a bit of rotation in the transverse plane throughout the range of motion.

Critical ergonomic factors

While biomechanics are integral in developing elliptical cross trainers, ergonomics is really where the rubber hits the road. Ergonomics is the science of adapting external conditions to suit individuals-or, in this case, using biomechanical analysis to build the best feeling elliptical cross trainers to satisfy exercisers and deliver results.

Octane Fitness-a group of dedicated exercisers with decades of experience in the fitness equipment industry-has developed its exclusive Body-Mapping Ergonomics™ to create the most comfortable and effective movement on an elliptical cross trainer. Body-Mapping Ergonomics™ consists of sophisticated motion analysis software, solid modeling, comprehensive testing, video analysis and human interface studies with input from biomechanists, medical professionals, personal trainers and exercisers. The end result is the patented QuadLink™ Drive, which confers valuable advantages unique to Octane's equipment.

The essential ergonomic factors for elliptical cross trainers all contribute to its motion or feel-and exercisers should evaluate the following when choosing equipment:

Stride length

Either extreme-long or short-can cause hyperextension in the hip joint in the forward motion as well as unnatural, forced hip flexion when going in reverse, and both can cause discomfort. Octane Fitness has studied anthropometric data and solicited feedback from exercisers of various fitness levels and different heights and limb lengths to develop an optimal stride of 19.5" that comfortably accommodates the majority of individuals in both forward and reverse motion.

Stride angle/height

This refers to the shape of the actual ellipse-whether it is more circular or oblong. With its patented QuadLink™ Drive, Octane Fitness has precisely perfected the stride angle so it doesn't feel too vertical like a stairclimber or cycle or too flat like a cross-country skier. The result is a natural, comfortable ride that optimally engages all major lower body muscles.

Stride width/pedal spacing

Research shows that the wider the space between the pedals, the greater the hips shift laterally during the movement, which can create lower back pain. In addition, a wide stance feels distinctly unnatural, since people walk and run with the feet and legs close together. Octane Fitness has the closest pedal spacing in the industry at 2 inches-which virtually eliminates erector spinae rotation and potential back stress.

Pedal acceleration

Anyone who has tried several brands of ellipticals immediately notices the difference in how quickly and smoothly the pedals move. Some are faster on the downstroke and drag on the upswing; others have a "kick" on the upswing that unnaturally propels the pedals and can throw exercisers off balance. Without steady pedal acceleration, the result is a herky-jerky, uncomfortable and potentially unsafe movement. Again, Octane's precision affords exercisers with fluid, stable motion and consistent muscle and joint recruitment, stroke after stroke.

Inertia

Inertia deals with the amount of effort it requires to get the pedals moving. With too much inertia, it is difficult to get the machine going, but once started, momentum kicks in and relieves exercisers of significant effort-essentially bringing them along for the ride. Utilizing computer software and exerciser feedback, Octane Fitness elliptical cross trainers have the optimum amount of inertia for steady, consistently demanding workouts.

Pedal articulation

In most elliptical machines, the ankle joint engages in dorsi flexion on the downstroke and plantar flexion on the upstroke. Octane studies show that excessive plantar flexion leads to transient paresthesia, a "numb toe" condition due to compression of nerves in the foot, and extreme dorsi flexion can limit knee and hip extension, which are essential for a complete range of motion. Video analysis and computer software enabled Octane Fitness to create pedals that support the ankles and feet naturally throughout the entire stride.

Upper body pivot point and range of motion - Unlike treadmills, stationary cycles and stairclimbers, many elliptical cross trainers engage the upper body in movements that should be synchronized with leg motion. Here, research has intuitively shown that arm handles should simulate natural shoulder and arm flexion and extension as seen in walking or running, and that excessive radial or ulnar deviation may cause wrist discomfort. Unlike many ellipticals, Octane Fitness' patented design facilitates a unique, low pivot point for arm movement to create a more comfortable axis of rotation, minimize radial and ulnar deviation and provide an appropriate range of motion throughout the arm swing. The shape of and multi-positioning options on Octane's arm handles also encourage proper posture while stimulating the core musculature (abdominals and back) for stability.

Also, Octane provides stationary bullhorn handlebars for safety when mounting or dismounting, for use during cooldowns or for exercisers who want to focus temporarily only on lower body exercise.

Exceptional exercise experience

Precise biomechanical analysis and exacting ergonomics are critical to elliptical exercise effectiveness, motivation and adherence. The passionate exercisers at Octane Fitness focus all their resources exclusively on ellipticals to deliver the most biomechanically correct, ergonomically comfortable and enjoyable exercise experiences that foster optimal results.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Did you know that exercise may help you learn better?

Researchers are discovering numerous ways in which exercise may enhance learning in animals. In a paper published in the Journal of Sports Science and Medicine (2003, 2, 106-109), researcher Nasser Ahmadias and colleagues found that exercise improved the performance of rats in learning a water maze. Their explanation for the improved learning was that there were increased levels of epinephrine, a neurotransmitter in the brain, which helped to enhance learning. For humans, this could be the beginning of a whole new reason to exercise.

A good workout followed by a study session may be the best way to retain the information. Or think about elevating that heart rate before going into your next meeting so that you can preserve more of the presented information. There is a lot more research that has to be done to verify that exercise will have the same effect on learning in humans as rats, but it can’t hurt to jump the gun and give it a try.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Buying Home Exercise Equipment

Don’t Overbuy Features

Like moths to a flame, people are drawn to cardiovascular equipment that has every conceivable readout and calculation. These gadgets often go unused, though, so they may not be the best place to spend your money.

Don’t Skimp on the Basics

Sturdy construction and smooth, quiet operation are what matter most. For example, with treadmills, good deck cushioning and stability are key factors to look for.

Avoid Fast or Sight-Unseen Purchasing

Almost any treadmill feels fine during the first few minutes. Only when doing a longer workout will you notice things like excessive vibration and noise. For cardio machines, spend at least 20 minutes trying different programs, for strength equipment, do a set of 10 repetitions.

Don’t Ignore the Top of the Line

If you don’t try the best equipment first, you won’t know what quality features to look for. Stay away from infomercial products or other low-price equipment. A store specializing in fitness equipment is probably the best place to start your search. It's not a bad idea to stick to brands you’ve used at health clubs - a manufacturer's quality often carries over into home models.

Don't Overestimate Your Abilities

An exercise or movement that looks easy on TV may not work for you. For example, ski machines with independent upper and lower-body motions may offer an outstanding cardio workout, but they also require a high level of concentration and coordination. People are less likely to use machines that have a high learning curve.

When purchasing a strength training machine, look for one with simple procedures for changing weights. If adjusting the weight isn't mind-numbingly simple, you’re likely not to do it!

Don’t Limit Your Options

Although treadmills are extremely popular and reliable, elliptical trainers also provide functional movement with lots of variety. Stationary bikes - both upright and recumbent - are rebounding in popularity. Stair steppers, rowing machines, home gyms and equipment for exercise based on the work of Joseph Pilates are additional options.

Don’t Ignore Your Personal Comfort

Make sure the rowing machine you are thinking of buying doesn’t put too many demands on your back. If you are looking at treadmills and are overweight or have orthopedic concerns, check for sturdy handrails, gradual pace changes and structural integrity. Look for a home gym that will adjust to your body height and size.

Don’t Believe Everything You Hear

Some fitness products that sound great on infomercials have limited effectiveness. Abdominal exercise devices, for example, don’t really offer any results beyond those achieved by doing abdominal exercises without equipment. (However, the devices can provide some head and neck support, if they fit your body size properly.)

Don’t Go It Alone

Ask questions of other exercisers and fitness professionals, as well as equipment representatives. Before buying, find out about equipment delivery, setup, warranties and return policies.

Don’t Overlook the Little Things

Not all effective exercise equipment needs assembly and takes a lot of space. Heart rate monitors are highly recommended by many personal trainers. Fitness balls, bands, tubing and exercise videos can also add safety, creativity comfort and variety to your activity program. The best investment of all may well be the least expensive--a water bottle!

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Overcome Exercise Plateaus and Boredom with Cross Training

Human beings are creatures of habit. Whether it's the ritual skim latte to start the day or the weekly devotion to "Will & Grace," people create routines that guarantee a series of small pleasures or comfort. Though routine can bring a sense of order to life in an increasingly chaotic world, it can be counterproductive when working out - following the same exercise regimen over and over not only gets boring, but can lead to exercise plateaus that can decrease your results.

"The human body is very good at adapting to the stresses it experiences," says Lisa Packheiser, a certified athletic trainer (A.C.T.) and a member of the Life Fitness Academy Training Network. "Performing the same activity repeatedly at the same level makes the body more efficient, which eventually results in lower caloric expenditure from the activity. In fact, research shows that by sticking to just one activity, the number of calories burned by exercisers may decrease as much as 25 percent."

For instance, if you normally exercise for 45 minutes four days a week on a treadmill with the same intensity and time for each workout, over time you will not benefit as much as you did when you began. Your body will become accustomed to the routine, and it can become increasingly difficult for you to meet your fitness goals. The repetitiveness also can be boring - even with music, TV or a magazine for distraction, the exercise might become mundane, which also can decrease the likelihood you'll continue working out.

Fitness professionals agree the best solution to dodge exercise plateaus and workout boredom is cross training. Cross training simply means mixing together a variety of exercise activities into a varied regimen.

Do you work out at a gym? Instead of 45 minutes on a treadmill each time, jump on a Lifecycle exercise bike for 30 minutes, then spend 15 minutes on a stairclimber. Swim one day and lift weights another. Health clubs with an extensive choice of group exercise classes make cross training a breeze; once a week try indoor cycling, step aerobics or kickboxing. Check out the newest classes emphasizing stretching and toning, such as Pilates or yoga.

Home exercisers also have options. Some treadmills can be raised for steep hill climbing one day, lowered for running flat the next. Or vary the intensity level - alternate going hard for five minutes and easy for five minutes. Premium equipment usually offers different exercise programs to help spice up your workout.

Check out other home fitness equipment, too - fitness equipment specialty shops, such as Omni Fitness, L.A. Gym Equipment and Fitness Resource, can help you choose a second piece that will complement the first. You may want to try to the hottest piece of equipment available today - elliptical machines that combine low-impact stairclimbing, skiing and cycling, like Life Fitness' X-Series Total-Body Cross-Trainers. Even participating in a recreational volleyball or softball league can add to a well-rounded, varied workout regimen.

Packheiser says clinical studies show most people plateau in their exercise programs somewhere between their sixth and eighth week. Exercisers should make sure they change their routines at least that often to maintain workout efficiency and prevent boredom. She recommends having at least two different activities that can be alternated daily or conducted within the same workout.

By taking the routine out of exercise, fitness fans can reap positive results and enjoyment from their workouts. They'll feel better, look better - and may even wish to add more variety to their lives. Skim latte? Next time, make it a cappuccino.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Diabetes Mellitus... An Emerging Epidemic

According to the American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons, 80 percent of Americans will experience back pain at some time in their life. When back pain first occurs, the body's immediate response is to shut down movement to that aggravated area, which causes the muscles and spine to tense even more and allow the back to be easily re-aggravated.

The good news is, there are many treatment options for back pain, including chiropractic adjustment, surgery or complementary and alternative medicine (CAM), such as acupuncture. Statistics show that 45 percent of all Americans who suffer from back pain will try a chiropractic remedy. In addition, many physicians are quick to recommend surgery or drugs before the alternative methods or basic maintenance procedures to deal with these back problems.

There are several problems that can arise with the "rushed" surgery techniques. In 1995, the Orthopedic Clinic of North America did follow-up research on the aftermath of back surgery and found these alarming statistics:

25,000-50,000 failed back surgery syndrome cases each year
Overall failure rate 30 percent (fusion), 37.3 percent (non-fusion)
Re-operation rate 6.9 percent overall at two-year follow-up
11.9 percent (fusion), 10.2 percent (non-fusion) at four-year follow-up
Re-hospitalization 22.4 percent (fusion), 18.3 percent (non-fusion)
Most of these re-operational statistics do not show the fault of the patient in the recovery process. No matter what treatment method is used, the patient is the key to helping their backs recover from treatment.

One treatment method that should not be overlooked is exercise and wellness. Exercise is not an exact treatment for back pain, although it can be used as a tool for many associated problems that people with back pain encounter. Exercise should be thought of as a preventative measure, and to also help cope with the irritability of back pain.

Diabetes Mellitus is a disease in which the body is unable to sufficiently produce or properly use insulin. Insulin is an essential hormone that regulates glucose, fat and protein metabolism. These metabolisms are disrupted with diabetes. Typically, persons with diabetes have an elevated blood glucose level, also called hyperglycemia, that results from deficient insulin secretion, insulin action or both.

Diabetes is composed of four classifications; however, two of them account for 95 percent of the diabetic population, which includes Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes mellitus. Both have distinct causes, characteristics and strategies for disease management.

Type 1 requires insulin administration, usually through an injection or through a pump, to control elevated blood glucose levels. This type occurs in about 5-10 percent of the diabetic population, or 500,000 to 1 million persons, and it usually occurs in persons younger than 30 years of age. Two of the strongest risk factors are genetics and an autoimmune response that affects insulin production.

Type 2 diabetes has been formally called "adult-onset" diabetes because it traditionally affects persons over 30 years of age. The most recent research, however, indicates that more children are being diagnosed with Type 2 diabetes. Each year in the United States, 2,000 new cases are identified among school-age children. Type 2 diabetes appears to be increasing rapidly in non-white children and adolescents. More than 15% of patients who develop diabetes when they are younger than 30 will die by the age of 40, a rate 20 times that of the general population.

Type 2 diabetes occurs in 90-95 percent of the diabetic population, or close to 15 million Americans. Risk factors include obesity, old age, family history of diabetes and physical activity level. Obesity and a sedentary lifestyle are the chief risk factors for type 2. Approximately 80% of those with type 2 diabetes are obese at the time of diagnosis. Also, the prevalence of type 2 diabetes is consistently lower in populations with high rates of physical activity. Approximately 24% of Type 2 diabetes may be attributable to sedentary lifestyle.

A recent headline in a paper released by the American Diabetes Association (ADA) claimed: "Doctors fear disaster ahead." The toll of diabetes is enormous. It is the seventh leading cause of death in the U.S. It is the leading cause of blindness (12,000-24,000 cases a year), and the leading cause of end-stage kidney disease (about 40% of new cases). Diabetes also causes nerve damage in 60-70% of patients and significantly increases risk of lower-limb amputations. The scary fact is that there are up to 5.4 million people with diabetes who have yet to be diagnosed.

The major causes of this large increase in diabetes can be attributed to the following:

increased incidence of obesity
declining physical activity
genetic predisposition

How about the children?

Researchers look at the following characteristics among children when screening for diabetes:

height and weight in reference to their activity level
television viewing habits
dietary intake
body image perceptions
Researchers have found that high levels of TV viewing were positively associated with a significant rise in obesity in pediatric subjects aged 10 to 19. According to the ADA, "elevated obesity levels in children and teens is a harbinger of future diabetes risk for them, because obesity is associated with insulin resistance, the first step in the development of type 2 diabetes."

What can be done?

Intervention is necessary, which includes the following:

reduction in fat and calories in the diet
body weight and body fat reduction
increase in physical activity levels
avoidance of prolonged periods of sedentary activity (TV viewing)
support of family members to help with behavior modifications
Increased physical activity alone may decrease the risk of diabetes, according to the Journal of the American Medical Association. Additionally, the risk of type 2 diabetes can be reduced an estimated 50-75% through reductions in obesity and 30-50% through increased physical activity.

What does the future hold? According to a study conducted in London, "the number of people worldwide with diabetes mellitus will double in the next 10 years." We must start making a difference now through active prevention and education for ourselves and our loved ones. Focus on risk factors. You can make a difference; don't wait!

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Crunch Your Way to a Stronger, Tighter Midsection

Turn on the TV and you're likely to come across an infomercial trying to sell you the latest product or video guaranteed to flatten and tone your stomach. For just $29.95 (and up), you too can have a washboard stomach or 'abs of steel.' While there is nothing inherently wrong with most of these products, they are not the panacea manufacturers claim them to be. Recognizing that not everyone can achieve a chiseled midsection, it is possible to develop strong abdominal muscles, thereby strengthening the back, without spending a lot of money. In fact, you can start doing the following exercises right now, free of charge!

Clearing Up Misconceptions

First of all, let's get something perfectly clear. No amount of crunches or torso twists will get rid of the excess fat that many of us carry around our middles. Regular cardiovascular exercise, on the other hand, will do the trick. And more important than just making us look better, losing fat around the middle is important for keeping the heart healthy.

Technique Is Everything

The single most important thing you can do to correctly train your abdominals is to use proper form. There are many myths and misconceptions when it comes to abdominal training. Here are some points to remember when performing abdominal exercises.

Don't pull on the neck during the movement. Keep the chin a fist's distance from your chest.

Start with the arms across the chest; as your abdominals become stronger, extend the arms behind the head.

Don't throw the body, or use jerking motions to complete the movement. Keep it slow and controlled.

Keep the abdominals pulled in by visualizing your naval pressing down toward the floor. Keep your back flat against the floor.

Always exhale as you contract and inhale as you release.

Variations of the Crunch

The best exercise to tone and strengthen the upper abdominals is also the easiest: the basic crunch. This exercise is performed with knees bent, and back flat on the floor. Raise the chest and shoulders several inches from the ground, exhaling as you come up and inhaling as you release.

To work the obliques, the muscles on the sides of the stomach, perform the crunch at alternating angles, reaching with the shoulder (not the elbow) across the body to the opposite knee. Repeat on the other side.

Finally, to work the lower abdominals, bring the knees up toward the chest, forming a 90 degree angle with the body. Using only the lower abdominals and not the legs or hips, bring the knees slightly toward the chest as you exhale. Return to the starting position. Remember, this is a very small movement. Don't try to bring the knees up to the face.

There are no hard and fast rules as to the number of repetitions you should do of these abdominal exercises. Start with 10 repetitions of each and increase as your abdominals become more conditioned. Twenty-five repetitions of each exercise is a good goal to keep in mind as you train your abdominals. And, with 30 minutes of cardiovascular exercise, three times per week, you'll be on your way to a leaner and healthier midsection

Fitness For Women - Strength Training Takes 10 Years Off

Strength training has a lot of advantages for women, and particularly for women aged 35 to 40 and older. By the age of 40, women generally begin to lose bone density and muscle mass. One study at Tufts University, designed by the author of 'Strong Women Stay Young', Miriam Nelson PH.D, found that instead of losing bone density and muscle mass, the women were 15 to 20 years younger after one year of weight training. They gained bone density, and their strength tests matched women who were in their 30's and 40's.

These women didn't diet, but they did end up looking slimmer. Some lost 1 or 2 dress sizes, and they all replaced fat with muscle. Because muscle weighs more than fat, this is the reason they looked slimmer, though the scales may not have changed much.

The women in this study were all post menopausal, and some of their ages were in the 50's and 60's. They made some remarkable changes in their lives as they got stronger. One woman described going rollerblading with her children. Another went canoeing with her husband. More than any pills or potions, strength training gave these women back a youthfulness some didn't even have to that degree in the first place.

The women in this study used leg weights and free hand weights that were adjustable in their strength training program. They started at a level they were able to - even if this was the lightest weights available. They didn't buy lots of expensive equipment or home gyms, and many of these can be bought second hand with a little research locally. As they developed their strength, they invested in heavier weights.

For the strap on ankle weights, they started with 1 to 3 kilograms in each cuff. The suggested ankle cuffs hold up to 10 kilograms each. The dumbells they used for their arms were adjustable, and they started with 1 or 2 kilograms. The only other equipment they needed was a chair, somewhere to store the weights, and a towel. Because you're working out in your own home you don't need to buy expensive or flashy gym clothes, or worry about feeling the odd one out.

The workout itself is in the book, Stong Women Stay Young. It covers a range of basic exercises that don't take up too much time, which is suggested you do twice a week. Each session takes about 40 minutes including warming up and cooling down.

Tips for women working out with weights at home

* Make sure the area you're working in doesn't have rugs, electrical cords, toys and other items that you can trip over

* Keep your pets and young children away from this area whilst you're working out

* If you're using a chair when you do exercises, make sure it's on a carpet that won't slide around. If you don't have carpet, put the chair against the wall so it stays stable

* If you have problems with your back, you'll need to be careful when you're carrying your free weights around. Take a few trips to carry things if you have to move them in or out of a storage area. And make sure you lift them properly by bending your knees and moving slowly.

* It helps to keep the weights you're not currently using in their container. That way they can't be knocked off by curious children.

* If you're using leg weights, don't walk around with them on. It could affect your balance. And if you trip on something, you are more likely to injure yourself than normal

* Keep the telephone off the hook, and the cellphone off. That way if someone rings you won't be interrupted

* Make sure you have some drinking water nearby in case you get thirsty.

* Don't drink any alcohol, even a little bit, less than a couple of hours before you exercise

* Try and make sure you haven't just eaten a meal before you work out. But by the same token, make sure you're not starving! If you're really hungry, you could become light headed or dizzy when you work out.

* Don't forget to warm up!

* If you're using weights, try doing them in front of a mirror so you can check your posture. You'll get more out of the exercise, and work the right muscles. Sometimes our posture becomes so habitual we don't realize it's not quite right until we see it

* If you're using weights, a good posture means you're chin is down slightly, so that it's aligned with your neck. Your neck is in line with your spine, shoulders are straight and not stiff, back is straight, and your knees are not locked or bent. Your pelvis should be tucked under a little

* When using weights, do the lifts slowly. This really works the muscles instead of letting the motion do the work for you.

* Make sure you pause for a count between lifting the weight up, and lowering it

* Don't hold your breath whilst you're lifting weights. Given that we're contracting muscles, sometimes we unconsciously hold our breaths at the same time. Remember to breath, but don't go the other extreme and hyperventilate!

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Exercise Cellulite Away

A simply analogy that describes cellulite is skin that appears to have a cottage cheese appearance. The lumpy appearance of the skin is actually deposits of fat and/or water that are trapped in the connective tissue beneath the skin. The most common areas for cellulite to develop are on the hips, buttocks, and thighs.

Causes of Cellulite

Cellulite develops from a number of reasons. The main causes though are circulation problems, water retention, and dietary factors that include food additives, chemical preservatives, & hormones. In addition, lack of exercise, excess ingestion of saturated fats and sugar and poor hydration are other factors in developing cellulite.

Reducing or Eliminating the Appearance of Cellulite

There are ways in which you can reduce or even eliminate cellulite. However, to rid your body of this condition will take discipline to exercise. Below is a fitness program to get you on your way to better looking skin.

As with any exercise program, a warm-up is required to reduce the threat of strain or injury on your muscles. A good warm-up exercise could be 15 minutes of aerobic dance, and some general stretching.

After you have done your warm up, you are ready to begin your exercise regiment. The first exercise should be strength exercises or weight training. Start out with lightweights and then as your program progresses, raise the weights to a higher level.

Recommendations for exercise are to do at least 15 minutes of strength exercises. In addition, you should do 10 repetitions of each exercise for the targeted area. After completion of 10 repetitions, you should do a few stretching exercise for about 20 seconds. Stretching out the targeted muscle will increase flexibility and increase strength. Increasing strength will build muscle thus eliminating cellulite.

For example, if your thighs are the problem area, use exercises that are designed for the thighs. These could be leg lefts or side leg lifts. In addition, there is exercise equipment exclusively made for thighs.

If cellulite is on the buttocks, there are a number of ways to eliminate it. Doing lunges or squat exercises would be one way. Moreover, to increase the effects of your exercises, consider adding weights to you ankles or holding weights at your side. Exercise machines are another possibility to get you on your way to reducing or eliminating cellulite.

There is no easy cure for cellulite. Reducing its appearance or eliminating it altogether takes some work and dedication. A good exercise regimen will not only improve your cellulite, it will promote a sense of well being and improved health all around.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

The Top Ten Mistakes People Make in the Gym

This survey of 3,000 fitness professionals points out the biggest mistakes in the gym.

In some cases, these mistakes may simply mean the difference between an effective and an ineffective workout. Other mistakes, however, can be more costly, leading to strain and injury.

Mistakes commonly made in the gym and offers tips to help individuals stay safe during their workout.

Not stretching enough: Stretch immediately following an aerobic activity while your muscles are warm and pliable to prevent injuries.

Lifting too much weight: Never lift more than your muscles can handle. Gradual, progressive resistance is a far more effective -and safe - way to increase muscle strength.

Not warming up prior to activity: Muscles need time to adjust to the new demands aerobic activity places on them. Start slowly and gradually increase intensity.
Not cooling down after any type of workout: Take a few minutes to lower your heart rate and stretch your muscles. This improves flexibility and helps prepare the body for your next workout.

Exercising too intensely: It's more effective to sustain a moderate workout for longer periods of time than to exercise intensely for only a few minutes.
Not drinking enough water: Don't wait until you’re thirsty to drink water - you're already on your way to dehydration. Keep a water bottle close at hand during exercise and throughout the day.

Leaning heavily on a stairstepper:

Leaning on the stairstepper is hard on both the wrists and the back. Lower the intensity to the point at which you can maintain good posture while lightly resting your hands on the rails for balance.

Not exercising intensely enough: Exercise intensely enough to work up a light sweat and get your heart beating in your training zone.

Jerking while lifting weights: When you have to jerk the weight, it's likely you're jerking other muscles as well. This can lead to strain and injury, with the muscles of the back being particularly vulnerable. Control the weight, don't let it control you.

Consuming energy bars and sports drinks during moderate workouts: Unless you're working out for longer than two hours per day, you don't need to supplement with high-energy bars and drinks. (High-energy is often a code word for high-calorie.)

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

There's No Place Like Home

A new study found that obese women are more likely to stick with - and lose more weight on - a home-exercise program as compared to a group-based program.

Researchers at the University of Florida followed the progress of 49 women, aged 40 to 60, who were placed on one of two diet and exercise programs.

Both groups, whose weights averaged greater than 190 pounds, limited their caloric intake to 1,200 per day and attended two-hour group sessions for the first six months to learn about weight management.

These sessions were reduced to every other week during the second six months, and were designed to encourage the participants to discuss their eating and exercise habits, and teach them how to maintain these positive changes.

All participants were told to complete a moderate-intensity walking program, consisting of 30 minutes per day, five days per week.

The group-exercise participants engaged in three supervised group walking sessions per week (this was reduced to two for the second six months); they were responsible for walking on their own the other two days. The home exercisers had the option of exercising whenever and wherever they desired.

The researchers attributed the drop in exercise adherence by the group-based exercisers to the restrictive nature of having to use a single, designated site at predetermined times.

''The greater convenience and flexibility of home-based exercise may produce higher levels of exercise participation,'' say the researchers.

It should be noted that previous studies have shown that consultation with, and support from, health and fitness professionals - in addition to an exercise program -help people lose weight and stick with their program.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

The King of Johns: A conversation with Dick Enrico

Dick Enrico's friendly grin may be the best-known face in Twin Cities bathrooms. Enrico, who is the chief executive of fitness-equipment retailer 2nd Wind Exercise, is the star of advertising posters in more than 400 restrooms locally. We asked him what it's like to be the face of bathroom ads.

Q What do you say to people who wouldn't think of selling their products in restrooms?

A I think it's one of the best-kept secrets out there. Here's the issue, in the minds of advertisers who don't utilize it: They perceive restrooms as being beneath their dignity. My rebuttal to that is this: You show me a customer that doesn't need to use the restroom and chances are he's a candidate for the Welander Quist funeral home. I don't care if you're the president of the United States, at some point you will have to use the restroom.

Q Do you ever get recognized in public restrooms?

A It happens all the time. I can tell you a funny story. For years I've dominated the restrooms at the State Fair. I'm in every restroom. So a couple years ago I'm walking the grounds and the call came for myself personally, so I go to the closest men's restroom and the place is packed -- I mean packed. And I look up and every single ad in there is one of myself. Rarely do I feel intimidated or uncomfortable but I felt uncomfortable. So I wait my turn and muscle in up next to the trough. So I'm looking straight ahead at myself and so is everybody else. And I can just feel the energy in these two dudes on each side of me. So the dude on the left finishes up sooner and he spins around, and he's so damn excited he can hardly wait to tell his wife.

Q How lucrative is restroom advertising for 2nd Wind?

A It's hard to measure. We have an adage, though: When you're everywhere you don't have to be anywhere. And we're everywhere.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Average Heart Rate

The Average Heart Rate function calculates your average heart rate during your last workout. You can use this measurement to determine the effectiveness of your exercise program and see your progress. For example, if your goal is to lose weight, then your average heart rate should in most of your exercise sessions be toward the lower end of your OwnZone limits. If your goal is to improve aerobic conditioning, then your average heart rate should be higher.

After finishing your workout, check your Average Heart Rate. If it is too low for the goal you want to achieve, then you should exercise harder next time.

You can also use Average Heart Rate to check changes in your physical condition. If you exercised for 30 minutes in your target zone at an average heart rate of 150bpm and then exercised a bit harder or longer in the following week, yet your average heart rate is the same. This means that your fitness is improving. Because the more fit you are, the more you can do at the same average heart rate. Accordingly, if your average heart rate lowers with the same pace and conditions, it is a sign that you are improving.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Exercise Lowers Breast Cancer Risk

Although the evidence that regular exercise lowers colon cancer risk is firm, data indicating physical activities reduce breast cancer risk was regarded as unclear, in the Harvard Report on Cancer Prevention, published in November 1996. Now we have an impressively large study that strongly supports the value of physical activities in leisure and work time, to provide significant reduction in breast cancer risk.

The study involved more than 25,000 women, followed for nearly 14 years by Inge Thune, M.D., and colleagues at the University of Tromso in Norway. There were 351 cases of breast cancer during this period, and when the characteristics of these women and the cancer-free women were compared at the end of the follow-up, researchers came to these conclusions:

There was a 37% reduction in breast cancer risk among women who exercised regularly.

Biggest risk reduction occurred in lean women, women under 45 years old, and women who exercised regularly for three to five years.

Risk was also reduced by higher levels of physical activity at work, and younger women benefited the most.

While there is not a definite mechanism to explain these data, researchers believe an explanation is connected with the effect of physical activities on sex hormone concentrations and energy balance (calories in versus calories out).

Although there is a strong family history link in breast cancer (at least for susceptibility), breast cancer is one of numerous cancers that shows a strong link to lifestyle factors. The women who exercised in the study tended to have more education, higher income, smoked less, drank less alcohol, ate fewer calories, and ate less fat. All these factors may influence the incidence of breast cancer.

We cannot stress too strongly the importance of the Race for the Cure campaign. This new study underlines the value of this effort.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Exercise and Prostate Problems

Running may help prevent running to the bathroom at night, at least for men. Interrupting an otherwise perfectly good night of sleep, many older men head for the bathroom multiple times at night, due to benign prostatic hyperplasia. An enlarged prostate gland can cause lower urinary tract symptoms including difficult and frequent urination, problems familiar to many older men. However, exercising men suffer prostrate problems less as a group than sedentary men do.

According to new research, physical activity is inversely related to prostate problems-good news for all you middle-aged and older runners. Several thousand men aged 40 to 75 at baseline were observed. At the end of the observation period data was collected on the incidence of prostate surgery and prostate symptoms and correlated with exercise habits. Once again, exercisers are the winners with an incidence of prostate problems 25% lower than that of sedentary men. The list of good reasons to run just keeps getting longer.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Even One Run Lowers Blood Pressure

If you ever need additional reassurance that running is good for what ails you or what someday may ail you: the evidence is everywhere. New research shows that even one 45-minute session on a treadmill lowers blood pressure significantly. Even more impressive, the results last for at least 24 hours.

This study put 11 very out-of-shape men-overweight, sedentary, with moderately high blood pressure, aged 49 to 67-to the test. Systolic blood pressure was reduced during the entire 24-hour period following the run. Give yourself a pat on the back for maintaining an exercise habit and inspiring others to get moving.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Exercise and Cancer Treatment

Add another one to your list of the benefits of exercise. One of the most uplifting and inspiring moments of 1999, the past decade, even the last 100 years, was the recent vision of Lance Armstrong winning what is probably the most grueling of all athletic events, the Tour de France. Armstrong's win came on the heels of diagnosis, surgery, and chemotherapy for testicular cancer and throughout it all Armstrong kept cycling.

With over eight million cancer survivors, researchers are now studying quality of life issues for patients in treatment. Overwhelmingly studies have concluded that exercise has a positive effect on physical and functional well being and side effects of treatment, as well as psychological and emotional well being of cancer patients. For someone who has spent a lifetime being athletic, having cancer could have the double blow of taking health and exercise away from what you take for granted in life. Not only does that not need to be the case, but continuing to exercise can help cancer patients in multiple ways.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Don't Quit, Now or Later

So, you run for fitness, eat right, and try to keep work stress to a minimum? Don't stop. Your body won't forgive you. Even if you used to be a runner, your heart does not have such a long memory. It's far more interested in what you're doing right now. New research, gleaning more pearls from the Framingham Heart Study, studied the difference in mortality between two observational periods separated by 16 years. Estimates of physical activity during the earlier period were compared to estimates of physical activity in the later period, and overall mortality.

The men and women who were very active in the second period had a much lower risk of dying compared to those who were the least active in the same period. How active either group was in the earlier period didn't make a hoot of difference. The good news for active people who stick with exercise is that you carry your benefits into the future as long as you remain active. The very good news is for those who haven't been active-it's never too late to start.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Exercise Doesn't Hurt During Early Pregnancy

Does exercise increase the risk of spontaneous abortion during the first trimester of pregnancy? Not according to a study by James Clapp, III, M.D., at the University of Vermont in Burlington. There was no evidence of an increase in any kind of abnormality, compared to a control group of healthy women who did not work out regularly.

In early pregnancy, intense activity could cause changes in heart response, temperature regulation, and hormone balance. Some experts feared these could increase the risk of spontaneous abortion, and other undesirable events. Clapp found no grounds for these fears.

There’s no evidence to suggest that women in good health who are already enjoying an exercise program shouldn’t continue their activity during early pregnancy. They should be guided by common sense, and modify the duration and intensity of exercise according to individual circumstances and their doctor’s advice. As long as medical checkups are satisfactory, exercise can be continued.

"Fit and active women have toned and healthy bodies, and are therefore better prepared to withstand the challenges of pregnancy," adds American Running Editorial Board Member Kim Edward LeBlanc, M.D.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Physically Active Teens Stay Out of Trouble

Teenagers who stay active, participating in anything from football to skateboarding, are less likely than their sedentary peers to smoke, drink or take other health risks, new research shows.

Much has been made about the importance of exercise in fighting the swelling problem of childhood obesity. But just as important are the effects regular physical activity can have on kids’ behavior, according to Dr. Penny Gordon-Larsen, the lead author of the new study.

There are clearly benefits to exercise other than weight control, said Gordon-Larsen, an assistant professor of nutrition at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.

And kids who spend their free time in front of the TV are missing out on those benefits, she added.

"It’s clear that there can be adverse effects of watching TV." Gordon-Larsen said, pointing to research that has linked violent or sexual content in television shows to kids’ behavior.

But beyond whatever effects media may have, she said, children who spend their free time on the couch miss out on the socialization, team work and skill development that comes with being active.

Among the nearly 12,000 middle- and high-school students in her study, those who were physically active were less likely than their couch-potato peers to smoke, drink, use drugs or have sex. Also, they often had higher self-esteem and better grades.

"Across the board, children who engaged in any kind of activity were better off than kids who watched a lot of TV." said Gordon-Larsen.

The findings, which are published in Pediatrics, also show that activity does not simply mean traditional sports.

Kids who favored "alternative" activities, like skateboarding, had higher self-esteem and were less prone to taking health risks, Gordon-Larsen pointed out.

The bottom line for parents, according to the researcher, is that they should encourage their kids to pursue whatever physical activities they happen to enjoy.

If mom and dad can handle a skateboard themselves, even better. Teens in the study who engaged in sports and exercise with their parents were particularly likely to stay on the straight and narrow.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

2nd Wind exercise equipment - treadmills and home gyms

2nd Wind Exercise Equipment is one of the top five fitness dealers in the USA with a number of branded manufacturers on their supplier list including Stairmaster, Trimline and Life Fitness. In its first few years the company made money by selling used equipment but it has now become one of the largest fitness distributors in the Midwest. Second Wind Exercise Equipment, founded in 1992 by Dick Enrico, distributes elliptical trainers, treadmills, exercise bikes and home gyms from 65 retail stores throughout seven states.

Life Fitness exercise equipment tends to get mostly very good reviews by consumers. Life Fitness is popular due to the commercial quality of their exercise equipment, in particular the exercise bikes. These come with many features that are usually only found in gym equipment. Unfortunately this quality comes at a fairly hefty price.

Trimline manufacture mid-range treadmills mainly for use in the home. They also produce elliptical trainers. Trimline treadmills range from the cheaper low-end retail machines to the slightly pricey high-end machines. These tend to stand out from the rest in these categories for two main reasons: more features for your money and stability of the design. Prices range from $600 to $15,000.

Much of their revenue comes from distributing exercise equipment to corporations, rehab centers, universities, apartment complexes and hotels. They also sell new or used exercise equipment so you can find most of the above brands at discounted prices. Prices tend to be mid-range with residential equipment ranging from $350 to $2,500.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

2nd Wind Exercise Equipment...for the serious exerciser out there

Now, those who know me know that while I love a bargain I am not loathe to pay a full price for an item that it worth it. BUT....I must be brutally honest when I say that when I first saw the prices on the equipment at 2nd Wind I was a bit taken aback. I mean I have two boys to keep in shoes...and a dog who LOVES her special formula dog food. I really can't afford the high end prices this establishment has on their wares.

Honestly, while I did think the prices were high I spoke to a friend who is "into" working out and he assured me that although the prices are more than you find at the local conglomerate down the road, the products offered at 2nd wind are of great quality and actually are a bargain at the prices they have listed. So I swallowed my fear of stickers with numbers higher than my address and checked out some more of their merchandise.

While I eventually found that most of the merchandise isn't geared for "casual" exercisers like me, they are in fact great quality items and I can see after some checking out that they do in fact fill a need for some...just not for me.

So I urge you to check out 2nd Wind being cognizant of the fact that the merchandise is in fact a bit expensive. And if you do, drop me a line and let me know what you purchased.......I am always eager to hear what others see that I have maybe missed! happy shopping and have a great time with your new exercise equipment...me, I think I'll stick with my good old jump rope! ;-)

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Pacemaster Treadmill Intelligence

Pacemaster treadmills offer the complete fitness and exercise solution. Pacemaster’s unique interactive programming not only evaluates users current fitness level, but can also help users to set goals and design custom programs to make those goals a reality.

Pacemaster treadmills offer a range of features. This includes real time feedback/monitoring and motivation on time, distance, calories and heart rate. Pacemaster treadmill offers variable intensity warm up and cool down with the ability to change intensity levels during workout. Pacemaster treadmill assesses the current fitness level of the user, compares it to the fitness standards and allows the user to track the progress. These features give Pacemaster treadmills an intelligence that no other treadmills can beat.

Pacemaster treadmills are built to last for years and years. They combine state-of-the-art workout technology with superior components and construction. Pacemaster provides users with the safest and most durable treadmill available.

The premiere series of Pacemaster treadmill incorporates 5 models: Pacemaster ProSelect treadmill, Pacemaster ProElite treadmill, Pacemaster Bronze Basic treadmill, Pacemaster Silver Select treadmill and Pacemaster Platinum ProClub treadmill.

Pacemaster ProSelect treadmill offers a 2.75HP motor, 180 lbs user weight capacity, running surface up to 20" x 50.5", incline up to 15%, maximum speed up to 11 mph, 9 preset programs, 4 user programs and 3 HRC programs to bring variations in the workouts. It offers a warranty of 5 years on motor, 3 years on parts and one year on labor. This treadmill model costs around $2295.

Pacemaster ProElite treadmill offers a 3HP motor, maximum speed of 12 mph, incline up to 15% and running area up to 20" x 58". This model of Pacemaster treadmill costs over $2000. Pacemaster ProElite treadmill can accommodate runners up to 350 pounds. Features 17 different running programs, four of which are heart rate programs, nine are presets and remaining 4 programs are for manual customization required by users. This Pacemaster treadmill offers a ton of displayed information which can confuse the novice runner at the time of initial use.

Pacemaster Bronze Basic treadmill offers a 3HP motor, maximum speed up to 11 mph, incline up to 15% and a maintenance-free whisper-quiet 10,000-mile texglide belt with a lubricant-treated underside that reduces friction to extend the life of the belt. This model provides all the performance that users need in a straight forward and easy to use format. Four LED windows in this Pacemaster treadmill provide users with constant performance feedback throughout the workout. It offers lifetime warranty on frame, 12 years warranty on motor, 5 years warranty on parts and 1 year warranty on labor. This model costs around $1699.

Pacemaster Silver Select treadmill features sophisticated electronics and programming options that mark it as incredible. This model has 7 pre-programmed workouts with adjustable intensities and times, 4 heart rate programs and 2 user custom programs allowing variations for lots of variety in workouts. This model provides 3HP motor, running surface up to 20 by 54 inches, maximum speed up to 11 mph, incline up to 15% and 350 lbs user weight capacity. It offers a lifetime warranty for frame, 12 years on parts and 1 year on labor.

For the serious runners and for those who want decade-long reliability, Pacemaster Platinum ProClub treadmill is available with an unparalleled warranty for residential use. This treadmill model provides 3HP motor, running surface up to 20" x 60", maximum speed of 12 mph, incline up to 15% and 400 lbs user weight capacity. For light institutional it offers warranty of 2 years on parts and 1 year on labor. For residential use the warranty is of 12 years on motor, 10 years on parts and 1 year on labor. This treadmill is designed for small commercial gyms, hotels and residential use. This model of Pacemaster treadmill costs $2699.

Pacemaster treadmill has its cutting edge technology focused to meet the fitness goals of users. Combination of technology and programs has marked it incredible and meets all the performance requirements of users during workouts.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Top Ten Reasons to Get Hooked on Weightlifting

Why do some men and women, in the effort to improve their fitness, still resist weightlifting? Here are some motivating ideas for building weightlifting and helping you understand why this method of exercise is so very important to your success…

1. Lift weights to lose fat: One of the biggest mistakes people make when starting an exercise and nutrition program is not including a weightlifting program with their cardiovascular exercise and low-fat eating regimen. This is unfortunate because when we cut calories without exercise, we can lose muscle as well as fat. And when you lose muscle, your body becomes a lot less efficient at burning fat. However, when you gain muscle, you can actually condition your body to burn fat more efficiently...24 hours a day!

2. You feel strong and fit: It's a great feeling when you look in the mirror during your workouts and see your back muscles, biceps, shoulders, and legs flexing. If you're unsure about proper lifting technique, hire a personal trainer for a few sessions. The money you invest is well worth it, as is the time and energy you put towards an effective program. And weightlifting can definitely increases your confidence. It's a wonderful feeling to feel strong, especially after a workout. You look forward to looking in the mirror, and actually like what you see.

3. You have more energy: Even if you're just starting out with a few basic weightlifting exercises, very quickly you won't believe how fantastic you'll feel. Instead of making an excuse to skip your workout, you'll make excuses to do just one more set. Plus, with the excess fat you're going to lose, there will be less of you to lug around and therefore less fatigue.

4. You’ll finally see the results: Knowing what to do makes all the difference. Many people go to the gym for months – even years – and wonder why they're not getting any results. Well, it's because they're doing the same darn workout every time.

This is a critical point: you can either quit out of frustration, or you can become a sponge for knowledge and get some help. Get your hands on fitness magazines, books, the trainers at the gym, ask other successful exercisers, or hire a coach. Learn what you need to do to make your program successful. Acquiring the knowledge and getting help is all you need to get hooked.

At first you may question what you're doing: are you going to get too big, are you wasting your time, how do you know this will work? But then you see other men and women who have been weightlifting for years and they look terrific. Here's the telltale sign that your program is working: you start to see definition and feel firmness in muscles you never thought you had.

5. You won't get bored: I suspect many people don't lift weights because they think it will be boring. Just remember to change your routine every 3-4 weeks to keep things fresh and your body responding to your training. Change the reps, the sets, the weight, the rest period, the exercise order, etc. Training only gets boring if you allow it to.

6. You have everyday, functional strength: Weight training does wonders to help you with activities of daily living: Housework, yard work, moving furniture, and carrying bags of groceries without gasping for air and pooping out within minutes. If you have a medical condition such as arthritis or multiple sclerosis, lifting weights can be a godsend. You can rely on weightlifting to keep you strong where once all your strength was gone.

7. You have a stronger back: Juggling a 30-pound toddler and a few bags of groceries while pulling out the stroller can put your back in a compromising position. When you lift weights, you strengthen your upper and lower body, which reduces strain on your back when you're forced to lift heavy loads. Plus, don't you think it would feel really good to walk around knowing that your back is as tight and toned as your legs?

8. You can train at home: Have you been putting off getting started with your weightlifting program because you felt you had to belong to a gym? You can implement a very effective weightlifting program no matter where you are. Invest in some dumbbells and an adjustable bench and you're set. Get some exercise videos or books that focus on strength training; now you can lift weights on your own anytime you like.

9. You can get rid of pain: Do you have limited range of motion in your joints? A bad knee? A wrenched neck? Bum shoulder? Weightlifting promotes strength in your joints so you have ease of movement. That old knee problem improves enough for you to can go hiking in the mountains for days without pain. No pain, more endurance. You can do more outdoorsy things - and have fun while doing them!

10. You build stronger bones: Bone responds to weightlifting the same way that muscles do, by becoming stronger and denser. Building strong bones can be the best defense against osteoporosis. You're more active, more mobile, and without lower back pain. And age doesn't matter; you can start when you're 65 and still experience tremendous benefits from a weightlifting program. IT IS NEVER TOO LATE TO START A WEIGHTLIFTING PROGRAM!

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Putting on the Pounds

No, you didn't misread the title. Believe it or not, there are some people who are looking to put pounds on. They want, maybe even need, to gain weight. Since most people spend much of their lives figuring out ways to shed their extra pounds, the concept of underweight may be difficult to comprehend. However, if you're a part of the minority population that has tried everything they can to gain weight, you know that it can be just as difficult for underweight people to add pounds as it is for overweight people to take them off.

Who Needs To Gain Weight?

The term underweight is generally used to describe two kinds of people: those whose weight is considered below normal, but are still healthy, and those whose low weights are cause for significant health concerns. The latter group is at high risk for respiratory diseases, tuberculosis, digestive disorders and some cancers, and women are more likely to become infertile or give birth to unhealthy babies. A consultation with their physicians is recommended for these people before they embark on a program to gain weight.

Individuals in the former category may range from young football players who wish to create a stronger presence on the field to older adults living ordinary lives. These people usually have a genetic predisposition to thinness, and it is important that they keep this in mind when implementing strategies for gaining weight; they won't be able to change their physiology, but they may be able to enhance it.

Nutrition Strategies

A useful rule of thumb is that in order to gain 1 pound of body weight per week, you should consume an additional 500 calories per day above the amount you typically consume. This number varies from person to person (depending on such factors as weight and metabolism), but you get the idea: Eating more than normal is a must if you want to gain weight.

Boost your calories by consistently consuming three larger-than-normal meals a day plus two or more snacks during the mid-morning and mid-afternoon. Try to eat foods that are high in calories, but remember to stay away from saturated fats such as cheese, beef, butter and bacon. It's best to stick to a high-carbohydrate, low-fat diet that you modify to include larger quantities.

This also applies to your intake of protein. Many athletes seeking to gain muscle use protein powders and amino acid supplements. This isn't necessary if you eat the recommended amount of dietary protein (15 percent to 20 percent of daily calories), which is less expensive than buying supplements. To be sure that you are sensibly increasing your caloric intake, make an appointment with a registered dietitian who can help you plan your meals.

The Key

In order to ensure that the extra calories you are eating don't simply turn into gained pounds of fat, it is crucial that you make strength training your primary form of exercise. If you rely only on eating calorie-dense foods to gain weight, you will only gain fat — not likely the change you are looking for. Strength training will convert the extra calories you consume into muscle growth that will enhance your appearance as well as your performance in daily activities and athletics.

Be Patient

Putting on weight can be a hard and often slow task, but if you consistently eat large meals and participate in strength training, the payoff should be worth both the wait and the work.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Elliptical Cross Training

What is cross training?

With more fitness tools available than ever before, today it is easy to cross train, or incorporate variety in workouts such as jogging on Mondays and Wednesdays and lifting weights and swimming on Tuesdays and Thursdays. Or it can be spending 15 minutes each on a stationary cycle, elliptical cross trainer and treadmill for a 45-minute session.

Varying workouts ultimately produces the best outcomes-whether that means losing weight, running a race or playing a better golf game.

Breaking habits

Why not just do same exercise routine day in and out? Because performing the exact exercise routine over time actually can hinder progress.

According to the specific adaptations to imposed demands (S.A.I.D.) principle, the body adapts over time to the demands imposed on it. By repeating the same exercises, the neuromuscular system becomes stronger and better coordinated-so that eventually the body is more energy-efficient at that activity. As efficiency increases, caloric expenditure can drop by as much as 25 percent-which can result in less effective workouts and plateaus.

Therefore, cross training is instrumental to continually challenge the body and deliver results.

Benefits of cross training

In addition to sustaining physiological progress, cross training leads to a myriad of other benefits:

Better overall fitness level
No single activity can yield all the potential benefits of exercise such as better cardiovascular health, stronger muscles and bones, enhanced flexibility and lower body fat.
Reduced risk of injury
Excessive repetition in one activity can lead to overuse injuries. Distributing the exercise stress throughout the body results in a stronger, more balanced system.
Improved athletic performance
Peak performance in virtually all physical activities involves more than just one physical attribute. So a sprinter still benefits from weight training to build overall strength.
Enhanced motivation and reduced boredom
Trying new activities can prevent burnout and keep exercisers committed over the long haul.

Cross training within one machine

Introduced in 1995, the elliptical cross trainer is currently the fastest-growing piece of fitness equipment, with its usage increasing five-fold in the last eight years. A cardiovascular machine breakthrough, ellipticals combine the motion of a cross-country machine and a stairclimber-with the feet traveling in an egg-shaped, or elliptical, motion-delivering a weight-bearing, easy-on-the-joints, simple to use, effective workout unlike any other fitness product.

Also, today's units are unique because they easily facilitate cross training on the same machine by allowing for forward and backward motion and including arms for synchronized, total-body movement. Studies have shown that total-body elliptical cross trainers engage numerous muscles, including the gluteals, hamstrings, quadriceps, calves, pectorals, lats, deltoids, biceps and triceps in a natural, closed kinetic chain-unlike any other modalities such as treadmills, stationary cycles or stairclimbers. Plus, core musculature strength and stability are constantly taxed on a total-body machine, as exercisers must recruit the abdominals and lower back to maintain balance.

Another benefit is that total-body ellipticals may not feel as intense as other machines due to the movement's low impact nature and dispersion of effort throughout the entire body. Furthermore, simulating realistic motions such as walking or running on a total-body elliptical cross trainer can lead to "transferable" gains that help improve performance of everyday activities. Ellipticals also may enhance balance, coordination and fluidity of motion-all of which play a critical role in activities of daily living.

The bottom line is a more intense workout with greater oxygen and muscular demands and caloric expenditure-all at a lower overall perceived exertion level and with practical application.

Revolutionizing elliptical workouts

Octane Fitness has revolutionized cross training with its innovative, exclusive X-Mode+™ and GluteKicker™ programs on its total-body elliptical cross trainers. No other machine on the market benefits exercisers with these intense cross training workouts that fuel the ultimate regimen that delivers results.

The X-Mode+™, easily activated during any workout with the touch of a button, delivers instructions in a randomly generated sequence for maximum physical and mental stimulation. One-minute intervals of X-Mode+™ commands are followed by two minutes of standard elliptical motion striding forward and using the upper body. This type of interval training not only boosts caloric expenditure but also annihilates monotony and makes workouts virtually fly by.

The X-Mode+™ is like a virtual personal trainer-prompting a variety of movements that keep the body working effectively at all times:

Push/Arms emphasizes the pectorals and triceps and focuses exerciser on actively working arms.
Pull/Arms biceps and lats are worked as exerciser concentrates on pulling motion
Reverse reminds exercisers to pedal backwards to shift muscular emphasis more heavily from gluteals and hamstrings to quadriceps and calves.
Squat bending knees slightly increases load on glutes and quadriceps
Lower Body Only allows for upper body recovery and challenges exerciser to sustain pace with legs only.
Fast pushes exercisers to speed up to 50-60 rpm to raise intensity
Slow recovery period of 30-40 rpm allows heart rate and respiratory rate to come down slightly, allowing for slower, deeper oxygen intake and elimination of carbon dioxide.
Lean Back by grabbing stationary handlebars and leaning back slightly, exerciser shifts muscle focus to quadriceps.
Building on the X-Mode+™ is the GluteKicker™, an aggressive program that focuses exclusively and intensely on the gluteals, hips, quadriceps and hamstrings. In the GluteKicker™, four commands appear randomly-reverse, squat, fast and lean back-for one minute. After a one-minute recovery, the lower-body emphasis begins again-making this an optimal workout to blast the hips, butt and thighs.

Fueling workouts

Clearly, cross training is the most effective way to train. Taking advantage of an elliptical cross trainer provides unique options all within one workout on one machine-which just is not possible on any other cardiovascular piece. With the X-Mode+™ and GluteKicker™, Octane Fitness machines incorporate beneficial variety that keeps exercisers fueled and fit, workout after workout.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Elliptical Machines Research

When it comes to elliptical machines, all definitely have a distinct motion and feel-which both are critical factors that influence whether you look forward to or dread and eventually give up on your elliptical machines exercises.

Because of our commitment to deliver the best, most effective elliptical machines, Octane Fitness dedicates significant resources to biomechanics and ergonomic research. Rather than just replicate existing elliptical machines, we strive to surpass others by carefully examining how the body moves naturally and thoughtfully considering how we can best accommodate all types of exercisers.

We invest in numerous tools, such as sophisticated motion analysis software, solid elliptical machines modeling, comprehensive testing, video analysis and human interface studies with input from biomechanists, engineers, medical professionals, personal trainers and exercisers.

And we've teamed up with the Department of Human Performance at Minnesota State University to conduct scientific studies of how our elliptical machines affect the body and how particular innovations could even further enhance elliptical machines.

Ultimately, this dedication to research is what separates us from the rest-and helps you get the results you're after.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Regular Exercise Key to Healthy Heart

Regular exercise is as important to a healthy heart as quitting smoking, lowering blood cholesterol and controlling blood pressure.

What kind of exercise you do isn't as important as doing something several times a week, week after week, month after month and year after year.

Studies show that as little as 30 minutes a day of moderately vigorous physical activity, such as yardwork, housecleaning or climbing stairs, significantly reduces your risk of heart disease.

Find activities that are convenient and fun, and make them a regular part of your life.

Why does exercise help?

Exercise helps to control blood pressure, improve cholesterol, fat and blood sugar metabolism. It prevents obesity, slows the clotting rate of the blood and reduces stress.

All of these factors help to prevent artery disease, or atherosclerosis—a gradual build-up of deposits and plaque on the artery walls.

Plaque can eventually break off and trigger the formation of blood clots, which may block blood flow, possibly leading to a heart attack or stroke. By slowing the rate of plaque deposits , exercise helps to keep arteries healthy.

Is exercise dangerous?

Not likely. However, strenuous activity can precipitate a heart attack—most likely in someone with artery disease or other heart problem.

How do you know if you have artery disease? Good question. There is no precise way to know. Exercise stress tests can be helpful, but are expensive, not always accurate, which can lead to further testing in many healthy people with false positive results.

Nevertheless, stress tests are recommended for men over 40 and women over 50 who have been inactive and are beginning a strenuous exercise program.

They are also recommended for people with cardiovascular risk factors, including high cholesterol, high blood pressure, and chest pain.

To make your workouts low-risk, use the following guidelines:

Consult with your doctor before starting any exercise program.

Exercise regularly. It's easier on your body. Warm up and cool down. A slow but steady buildup in exercise intensity allows the cardiovascular system to adjust to the demands of rigorous activity. A good cool down helps your system adjust back to resting level. Mild to moderate exercise intensity is safer than a more vigorous workout.

Listen to your body and heed warning signs, such as chest pain or pressure, abnormal heart rhythms or dizziness. While these symptoms are often caused by something other than heart disease, it's best to be safe and check them out.
Does regular exercise guarantee a healthy heart?

There are few guarantees in life except death and taxes, someone said once. Alas, regular vigorous exercise is no guarantee to a heart disease-free organ.

Physical fitness reduces, but doesn't eliminate, cardiovascular risk. Heart disease can occur in people with no risk factors. Stay active, eat wisely and get regular checkups.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

How to Sell Ellipticals: It's all about fit and feel

Ever since the concept of an elliptical trainer was introduced in the mid-1990s, the equipment's popularity has grown exponentially. And no wonder: They are non-impact and the movement feels quite natural (like running or walking). Add upper body arms and your customer could have a non-impact, full-body workout that can satisfy everyone from total beginners to very advanced exercisers. Although they still haven't dethroned the treadmill as the equipment king, elliptical trainers are edging closer and may be worth showing and explaining to customers who either don't know about ellipticals or have come in asking about treadmills – just because it is yet another option for their consideration.

Why is it called an elliptical?

With a curious customer, this could explain it all: an "ellipse" pattern sort of looks like a squashed circle or a bit like anegg. If you look at the movement of the feet from the side of someone on an elliptical, they are following that flatter circular pattern. The flatter the circle, the less the "bounce" or height in mid-stride someone will achieve; the higher the circle is, the more bouncy the movement will feel (more like a stepper almost). Some people will like the flatter and more even stride, while some will actually enjoy the fun of the bounciness.

How does it feel?

Someone may ask you which one is "best," but that is impossible to say really. Although certain models will be very adaptable to everybody and may feel good to more people, the smoothness, length of the stride, amount of bounce, distance of the arms from the exerciser, positioning of the console, and programs available, among other features could sway someone's comfort and opinion.

Typically, the shorter the machine in physical length from stem to stern, the bouncier the stride will be (since the egg shape has to shorten too), while the longer the machine is, the flatter the movement will be – but not always. More and more companies are coming out with mechanics that allow shorter ellipticals to still have flatter patterns.

Key: Get a customer on various machines and let them ride each one for a few minutes so they can experience the difference and decide what feels good to their body. Remember, if there is more than one user in the household – especially if the users are of varied height and build – is important for them both to try the machines to agree on the feel that is best for them both.

Will it fit in the house?

Some ellipticals can be nearly as much of a space-hog as a treadmill, requiring as much as 7 feet or so in length, so be sure a customer is aware of measurements. The height of the ceiling in the room the elliptical will be used in may be even more important. Because of the up-and-down movement provided by the rounder elliptical pattern, a user can be thrust higher mid-stride – perhaps too high for low-ceiling rooms, attics or basement areas. Newer models and some brands have worked on this issue, introducing machines that are "low-profile" because of foot platforms that remain lower and therefore don't push a user so high upward.

Key: Ask customers what room they are thinking of for their elliptical and how high the ceiling. We know of a woman who actually ordered an elliptical and had it delivered, only to find it was too big for her small, low-ceiling basement. Save yourself and the customer time, energy and disappointment.

Does a user want or need a full-body workout?

Many models these days have upper-body arms that attach to the sides of the front shroud and allow an exerciser to hold onto them and pull back and forth for additional upper-body exercise. This can be great for someone who normally doesn't get an upper-body workout and it may not be so great if someone regularly lifts weights. Some brands even have cues built in to some programs telling a user to pull or push to vary the upper-body workout, and at least one allows a user to stop the arm motion (a back-and-forth swinging that can be annoying if unused) if they don't want to use the arms.

Make sure the arms are easily held by the user without unnecessary reaching or straining. And if a customer may not always use the arms, make sure there are stationary bars for them to hold onto.

Rear drive vs. front drive – does it matter?

It's still all about feel, no matter where the drive is. What does matter is the overall size and the consumer's room space constraints since many rear-drive ellipticals (the ones with the mechanism in the back covered by a large shroud) can be quite demanding of space. Ellipticals with a front drive – the foot platforms seem to just hang out from the shroud under the console – can take less space, but it's also important that customers are aware of the moving platforms can endanger small kids or animals if they get too close when someone is on the elliptical working out. That risk can be minimized simply by telling the consumer to place the elliptical appropriately in the room so a pet or child cannot slip behind a user without his or her knowledge.

Other fit issues to check during a sale:

Console -- The console, its controls and buttons should be within easy reach without straining.
Foot platforms – They should be large enough to move the feet forward or backward or in or out as needed for comfort; however, they should not be so wide apart that a user is forced to stand with feet farther apart than hips, putting a constant strain on glutes, hips, low back and knees. (Note: This can be especially problematic for women who normally have narrower hips, as well as legs that "angle in" slightly at the knee. Foot placement that is too wide adds extra torque in the wrong places to the lower body.)

Stride length - Ranges offered vary from about 14 to 22 inches. If a customer has longer legs or is tall, they'll want one with a longer stride length. Some runners may also prefer a longer stride length. A few brands allow a user to vary the length.

Body lean – Exercisers should feel as if they are walking or running naturally and very fluidly, and should not feel as if they are being forced to lean forward or backward -- or to unnaturally tense any lower-body or foot muscles to keep balanced.
Step-up height – With the height of foot platforms on some, users may have to step up pretty high to get on -- perhaps intimidating or awkward, especially if a user is short or if the elliptical is for someone who is older or less stable. Some foot platforms are low enough for more comfortable access.
Other variables worth pointing out:

Resistance settings – Variable enough to accommodate the user, from very easy to quite hard, and setting variability should be wide enough to accommodate needs as someone gets more fit or for others who may use the machine in the same household.
Heart-rate monitoring – As with most machines, there are two types, grip or telemetry. "Grip" means a user holds onto a specific place on handles with each hand and the pulse transmits to the console for readout. Sometimes movement can make these less accurate, just as can cold hands or poor circulation.

"Telemetry" means a user wears a chest strap that reads a heart beat and the heart rate is displayed on the console. This feature can be quite motivating and educational for many users.

Motivation -- Computerized controls, visual feedback and programs –Does a user need motivation, such as a machine that will update progress and "cheer" on a user to different goals? Some brands have an array of pre-set programs that simulate hill climbing and different types of workouts, including use of upper-body arms, so a user doesn't have to think about it him- or herself – a bit like a built-in personal trainer. Some also allow a user to input customized programs.

Affordability – Price can be a huge factor. Someone may be willing to trade up several hundred dollars if they are getting better fit and features. Above all else, don't sell on price, but on fit, feel and features.

Console amenities – It may seem like a minor detail, but someplace to put a water bottle, cell phone or pager, book or other necessities is pretty important.

Power - Is it self-generating (no plug in required) or electrical? Make sure you know there is a plug nearby where the consumer is planning on putting the elliptical, if that's what they choose.

Because the feel and fit are so important with an elliptical, encourage your customer to wear comfortable shoes and get on the machine(s) he or she is considering for at least 5 minutes. Then and only then will they know if it feels right.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Exercise May Improve Learning

Did you know that exercise may help you learn better? Researchers are discovering numerous ways in which exercise may enhance learning in animals. In a paper published in the Journal of Sports Science and Medicine (2003, 2, 106-109), researcher Nasser Ahmadias and colleagues found that exercise improved the performance of rats in learning a water maze. Their explanation for the improved learning was that there were increased levels of epinephrine, a neurotransmitter in the brain, which helped to enhance learning.

For humans, this could be the beginning of a whole new reason to exercise. A good workout followed by a study session may be the best way to retain the information. Or think about elevating that heart rate before going into your next meeting so that you can preserve more of the presented information. There is a lot more research that has to be done to verify that exercise will have the same effect on learning in humans as rats, but it can’t hurt to jump the gun and give it a try.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Life Fitness Ellipticals are Among the Best

The Life Fitness company makes six different models. They are the Life Fitness Elliptical X3, the Life Fitness Elliptical X3i, the Life Fitness Elliptical X5, the Life Fitness Elliptical X5i, the Life Fitness Elliptical x9i, and the Life Fitness Elliptical Sports Cardio SX30. These machines are at the higher end of ellipticals and the Life Fitness ellipticals are of the highest quality. The down side of the Life Fitness ellipticals is the warranties could be better for the price you are paying. The last model mentioned the Life Fitness Sport Model gives you a lifetime warranty on the frame, two years on the parts, and one year on the labor. All the other models mentioned above have the same warranty, lifetime on the frame, two years on the parts, and one year on the labor.

The Life Fitness ellipticals X3, and X3i, are at the lower end of the six models. They are built very durable and are under three thousand dollars. The X3i has four more programs than the X3 and is slightly better. The Life Fitness X5, and the Life Fitness X5i, have something called the Select Stride, which means that you can select from four different settings, sprint, run, jog, and walk. These ellipticals may last a lifetime, they are built that well. They are amoung the heaviest ellipticals made, so after they are put together, don't plan on moving them often. The Life Fitness X9i has eighteen programs and seven personal programs. The quality is said to be that of a commercial gym machine. This is one of the absolute best elliptical that money can buy. These ellipticals are quiet and very stable units.

All things considered it's hard to top the quality and value of Life Fitness Ellipticals.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Have a Ball With Stability Ball Exercise

Whether you call them a stability ball, swiss ball, or exercise ball, there are so many great benefits to exercising with a stability ball in your home workouts.

Stability Ball Benefits

Besides providing balance training, (an often overlooked component in most exercise programs) stability balls work your core in almost every exercise that is performed, and work multiple muscles at one time while forcing your body to balance itself. So your core will be better prepared to support the rest of your body in whatever activity you do. They are versatile too:

1. The ball can be used at home or at your gym.

2. All ages, and levels of fitness can benefit from stability ball training.

3. An exercise ball is portable and light weight.

4. An exercise ball is inexpensive.

5. Requires little if any maintenance.

Stability Ball Workout Tips

Use your exercise ball for a total body workout. You can work your legs, arms, chest, back, and abdominals. Try some of these in your stability ball training:

Supine Oblique Curl

Start with the top of the ball beneath the center of the back, then stagger your feet and turn hips to one side. Anchor the lower hip to the ball and move the rib cage at a diagonal direction toward the legs (for example, right elbow to left inner thigh). Make sure your neck and pelvis are stable.

Forward Transverse Roll

Kneel on the floor and place your forearms on the ball, making sure your hips and arms form a 90 degree angle. From this starting position, roll the ball forward as you extend your arms and legs simultaneously. Contract your abdominals to help support your lower back, which should not be strained. Roll as far forward as possible without compressing the spine, drooping the shoulders, or rounding the torso. Return to starting position.

Chest Fly

Lie across the ball with your head and shoulders supported on the ball and your legs bent with heals about two feet from ball. Extend arms overhead with palms facing each other. Slowly separate your arms in a circular motion and bend your elbows slightly as lower your arms down until your upper arms are parallel to the ground. Return to start position and repeat.

Wall Squats

Lean your back against a ball that is placed against the wall and stand with your feet hip-width apart and about a foot away from the wall. Keep your back straight. Bend your knees and let the ball roll up your back until your knees bend to about a 90 degree angle. Keep your knees behind your toes as you bend. Return to start position and repeat.

Shoulder Retraction

Kneel over the ball. Tuck your hips into the ball and rest your abs against it. Hold a dumbbell in each hand, with your arms relaxed and at the sides of the ball, palms facing back. Pull your shoulder blades back. Pull your arms up, bending at your elbows to form right angles until they are parallel with your shoulders. Return to the starting postion.

Don't Forget to Stretch

The American Council on Exercise suggests the following simple yet effective stretches on the ball:

Back Extension - Start in a seated position with your fingertips supporting the back of your head both your elbows out. Walk your feet out until your upper back is lying on the ball while continuing to support your head and back. For a more intense stretch, lengthen your arms overhead and straighten your legs - breathe deeply and hold the stretch.

Kneeling Side - Start by kneeling upright on a mat with the ball at the side of your right hip, place your right hand on the ball and your left arm hanging close to your torso. Sweep your left arm in a wide arc up and over your head and back to the starting position. Hold the final arc in a lifted position 10-30 seconds for a static stretch and repeat three to five times.

Pelvic Circles - Start in a seated base position. Slowly circle your hips clockwise three to five times; reverse, circling counterclockwise. Focus on releasing tension in the hips and lower back.

You can't go wrong with such a versatile and inexpensive piece of equipment. If you are looking for a simple and highly effective way to change a workout routine, look into doing your exercise on a stability ball.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Exercise Bikes - Discover The Magic

There are two types of exercise bikes available. The upright bike resembles a typical road bike but they are stationary. The pedals are below the rider and puts more stress on the joints. The recumbent bike has a seat that resembles chairs and the pedals are out in front of the rider so that pedaling is more natural and less stress is put on the hips and knees.

There are a few other types of exercise bikes available as well. Dual action bikes are upright exercise bikes that have moveable bars or arm handles. On this bike you use both your arms and legs. Aerobic activity and upper body toning is experienced while using the bike.

Resistance bikes have some variety as well. Direct tension bikes has manual adjustment of the resistance you use. If it has flywheels the cycling motion is similar to regular cycling motion. Air resistance bikes get resistance by pedaling against the airflow of a fan blade. Magnetic Frictionless Resistance bikes are the most sophisticated resistance bikes. They allow for a greater variety of workout levels.

Choosing which bike to purchase depends on your needs and your preferences. What type of workout you are seeking will also affect the bike you choose? An upright bike will give you a great cardio workout that focuses us on the quadriceps.

A recumbent bike has you seated in a reclining position. The seat supports your back and your legs are out in front of you. They work the hamstrings and gluteus muscles. A recumbent bicycle is much easier on your lower back.

Upright exercise bikes might have handlebars that move back and forth simulating a rowing motion. This will work your arms, chest, abs, and back muscles. Both bikes offer excellent cardio vascular workouts and calorie burning experiences. Match the bike to your size. Most exercise bikes are easily adjusted for almost any body type.

People use exercise bikes for a variety of reasons. Cyclists often use them in the off season to maintain their levels of fitness. Many people use them at home because they feel embarrassed about exercising in front of other people.

Exercise bikes are also used in physical therapy programs to promote healing and the regaining of knee or hip joints. Some cardiac rehabilitation programs also use them to promote endurance and greater cardiac health.

You can purchase exercise bikes in sports stores and exercise stores. When you buy from a store it is easier to match the bike to your living space, to your body size, and your budget. When buying online you run the risk of not getting exactly what you wanted. The bike may or may not have the exact specifications or may be bigger (or smaller) than what you ordered.

Whatever the reason for your purchasing an exercise bike, it is only going to work if you use it. Of course, as with any exercise routine check with your doctor to make sure that you are healthy enough to exercise. Start out slow and build up your endurance. Be safe, be healthy and have fun.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

How is Commercial Fitness Equipment better than General Fitness Equipment?

Commercial gym equipment is used in "commercial gyms" and training centers. Commercial gym equipment is 'heavy duty' and can take a lot more weight and usage compared to general gym equipment used in private homes.

Commercial gym equipment is quite a bit more expensive as well due to the 'heavy duty' aspect of the materials used. In some parts of the world, it's actually illegal to use general home-style gym equipment in commercial businesses set up such as gyms, and personal training studios.

Some examples of commercial gym equipment found in gyms and personal training centers are equipment like Smith Squat machines, leg presses, bench press machines, chin-up machines, leg-extension machines?. just to mention a couple!!

Some commercial gym equipment may have many more features than the general home gym equipment; it's longer lasting, and can take a lot more weight loaded onto it. It's definitely more expensive?but at the end of the day you only get what you pay for.

If you're thinking of getting commercial gym equipment for your home gym, make sure you think you are going to get the use from it. On the whole, commercial gym equipment is still the best value for money and you will less likely have problems with it.

Used fitness equipment is a great option if you can find it! If you're either setting up a home gym or even a commercial gym, whether the equipment is new or used is of small relevance if the used fitness equipment is in a good, safe working order.

Used Fitness Equipment is also much cheaper than brand new. You can paint it and bring it up to scratch looking almost brand new! If you are using the used fitness equipment for commercial use, its a must that you have it serviced by a professional and make sure it is in perfect working order before you let anyone use it!

All in all, used fitness equipment is definitely the way to go if you want to save money, and still have the best equipment on the market!

Visit 2nd Wind Exercise Commerical

Home Exercise Equipment - Choosing the Proper Equipment For Your Workout Routine

The fitness industry has become big business as more and more people work out to get in shape. Many companies have gotten onboard the bandwagon, and the number of different types and brands of home exercise equipment available is amazing. While it is great to have options, trying to figure out which piece of home fitness equipment is right for you can be an overwhelming process. One way to help manage all this information is to identify what type of exercise or training you plan to do. Add in other factors such as your personal fitness level, budget, and space available and pick the equipment that best fits your criteria.

What Is Your Goal?

Before purchasing an exercise bike, treadmill or other type of home fitness equipment, it is important to decide what it is you hope to accomplish. Are you trying to lose weight? Perhaps you want to get in shape, tone your muscles? Maybe you want a good cardio workout? Or you may have several of these results in mind. Exercise equipment varies in its effectiveness in certain areas and by knowing what you want from your workout, you will be able to focus on those that do what you want.

Assess your Fitness Level

Also do an assessment of your comfort level with different types of exercise or movement. Do you have weak knees or a bad back? Would you rather sit than stand? How is your balance? Each type of home fitness equipment requires you to use different posture and movements and you don't want to pick something that will cause injury or irritate an existing condition. You also don't want equipment that is uncomfortable to use because it will be difficult to stick to your routine.

Space Considerations

The fact is, if you live in a small apartment or have limited space in your home, you may not have room for a large piece of equipment like a home gym or weight sets. Many pieces of equipment fold up for storage, but if you have to move the coffee table or love seat every time you want to fold out the treadmill, you are less likely to exercise on a regular basis.

What's In Your Wallet?

Some exercise equipment can be quite expensive, especially for a quality product. On the other hand, you can purchase some equipment off TV ads or special promotions for a very reasonable price, but does the stuff really work? And will it last for more than a few weeks? Most experts recommend that you wait to purchase home fitness equipment until you can afford to purchase something that has good customer satisfaction ratings and is made by a respected fitness equipment manufacturer. Also be aware that some types of equipment cost more than others and may not fit your needs or your budget no matter how long you save.

Consider Your Choices

Once you have assessed your needs and situation, you can evaluate the different types of equipment against your criteria.

Exercise bikes have been around for decades and have improved in design and function over the years. They have been proven to provide weight loss and health benefits if used consistently and correctly. They offer a good cardio workout as well, while limiting impact and injury to knees and other leg joints. They typically do not fold up and can tend to take up space. Exercise bikes fall in the economy or moderate range for price in comparison to other types of home fitness equipment, although some can be quite expensive, especially if they are computerized.

Recumbent exercise bikes, which put users in a slightly reclined position, place less stress on the back and knees but tend to cost more. Some people find the position and motion uncomfortable if they are used to traditional bike riding.

Treadmills are another type of fitness equipment that has been around for some time. They also provide a good cardio workout if properly used, and many come with built in features such as an adjustable platform and computerized workout to help enhance the effects of your exercise routine. There is some jarring and joint stress involved with running, on a treadmill or other surface, so this equipment may not be a good choice for those with knee and hip concerns.

Some treadmills fold up for storage, making them a good choice for those with limited space. Treadmills run the gamut in price range, and can usually fit in any budget, but in most cases you get what you pay for and a very inexpensive model may not be safe or effective.

Elliptical trainers are the latest craze in home fitness equipment. They provide the exercise benefits of walking or running while eliminating the impact on hips, knees, or ankles. This can be good for those with injuries or weakness in those areas. But others who are concerned about building or maintaining bone density may prefer a different type of equipment.

Some elliptical machines fold up to save space when not in use. They generally fall in the mid to higher price range compared to other types of fitness equipment, and again, price often reflects quality.

A stair stepper provides another choice for those who want to burn calories and get a good cardio workout with reduced impact to knees and hips. Stepping height can be adjusted to accommodate different body sizes and fitness levels, however, it can be easy to put too much stress on ankles and back when using a stair stepper. Both size and price are in the moderate range.

Some people prefer the variety and intensity provided by a home gym or weight training station. People are more likely to exercise if they have several different options to choose from, and a selection of different or adjustable equipment provides the opportunity to target all areas of the body. However, home gyms tend to take up more space than other equipment and will almost always cost more for quality equipment. It may also be important to have instructions before using some features of the gym to avoid injury.

There are many other types of home fitness equipment, including free weights, ski machines, ab machines, and hybrids like exercise riders. Be sure to research a piece of equipment before buying and avoid those that make claims that sound too good to be true - they probably are.

Many fitness experts and trainers recommend that you try out a piece of equipment before purchasing to be sure it feels comfortable. If buying online, try to find a gym or exercise store that has the equipment and give it a test ride. Most companies charge shipping and handling to return online orders if you return an item for reasons other than manufacturer defects or damage.

With all the choices for home fitness equipment available, you are sure to find a machine that fits your needs and budget. It just takes a bit of realistic planning.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

How a Bowflex saved a Marriage

I am a recent newlywed, still dumbfounded by the collosal change that becoming married has brought upon myself. While I am thrilled to have such a loving wife, I must admit that one of the first crusades that my wife embarked upon was to establish a fitness regime in her household. I dont need to tell you that this computer programmer wasn't in the best of shape, as you can imagine, but I dont think that even I knew of the trials and tribulations that were to await me.

The first battle that I had with personal fitness was the gym at the university. Its dank, no windowed, basement gym was needlessly to say, un-motivational. Every time that I walked into that room a wave of sweat and year old air swept over me, as well as any delusions that I had of becoming fit. I rapidly sought a different solution to appease my wife.

The second attempt was at a Gym. When I first visited the gym I was amazed at the televisions, windows, fresh air, and glistening fitness equipment. I thought that it looked like a little piece of heaven. I surely thought that this type of gym could even motivate a computer nerd such as myself. Sadly, I was mistaken. The people that I saw there slowly de-motivated me. These were serious fitness experts, where most of the females looked like they could rip my arms out of their sockets. It was embarrassing to start working out at the gym, because I was so scrawny. I quit after a two weeks and hoped that my wife had stopped her crusade.

Unfortunately, that was also wrong. I told my wife of the experiences that I had at the two gyms and she thought of a wonderful suggestion for me - I could work out at the house. My uncle had a used bowflex in his garage that he couldnt use anymore, and he decided to let us newlyweds have it as a wedding gift. We set the bowflex in the garage and had a ton of bowflex equipment as well. I also looked online for some workouts to use with the bowflex. For once in my life, I wasn't embarrassed to do a workout. The bowflex was my outlet to working out, and I was surprised at the quick results that I was having. My wife got off my back about exercising too, which was wonderful thing too.

So, my advice for anyone that is like me and feels embarrassed to go the gym because of their current condition, is to get some home exercise equipment that they can use in their garage or spare room, and set aside 30 minutes a day to do a workout. You'll feel better, not only physically but from receiving less nagging from your spouse.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Elliptical Exercise Machines Provide Low Impact, Total Body Workouts While Improving Cardiovascular

Ever since their introduction on the fitness scene several years ago, elliptical exercise machines have become increasing more popular and sophisticated. Estimates indicate that over six million people now prefer elliptical machines as their choice for home exercise equipment. The main reason elliptical exercise machines have become so popular is that they provide a low impact, total body workout that is challenging enough for serious athletes but safe enough for beginners and even expectant mothers. And when it comes to cardiovascular workouts, elliptical machines are tough to beat.

Low Impact Workout

Over time, research has shown that in order to maintain healthy bone density, it is necessary to engage in weight-bearing activities such as running, racquetball, aerobics, and other forms of exercise where you remain on your feet. But many of these activities involve jarring the bones and muscles and can aggravate old injuries and even cause new ones. The joints that can be injured or irritated with an impact form of exercise are usually the knees, ankles, hips and back. Pregnant women, people with arthritis, and those who are recovering from an accident often require a low impact exercise routine, and that is exactly what the elliptical exercise machines provide.

With an elliptical machine, you stand with your feet on small, movable platforms, so you are bearing weight, which is good for bone density. But the oval pedaling movement of the machine, which is caused by you stepping up and down on the platforms or pedals, is smooth and flowing. This is the same type of elliptical pattern that the human foot follows when we walk or run. Although the movement is similar to these activities, there is none of the jarring that usually takes place when outdoors or on a treadmill. With an elliptical exercise machine, your feet never leave the footpads. Not only does this make for a safer workout, it reduces the stress on your joints.

Many people have compared elliptical exercise equipment to pedaling a bike while standing up. Others have said they are like a cross between stair climbers and cross country skiing. But unlike a stair stepper, which comes to a halt before reversing direction between up and down strokes, an elliptical machine provides continuous flow. By using different inclines and stepping speeds, you vary the amount of flexion at the ankle and knees and further reduce the amount of repetitive impact on your feet, legs, and back.

An elliptical machine provides the benefits of weight bearing exercise but without the harmful stress and impact on your joints and muscles. There are few home exercise machines out there that give the same quality low impact workout.

Total Body Workout

Elliptical exercise machines also provide a total body workout. Because you are standing and walking or running in place, you use your leg muscles as well as those in your buttocks, back, and abdomen. Most elliptical machines have a setting to reverse the direction of motion, allowing you to "go backwards" and work additional muscles that very few other exercise workouts target.

In addition, you can swing your arms, carry small hand weights, or use elliptical machines that come with handles and arms to enhance your upper body workout as well, sculpting your biceps, triceps and other upper body muscles while increasing your calorie burn and cardiovascular impact. Exercise experts caution that resting your arms on the frame of the machine or the upper body handles decreases the overall impact of the workout. They stress the importance of letting your legs and torso carry all of your weight so that you get the highest level of total body workout.

Many elliptical machines allow you to adjust the resistance setting and change the incline. These adjustments increase the challenge level of your workout and also target different sets of muscles. The standing position and motion used to operate the machine provide for excellent hip extension and flexion as well as outstanding knee range of motion. For an all over body workout, few home gyms compare to an elliptical machine.

Cardiovascular Workout

Research has found that elliptical exercise machines also provide some of the best cardiovascular workouts of any home fitness equipment. The cardio benefits come from the fact that you are getting a total body workout and using many muscle groups. Since you can adjust incline, speed and other factors, you can maximize cardio impact, making elliptical trainers more effective than weight lifting, leg presses, or other less comprehensive types of exercise. Some elliptical machines come with built in, programmable computers and heart rate monitors to help ensure that you are getting the most out of your exercise routine. The better machines have five to seven different workouts that can be programmed.

In addition, many people feel that the elliptical motion feels natural and is easy to sustain. They find that elliptical machines compliment and enhance normal body movements, making it feel as though this type of workout requires less exertion than other types of exercise. But in fact, studies have shown that elliptical exercise works the cardio muscles and burns calories on a level equal or greater than treadmills, stair steppers and other similar equipment. It only feels easier to use an elliptical machine.

Because most people find elliptical exercise equipment easy and fun to use, they are more likely to workout on a regular basis. Ongoing, consistent exercise is a key aspect of attaining good overall cardiovascular health.

Something For Everyone

Elliptical machine workouts have become one of the most popular forms of exercise, both in the gym and at home. The ease of use for all fitness levels, along with the low impact benefits, cardiovascular features, and total body capabilities make elliptical trainers an ideal choice for nearly anyone looking to get in shape, lose some weight, or even train for athletic events.

The increasing popularity of elliptical technology has led to many different brands and models of equipment as well as numerous variations on the technology. Those seeking to purchase elliptical exercise equipment have many choices in a variety of price ranges, from a few hundred dollars to several thousand. Look for machines that have a sturdy frame, adequately sized foot platforms, upper body handles, and adjustable inclines and directions. With these features on an elliptical home gym, you will be assured of getting a low impact, cardio-friendly, total body workout.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Create Your Own Fitness Center with Home Exercise Equipment!

If joining a fitness center is not for you, and you're not the outdoors-y type, home exercise equipment is a smart choice for staying fit. Before you buy, you should do your homework in order to prevent your new exercise machine from becoming an over-sized clothes hanger.

Before you spend your money, first consider your current exercise routine (if any). Variety in an exercise plan tends to keep you from getting bored and provides a good route to overall fitness. With this in mind, consider a fitness machine that provides a different type of benefit to what you are already doing or plan to do.

For example, if you walk 3 times a week, you may want to consider home exercise equipment that offers resistance training, such as a home gym.

Be wary of "fad" equipment and always check for a warranty. Anything that sounds too good to be true, usually is. You want to try to find home exercise equipment that works your whole body or major portions of your body for the best results.

Decide where your home exercise equipment will be located in your home and take measurements. You want to be sure the machine you are considering will fit the space you have available.

Think also about your budget. Home exercise equipment prices can range from as low as $100 to into the thousands. The high end models are terrific and offer a lot of bells and whistles, but you can generally get a good workout and decent quality by spending a few to several hundred dollars.

A good strategy is to spend most of your budget on one quality piece, such as an exercise bike or home gym, then supplement it with inexpensive equipment such as dumbbells or aerobics videos.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Folding Vs. Non-Folding Treadmills - Whats the Real Difference?

Most people buying a treadmill will be probably be faced with the choice: "Do I want a folding or non-folding treadmill?"

Folding treadmills (also called fold-up, foldable and fold-away) are a popular choice among treadmill buyers.

But apart from the obvious reason to choose a folding treadmill (to save space) - what are the REAL differences between a folding vs. non-folding treadmill? Here's a quick overview:

The main advantages to choosing a folding treadmill are:

- you save space - if you have a small home gym or space is at a premium, folding your treadmill up and/or wheeling it out of sight is a great option to have

- it makes cleaning easier - just fold it up and you can vacuum or clean the floor area under the treadmill easily

Because of these advantages, having a treadmill that folds is often seen as just another added feature to the treadmill - like an extra water bottle holder or a pair of handweights.

However there are also distinct advantages to buying a non-folding treadmill that might make you think twice before purchasing one that folds.

According to Runner's World, the most important quality of a good treadmill is stability. For example, does it feel solid and secure when you run on it? Does it wobble or shudder when you pick up your pace?

Because of the requirements of the folding frame design, most folding treadmills are naturally less stable than non-folding treadmills. (That doesn't mean they aren't stable - it just means that non-folding units are more stable).

That is why, if you look at stability ratings for treadmills, non-folding treadmills almost always come out on top.

That's also why you'll notice that as you get into premium treadmills ($2000+), very few of them will fold up. If you're paying that much for a treadmill you want one that feels as stable as a commercial unit. (Ever notice that the treadmills at health clubs don't fold?)

So the main advantage to non-folding treadmills (and it's a compelling one - especially if you're a runner) is that they are generally more stable than folding treadmills.

There are a few exceptions to this rule of course, but that's really the main difference when comparing folding versus non-folding treadmills.

Regardless of which option you choose, keep in mind that while non-folding treadmills might be a little more difficult to move, they can offer some great added benefits to your workout itself.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Exercise and Menopause

There was a time when the word was never spoken, even between a mother and daughter. Menopause, still referred to as 'the change' in some circles, has now come out in to the open. It’s about time. After all, a woman can expect to live one-third to one-half of her life past meno-pause, and these can be among the most satisfying years of her life. Part of the reason for its emergence as a hot health topic is likely due to the increasing body of information on how to manage it. Exercise plays a key role in making the transition through menopause easier and in enhancing health, happiness and productivity during the second half of life.

What Is Menopause?

The medical definition of menopause is cessation of menses for 12 months, caused when the ovaries stop making the hormones estrogen, progesterone and testosterone. For most women, menopause simply marks the end of their reproductive years. While the average age of menopause is about 51, some women may experience it as early as their thirties oras late as their sixties. Symptoms of menopause include: hot flashes, night sweats, bladder and reproductive tract changes, insomnia, headache, lethargy/fatigue, irritability, anxiety, depression, heart palpitations and joint pain.

How Does Exercise Help?

The good news is that a regular program of physical activity can help manage the uncomfortable symptoms of menopause as well as the related health concerns, such as heart disease and osteoporosis.

The mood-elevating, tension-relieving effects of aerobic exercise help reduce the depression and anxiety that often accompanies menopause. Aerobic exercise also promotes the loss of abdominal fat — the place most women more readily gain weight during menopause. In addition, some research studies have shown that the increased estrogen levels that follow a woman’s exercise session coincide with an overall decrease in the severity of hot flashes. Strength training also helps. It stimulates bones to retain the minerals that keep them dense and strong, thus preventing the onset and progression of osteoporosis. These effects of exercise, along with improved blood fats and physical fitness, work together to help prevent heart disease. Keep in mind, though, that good nutrition works hand in hand with a physically active lifestyle. A low-fat, high-fiber diet and adequate calcium intake are vital in order to reap the full benefits of exercise.

The Good News

If you have been a consistent exerciser during the years leading to menopause, you already have an advantage. Aerobic activity during childbearing years reduces the risk of breast cancer, a disease that becomes more prevalent after menopause. You also will have a jump on your bone health since your strength-training exercises just may have increased the density and strength of your bones.

To reap the benefits of exercise, a balanced program of weight-bearing aerobic activity (walking is great), strength training (with weights, resistance bands, yoga or even gardening), and flexibility is essential. Consistency is key; strive for some moderate activity daily, or at least most days of the week, every week.

Menopause And Beyond: Exercise Helps

Reduce and prevent symptoms:

Hot flashes
Vaginal and bladder atrophy
Joint pain
Anxiety, irritability, depression
Sleep disturbances, insomnia
Reduce risk of:

Heart disease
Osteoporosis
Weight gain
Improve and increase:

Strength, stamina, flexibility, energy
Function of vital organs
Condition of heart, lungs and muscles

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Can Exercise Reduce Your Risk of Catching a Cold?

Sir William Osler, the famous Canadian medical doctor, once quipped, 'There's only one way to treat the common cold - with contempt.' And for good reason. The average adult has two to three respiratory infections each year. That number jumps to six or seven for young children.

Whether or not you get sick with a cold after being exposed to a virus depends on many factors that affect your immune system. Old age, cigarette smoking, mental stress, poor nutrition and lack of sleep have all been associated with impaired immune function and increased risk of infection.

Keeping The Immune System In Good Shape

Can regular exercise help keep your immune system in good shape? Researchers are just now supplying some answers to this new and exciting question. Fitness enthusiasts have frequently reported that they experience less sickness than their sedentary peers. For example, a survey conducted during the '80s revealed that 61 percent of 700 recreational runners reported fewer colds since they began running, while only 4 percent felt they had experienced more.

Further research has shown that during moderate exercise, several positive changes occur in the immune system. Various immune cells circulate through the body more quickly, and are better able to kill bacteria and viruses. Once the moderate exercise bout is over, the immune system returns to normal within a few hours.

In other words, every time you go for a brisk walk, your immune system receives a boost that should increase your chances of fighting off cold viruses over the long term.

Should You Exercise When Sick?

Fitness enthusiasts and endurance athletes alike are often uncertain of whether they should exercise or rest when sick. Although more research is needed, most sports medicine experts in this area recommend that if you have symptoms of a common cold with no fever (i.e., symptoms are above the neck), moderate exercise such as walking is probably safe. Intensive exercise should be postponed until a few days after the symptoms have gone away. However, if there are symptoms or signs of the flu (i.e., fever, extreme tiredness, muscle aches, swollen lymph glands), then at least two weeks should probably be allowed before you resume intensive training.

Staying In Shape To Exercise

For athletes who are training intensely for competition, the following guidelines can help reduce their odds of getting sick.

Eat a well-balanced diet. The immune system depends on many vitamins and minerals for optimal function. However, at this time, there is no good data to support supplementation beyond 100 percent of the Recommended Dietary Allowances.
Avoid rapid weight loss. Low-calorie diets, long-term fasting and rapid weight loss have been shown to impair immune function. Losing weight while training heavily is not good for the immune system.

Obtain adequate sleep. Major sleep disruption (e.g., three hours less than normal) has been linked to immune suppression.

Avoid overtraining and chronic fatigue. Space vigorous workouts and race events as far apart as possible. Keep 'within yourself' and don't push beyond your ability to recover.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

The Truth About Steroids

Steroid abuse is still on the rise, and not just among professional athletes and bodybuilders.

Despite numerous educational efforts by health care officials, many amateur and high school athletes looking for that elusive competitive edge still believe they can get it from a syringe or a bottle of pills. What they don't realize is that steroids will give them a lot more than they bargained for.

Not worth the risk

Acne. Liver damage. Increased risk of heart disease. These are just a few of the side effects associated with anabolic steroid abuse. And there's more.

The side effects are severe. Men who use steroids also may develop gynecomastia (the development of breasts), priapism (painful prolonged erection) and edema from sodium and water retention. They also will be more prone to cardiovascular problems since steroids decrease high-density lipoprotein levels (HDL) or ''good'' cholesterol, and increase low-density lipoprotein levels (LDL) or ''bad'' cholesterol.

Coupled with hypertension and negative changes in myocardial tissue, steroids users are at an increased risk for heart attack as well.

Of additional concern are alterations in psyche and behavior (i.e., aggression, physical dependence) and decreased immune function. Changes in the reproductive system, such as a reduction in testicle size, sperm count and mobility, and a decrease in the levels of endogenous testosterone and other sex hormones are common.

Women at risk

Unlike men, whose side effects may be reversible once the abuse has stopped, women experience irreversible changes, such as a deepened voice, increased facial and body hair growth, enlarged clitoris and coarser skin. In addition, irregularities in, or cessation of menstrual cycle, increased libido, aggressiveness, acne and decreased immune function may occur.

Women are also prone to the cardiovascular risks and changes in psyche and behavior that men experience.

All risk, no glory

There is an even scarier risk of steroid abuse: death. Steroid users who share needles are putting themselves at risk for developing infections such as HIV, hepatitis or other viral diseases.

The terminal risks of steroid abuse are not fully known. Some published cases of tumors and other cancers related to steroid abuse have been reported. Even so, physicians and researchers do not know all the repercussions of steroid abuse on one's body and future health.

Controlled research is unethical and only information from abusers is usable; yet this data may be inaccurate since most users are not forthcoming about the full extent of their steroid use.

Since the late 1980s, the federal government has begun to crack down on steroid use and distribution. Possession of steroids with intent to distribute without a valid prescription is a felony and subject to prosecution. Likewise, steroid use is a violation of the rules of virtually all sports leagues and councils as well as the traditional ethics of good sportsmanship.

No substitute for training

What most steroid users don't realize is that they are placing themselves at risk for something they could achieve on their own. Many experts agree that the effects of steroids on strength and muscle mass of beginning weight lifters or athletes are minimal when compared with the effects of an intensive weight-training or conditioning program.

The best way to improve performance and increase muscle mass is to follow a well-designed program that challenges both your body and your mind. No drug can do that for you.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Better results in less time? Interval Training may be the answer for the common workout!

If you want a workout that can help you burn more calories, improve your power, increase your speed, and help your ability to workout for longer periods of time, then Interval Training may be for you.

What is Interval Training?

Interval Training is short, high-intensity exercise periods followed by longer, lower intensity periods. These higher and lower intensity periods are repeated several times to form a complete workout. A basic example would be to walk for 6 minutes at 3.5 MPH and then jog for 2 minutes at 6.0 MPH, and then repeat this sequence several times.

Why should I incorporating Interval Training into my workout plan?

Interval Training can be helpful when you are trying a new form of exercise, for example, when you begin a running/jogging program on a new treadmill. If you attempt to jog continuously without building up to it, you may fatigue quickly and even give up. However, if you begin with intervals of walking interspersed with jogging periods, the workout can be much more enjoyable and effective. Also, you will be more likely to stick with the program and achieve the end result - continuous jogging.

What are the benefits of Interval Training?

Some of the potential benefits of Interval Training are as follows:

Help you improve cardiovascular fitness
Improve overall aerobic power
Burn more calories than similar time period on continuous training exercise
Break-through an exercise program plateau
Increase workout duration and reach new exercise levels
Expand your workout options
Increase your workout threshold
Increase speed
Which programs on Life Fitness cardio machines incorporate Interval Training?

Heart Rate Hill
Heart Rate Interval
Extreme Heart Rate
Hill
Interval
Speed Training

Now that you know the benefits of Interval Training and the basic techniques for it, why not give it a try for yourself. Not only is it a great way to try out some new workout programs, it’s also a great way to avoid workout boredom. Plus, with Interval Training workouts often are more enjoyable, go by quicker, and improvement results come faster. So why not try spicing up a stale, run-of-the-mill workout with Interval options? You may never use the Manual workout button on your cardio piece again!

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Live Longer By Exercising

In our last article we examined the top ten ways that regular exercise can protect you from disease and add years to your life. In this article we're going to examine even MORE ways that you can benefit from exercise!

Even though many of us exercise so we can look better, we shouldn't forget the many health benefits of training. So without further ado, here are some MORE reasons to exercise:

1) FIGHT OSTEOPEROSIS - It is estimated that bone mass in women is lost at a rate of 0.75% to 1% per year from age 35 onwards, and this rate increases to 2% to 3% per year at menopause. Exercise also has been shown to prevent bone loss, even in older women.

2) PREVENT THE COMMON COLD - A new study (University of South Carolina in Columbia) suggests that being active may actually reduce the number of colds people get each year.

3) EMOTIONAL BOOST - Experts also agree that even minimal weight loss provides an emotional boost and may give you the self-confidence to change jobs, go back to school, move ahead in life, improve relationships and decrease your overall stress level.

4) BETTER PREGNANCY - There are new reasons to control your weight both before and after you conceive -- particularly if you're heavy before you even try to have a baby. Obesity promotes not only severe pregnancy complications in the mother, it also places the baby at high risk of health problems.

5) PREVENT DISABILITY IN SENIORS - It is reasonably safe to say most seniors wish to remain independent and active. To do so, exercise must be a part of their daily lives. Exercise can prevent disability and retain good health for independent living among older people. Experts have just recently become aware of exercise as a prevention of disability among older citizens.

There you have it.....five MORE reasons why regular exercise will help you ADD YEARS TO YOUR LIFE.....and you thought that exercise just helped you look good in a swimsuit!!

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Finding a Personal Fitness Trainer

It once was that personal fitness trainers were exclusively for the super rich, sighted by us normal folks only in paparazzi photographs of a celebrity's entourage. But as fitness centers have spread throughout the country and the number of personal fitness trainers has increased, getting your own has become a real possibility for the average person, says Patrick Hagerman, EdD, a professor of exercise and sports science at the University of Tulsa.

"They're really much more affordable than people would think," says Hagerman, who is also a board member of the National Strength and Conditioning Association and owns Quest Personal Training in Oklahoma City.

Nor are personal fitness trainers just for the buff, spandex-sporting crowd, says Fred Klinge, chairman of the Health and Registry Board at the American College of Sports Medicine. Klinge emphasizes that the scope of personal fitness trainers has broadened. "It's not just about weight lifting and cardio work anymore," he tells WebMD. "It's more about assistance in developing a healthy and fit lifestyle."

Although there haven't been too many, some studies have shown that personal trainers can help people stick to their exercise routines more effectively than they would on their own, according to Cedric Bryant, PhD, chief exercise physiologist at the American Council on Exercise (ACE). But for someone who hasn't had any experience with personal trainers, figuring out how to get one can be daunting.

Who Needs a Personal Trainer?

You may ask yourself why you would benefit from a personal trainer. After all, why should you pay for somebody to tell you to exercise when you can just go and exercise for free?

But for some, having a person to answer to really helps provide motivation. After all, if we never got scolded by our teachers and parents for not doing our homework when we were kids, a lot of us would still be in the second grade. Knowing that you have someone who will take you to task can make a difference.

Hagerman sees a lot of practical advantages to having a personal fitness trainer. "It saves time and it reduces injuries," he says. "You have someone who can help you figure out what exercises you need to do and how the equipment works rather than wasting time figuring it out on your own.

"A lot of people in the gym learn exercises by watching other people do them," Hagerman continues. "But the person they're watching probably learned by watching someone else, and whoever started the chain probably didn't know what they were doing to begin with."

The expense of hiring a personal trainer can be motivation in itself, according to Klinge, who is also general manager of the North Little Rock Athletic Club in Arkansas. For the same reason that some people will clear their plate at a restaurant so that they get their money's worth, others get fit simply because they hate to see the money they paid for a gym membership and a trainer go to waste.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Live Longer By Exercising

The goal of this article is answer the question "WHY DO WE EXERCISE?"

Now, I know what you're all thinking: WE EXERCISE TO LOSE FAT SO WE CAN LOOK GOOD! To be honest, that's the reason why most of us exercise, and THERE'S NOTHING WRONG WITH THAT!

But did you know that exercise gives us some MUCH more substantial benefits than just looking good? It's true!

Regular exercise has been proven to:

1) FIGHT OBESITY - Obesity is linked to heart disease, high blood pressure, cancer and diabetes.

2) IMPROVE PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE - Resistance training will increase muscle size, strength and endurance. This, in turn, will help with improvements in work, sports, hobbies, and day-to-day activities.

3) PREVENT MUSCLE LOSS - Unless you strength train regularly, you will lose about 1 pound of muscle every year of your life after age 25. Resistance training prevents the muscle loss that normally accompanies the aging process. Resistance training can even REVERSE some muscle loss!

4) INCREASE METABOLISM - The muscle loss we all experience each year (after age 25) creates a 1.5% reduction in basal metabolic rate (BMR) every year. A reduction in BMR means that your body is less able to use the food you consume as energy.....thus more gets stored as fat. Resistance training will slow, or even reverse, that muscle loss - which will increase the BMR.

5) DECREASE THE RISK OF INJURY - Not only will consistent exercise improve balance and stability, but regular resistance exercise will do even more to reduce the risk of injury! Muscles function as shock-absorbers and serve as important balancing agents throughout the body. Well-balanced muscles reduce the risk of injuries that result when a muscle is weaker than its opposing muscle group.

6) IMPROVE BLOOD PRESSURE - According to the World Health Organization, high blood pressure may contribute up to 50% of cases of cardiovascular disease which kills more than 12 million worldwide people each year. Regular exercise lowers blood pressure for most people.

7) HELP HEART DISEASE - By helping to keep the arteries free and clear or obstructions, exercise helps to prevent heart disease. Regular aerobic exercise also lowers the Resting Heart Rate (RHR), a key indicator of heart health.

8) HELP PREVENT CANCER - Evidence suggests that 1/3 of the 550,000 cancer deaths that occur in the United States each year are due to unhealthy diet and insufficient physical activity. Regular exercise has been proven to reduce the risk of breast cancer and colon cancer.

9) HELP PREVENT DIABETES - The American Public Health Association has announced that being physically fit may help prevent the development of diabetes in healthy women.

10) HELP PREVENT ESTROGEN LOSS - Regular exercise can prevent or lessen the impact of many of the changes women experience during menopause (particularly bone loss/bone weakening). There is some evidence that symptoms often associated with the hormonal changes of menopause, such as hot flashes, insomnia and depression can also be alleviated by exercise.

Well, there you have it.....ten reasons why regular exercise will help you ADD YEARS TO YOUR LIFE.....and you thought that exercise just helped you look good in a swimsuit!!

Please note that to achieve all the benefits of exercise you simply MUST particpate in both aerobic AND resistance exercise.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Fitness for Couch Potatoes

Are you addicted to your TiVo? Never miss an episode of CSI? Got sore thumbs from clicking from one football game to another?

If TV is a must-see for you, it's easy to let it cut into your workout time. But fitness doesn't have to mean foregoing your favorite shows. How about working in a workout in front of the tube? Even fitness experts find TV-watching workouts helpful -- and sometimes, a necessity.

Bob Prichard is so busy with his duties as director of Somax Sports, a training facility in Tiburon, Calif., that he doesn't have a lot of time to exercise. So he's made it a habit to work out whenever he watches TV.

"I have a treadmill set up in my living room and I walk at a brisk, but comfortable pace, while watching a DVD or TV," he says. "This way, I get in one to three hours of exercise per day. (I often watch golf tournaments, baseball games, etc.)"

Kinesiologist Shari Feuz, an exercise advisor with the International Council on Active Aging in Vancouver, says Prichard's approach can work well -- as long as you're working hard enough to feel it.

"It is absolutely possible to improve your fitness level in front of the TV, if the intensity is adequate, just as it is quite possible to go to a fitness center several times per week and NOT improve your fitness level," Feuz says. Given how much TV most of us watch, exercising at the same time is not a bad idea. Studies show that American men average 29 hours a week of TV watching, while women rack up about 34 hours. That gives us a lot of time to fit in some extra activity.

"This is multitasking at its best," says Mare Petras, author of Fitness Simply, which includes a chapter titled "Here's Oprah," dedicated to fitness in front of the TV.

"We're an all-or-nothing society," says Petras. "We think that if we can't exercise for an hour at a time, that it doesn't count. But that's not true. It doesn't have to be 'black or white' with fitness. It all adds up."

Don't Touch That Dial

In fact, if you're not ready to risk losing track of the plot of that fast-moving drama by doing a full-blown workout, you can fit in fitness breaks during the commercials. This can be an especially good option for beginners.

Linda Buch, author of The Commercial Break Workout, points out that a 30-minute sitcom has about 10 minutes' worth of commercials. Instead of using this time to reach for a handful of cookies or chips, get moving!

Among Buch's suggestions:

Pushups. If floor pushups are too difficult for you, start off by standing up with your hands on the wall, then pushing back. Do this 10 times; increase the reps as the exercise gets easier.

Chair squats. Stand up, sit down, then stand right back up (for even more of a workout, don't sit down all the way). Do this for the length of one commercial. As it gets easier, do it again for the next commercial.
Marching in place. Move both your arms and legs; add jumping jacks to increase the intensity.

"Little bits of exercise like these strung together add up to energy expended," says Buch.

Muscle Up

But don't stop there. You can do many types of strength training in front of the television, says Pat Woellert, fitness instructor at University Fitness at the University of Cincinnati.

Using resistance tubing or dumbbells (or even books, or cans of soup), do upper-body exercises while seated on a chair. Some to try:

Bicep curls
Overhead shoulder presses
Side arm raises
Front arm raises
Triceps extensions
Lying on the floor, do side-lying leg raises for the outer hip and inner thigh, with or without weights. Sitting up on the floor, use resistance bands to do seated rows (pretend you're rowing a boat).

To get the most out of your prime-time workout, do something different every day, suggests Lynne Brick, BSN, president and owner of Brick Bodies and Lynne Brick's Women's Health & Fitness in Baltimore. Fitness pros call this cross-training. The rest of us just call it variety.

"Do the things you like to do," says Brick. Perhaps a stationary bike on Monday, abdominal crunches on Tuesday, treadmill on Wednesday, jog in place on Thursday, hand weights on Friday.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Octane Fitness Elliptical Cross Trainers Ideal for Weight Loss, Says Expert Julia Havey

Julia Havey, the author of Awaken the Diet Within and the popular LifeChanger weight loss program, has endorsed the award-winning Octane Fitness elliptical cross trainers as ideal equipment for calorie-blasting, fat burning, effective and efficient workouts.

Havey, who owns Octane's premium Q45e model (just named a Consumer Guide Best Buy), created the LifeChanger Program that has inspired hundreds to lose weight and get fit. And Havey knows just how tough this can be for Americans, as she herself struggled after having two children with overeating and weight gain, wearing a size 26 and unsuccessfully dieting for 10 years.

"I love this machine, and have recently lost 14 pounds in two months by using it at least 30 minutes a day," said Havey, who lost 130 of her former 290 pounds in just more than a year. "The programs keep me challenged and getting the results I'm after, plus the unique SmartStride makes the elliptical fit my body perfectly."

Her program is based on simple, vice-busting steps with a foundation of building self-esteem and self-improvement through self-motivation.

"I never did anything drastic, but just focused on eating healthy, exercising and changing one habit at a time," Havey said. "I created the LifeChanger program so I can teach everyone to benefit from my tried and true plan.

"My program is all about slow, baby steps that empower people so that they are more likely to continue to succeed," said Havey. "And the Octane ellipticals accommodate beginning exercisers and take them along all the way to elite fitness levels over time. That's why I recommend Octane for incredible, total-body workouts like no other."

In fact, Havey was so successful at remaking herself that she won the Mrs. Missouri pageant and came in 14th in the Mrs. USA pageant with a "war on obesity" platform. Havey also serves as the Master Motivator for the audience of 14 million at eDiets.com, has appeared on QVC and has written a new book, The Vice-Busting Diet, which will be published in January 2006.

All About Ergonomics and Electronics

Octane's award-winning ellipticals are based on the exclusive, scientifically designed Body-Mapping Ergonomics and patented QuadLink drive that deliver the most comfortable and biomechanically effective exercise-with features like a low step-up height, the closest pedal spacing in the industry at two inches and articulating pedals that support the feet throughout each stride.

Plus, exclusive to Octane Fitness is the patent-pending SmartStride, designed after extensive research and motion analysis to best replicate movements like walking, jogging, running and moving backwards. SmartStride monitors an exerciser's pace and direction and automatically adjusts the stride length accordingly to custom fit different activities.

Upper-body movement is perfected with Octane's proprietary, distinctive MultiGrip handlebars that offer contoured grips and various biomechanically correct positions that accommodate exercisers of all sizes, recruit numerous upper-body muscles to improve strength and significantly enhance total-body motion.

Furthermore, HeartLogic Intelligence provides smart, efficient, interactive workouts, and DedicatedLogic programming enables changes to the workout, time or resistance "on the fly."

"Positive feedback like Julia's fuels our passionate quest to producing elliptical trainers that make exercise more effective and enjoyable," said Tim Porth, executive vice president of product development and marketing for Octane Fitness.

Octane Fitness Background

Together with more than 28 years of experience in the fitness industry, Dennis Lee and Tim Porth founded Octane Fitness in 2001. Fueled by a relentless passion to offer the best elliptical machines, the company is committed exclusively to delivering breakthrough, performance cross training- unlike any other fitness equipment manufacturer today.

Elliptical cross trainers are the sole focus of Octane Fitness' extensive research, development, testing and manufacturing-all ultimately to benefit exercisers with superior quality products; innovative, effective workouts and unparalleled personalized service.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Dick Enrico Raises Money for American Diabetes Association

Dick Enrico, CEO of 2nd Wind Exercise Equipment has been the spokesman for the American Diabetes Association for five years. Mr. Enrico has been actively involved with helping raise money for the Minnesota chapter.

This year marked the first fundraising drive. Mr. Enrico sent out “Dick Enrico” Bobble heads to friends, family and colleagues and, with an outstanding response back, Mr. Enrico managed to raise over $47,000 for the American Diabetes Association.

Relaxation is a Major Benefit of Owning a Hot Tub

Good things happen when you slip into hot water & you instantly loose 90% of your body weight. Buoyed up, warmed up and reminded to let go of whatever it was that was bothering you!

But what separates soaking in a warm hot tub from treading water in a pool, or even soaking in a hot bath, is the fact that the warm temperature is sustained - at around 40°C. Medical experts say that, over time, this brings changes in your circulatory system that affects other aspects of your body's operations.

Your body's first reaction to being immersed in hot water is to try to get back to its normal temperature by pumping the heart faster, so as to bring blood to the body's surface and normally disperse extra body heat into the air. This causes a temporary increase in blood pressure.

But because hot tub water is maintained at a high temperature - and because water is one of the most efficient conductors of heat - the blood being carried to the surface is warmed, rather than cooled. The longer the bather remains in the tub the more time the blood cycles through the body and the deeper into the body the temperature is carried. Studies have shown that immersion in a spa maintained at 104°F can raise the core body temperature to 102°F in less than 20 minutes.

After a few minutes, the warm blood causes the blood vessels to dilate, lessening the resistance to blood flow and dropping the blood pressure. As the body goes through this process, several benefits are enjoyed, most of which are enhanced further by the jet action :

Muscular relaxation ~ this occurs when the warm blood reaches deeper and deeper into the muscles, causing the vessels to expand. The muscle relaxation effects of hot water also help deaden muscle pain by easing any pinching of nerves or blood vessels and by helping the muscle rid itself of lactic acid and other metabolic wastes.
Temporary pain relief ~ as the body tries to register temperature change, the central nervous system becomes depressed, contributing to muscle relaxation and temporarily relieving or at least lessening pain. This can happen with any drastic change in temperature, hot or cold, but most people are more comfortable sitting in warm water than holding an ice pack. Although there are times this is more suitable.
Bodily cleansing ~ in trying to regain its normal temperature, the body will begin sweating so that moisture on the skin will evaporate and cool the body. This process also helps rid the body of toxins.

Priming of the muscles ~ by relaxing muscles, hot water helps increase their range of motion to allow for gentle exercise and stretching in the tub.
Promotion of healing ~ the jet action found in hottubs can promote healing by providing even more oxygen than is provided by warm water alone. The heat and pressure from the jets can also raise the level of antibodies and white blood cells delivered to the area, promoting the destruction of bad cells and stimulating the formation of new tissue.

Help for insomnia ~

It has been found that sleep deepens as the body temperature falls. As a result some medical experts recommend that anyone wanting to induce sleep - especially those being kept up by pain - soak in water approximately 103°F about two hours before bedtime.

If you've been putting off owning a hot tub, you're postponing one of life's great rewards - daily relaxation. A home spa is not a 'feel good' extravagance, it's a down-to-earth investment in renewed vigor and an overall sense of well-being.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Why Choose A Treadmill?

If you want to look great and feel healthy you have to work at it. That generally requires a vigorous exercise routine combined with a well balanced diet. To lose weight and trim down you need to burn calories on a regular basis. It doesn't take a Rhodes Scholar to figure that out.

Why do you not find treadmills sold on infomercials? Because it is not a high margin, hyped up exercise equipment. The majority of the infomercial equipment is designed for one purpose, to make as much money as soon as possible before the general public figures out they don't work. A substantial portion of the price of this equipment is going towards the promotions.

Who are the people that primarily buy this stuff? Individuals who want to believe that there are shortcuts to losing weight and getting in shape. Getting fit takes time and effort, and no machine is going to avoid that reality.

Have you ever seen any infomercial equipment at a health club? No, because they don't work and they're not built to last. What you will see is a number of treadmill, often with people waiting their turn to use them.

It really is a numbers game. The more time you spend doing cardiovascular exercises the more calories you are going to burn and the more weight you will lose. And if you are looking for fitness equipment that will get the maximum burn, then a treadmill should be at the top of your list.

According to the Sporting Goods Manufacturers Association, consumers spend more money for treadmills then any other home exercise equipment. In 2000 there were over 40 million treadmill users, a 9% increase over the following year.

The treadmill is unsurpassed for a cardiovascular workout. It works the large muscles in your body. According to a study done by the Medical College of Wisconsin and the VA Medical Center in Milwaukee, calories burned on the treadmill for 60 minutes averaged 865-705. This compares to:

Stair machine 746-637
Rowing machine 739-606
Stationary cycle 604-5956
Cross-country ski machine 678-595
This is one of numerous studies, including one by the American Medical Association, that rank a treadmill as the number one cardiovascular machine. There are several other important factors that make treadmill exercising so practical.

Either Run or Walk

The two most popular forms of exercising are running and walking. Whether you are a casual walker or a serious runner, a treadmill can accommodate your exercise needs. Set the speed and incline to suite your desired cardiovascular goals. You can do a power walk up an incline or a heart pumping run at high speed.

Avoid Bad Weather

A treadmill can guarantee a consistent workout in all seasons. If you live in a cold climate, freezing temperatures and snow will not disrupt your workout. For those in warm temperate regions, you don't need to be concerned about heat exhaustion in hot and humid weather.

Low Impact

For walkers and runners alike, injuries are common from the constant pounding of joints on asphalt and concrete. Particularly higher end treadmills offer surfaces that absorb impact and reduce pressure. Injuries are less common and stress is reduced on those critical joints. Achilles tendons, knee joints, back muscles, ankles, thighs take less of a beating, which guarantee that you'll continue to walk or run into your old age.

Versatility

As treadmills become more sophisticated so does the versatility of the workout. Speed and incline have always been a feature on motorized treadmills, but now your workout is enhanced by a variety of preprogrammed computerized exercises. Simulate running up and down hills, focus on cardio exercise, concentrate on burning calories, or work on speed training. Often treadmills have preset programs with various levels of intensity. In addition you can program your own workout, combining speed with incline.

Choosing a Treadmill

Treadmills come in all shapes and sizes, including folding and stationary models. It is important to find just that right model that accommodates your present and future exercise goals.

Of course buying a treadmill is just the beginning. You won't lose weight looking at it. It is important to get yourself on a regular routine. The more time you spend on it, the more calories you burn and the more weight you lose. Find a fitness program that works for you. Depending on your preference, combine your workout with music, television or videos.

Treadmills have experienced substantial and steady growth over the years. Since their introduction there has never been a year where the sales have decreased. They are designed to enhance the most popular form of exercising, running and walking. They are built on the basic premise that the more effort you put in the more you will get out. As infomercial fitness equipment and gimmicks gather dust in homes throughout the world, treadmills continue to gain popularity.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Elliptical Trainers Examined

It was just over five years ago that elliptical trainers were introduced to the fitness industry. Today they are as commonplace as treadmills and rival their popularity. This article looks briefly at why elliptical cross trainers are so effective and then reviews some of the most popular machines on the market...

Why an Elliptical Trainer?

Elliptical cross trainers offer something no other piece of aerobic exercise equipment can – an impact free, total body workout. Weight bearing exercise such as jogging is more effective at developing bone density and burning calories than non-weight bearing exercise such as cycling. The only problem is activities like jogging place an excessive amount of stress on the back and joints...
An elliptical motion provides the weight bearing element whilst maintaining an impact-free movement. The challenge of early elliptical trainers was their inability to raise the heart rate without fatiguing the legs first (similar to exercise bikes). When upper body arms were added the demand for elliptical cross trainers exploded. Now they provided an impact-free, weight bearing activity that raised the heart rate more efficiently than any other piece of equipment.

Recent studies suggest that energy expenditure among overweight subjects is higher on elliptical cross trainers compared to a treadmill or exercise bike. However to the user it feels like they are doing less.

Five Important Features

1. Upper Body Motion

Many elliptical trainers still provide only a lower body workout. Unfortunately this compromises one of the greatest advantages of the elliptical trainer – their ability to burn a large number of calories without leaving the user feeling excessively tired. If you’re buying an elliptical machine choose a model that works your upper body as well.

2. Adjustable Resistance

Although most elliptical trainers have adjustable resistance the systems used to adjust intensity vary greatly. Cheaper machines have a crude manual system that affects the quality of motion. If you can opt for electronic or magnetic adjustable resistance, they are so much smoother and quieter which leads us nicely onto...

3. Quiet Operation

Most independent customer reviews of elliptical trainers mention noise level. Although it seems a minor detail, a noisy piece of equipment can soon turn into a major irritation. The ellipticals reviewed below all take this criterion into consideration.

4. Adjustable Pedals

Adjusting the angle of the pedals allows you to focus on different muscle groups. It’s also another way to add variety to your workout. More importantly the machine fits around you rather than the other way round. Not many elliptical trainers offer this facility and it’s an important one. It’s even more difficult to find a machine that offers both adjustable pedals and the upper body component.

5. Warranty and Servicing

Last and certainly not least is the warranty and servicing package that comes with your elliptical cross trainer. The obligation to uphold the warranty usually lies with the manufacturer and not the supplier. The standard warranty for labor is 12 months but cheaper elliptical trainers may not be covered for this. The warranty on parts varies depending on the manufacturer ranging from 90 days to 3 years. Make sure also that the company has technicians in your state so should anything go wrong you don’t have to wait weeks for a solution.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

25 Ways Exercise Benefits You

We all know that we should exercise because it is good for us, but do you know just how good?

Lowers heart rate
The heart is a muscle. Aerobic exercise strengthens that muscle, so that your heart pumps blood more efficiently by pumping more blood with each beat. Since the exercised heart is more efficient, it transfers more oxygen to the body's cells more easily. This in essence can lengthen your life by several years
Reduces the risk of heart disease
Exercise reduces clotting in the blood, thus reducing the risk of heart disease. Those who do not exercise run twice the risk of developing heart disease.
Reduces the risk of stroke
Lowers blood pressure
Reduces the risk of colon cancer
Regular exercise helps regulate the digestive system.
Promotes strong and healthy bones
Exercise increases circulation and flow of nutrients to the bones, reducing the risk of fractures and osteoporosis.
Stronger circulatory system and lungs
Better skin tone
Helps keep skin more elastic.
Weight loss and maintenance
Essential to both losing weight and maintaining weight loss, exercise increases the body's metabolism (the rate at which the body burns calories), as well as increase muscle which helps burn fat.
Controls blood sugar
Physical activity helps maintain the body's glucose levels, important especially for diabetics or those at risk for diabetes.
Controls cholesterol
Exercise increases the ratio of good cholesterol (HDL) to bad cholesterol (LDL) and also lowers triglycerides.
Helps with pain tolerance
By increasing the level of endorphins, the body's natural pain killers, exercise can help alleviate pain, such as PMS symptoms and menstrual cramps. The deep breathing during exercise brings more oxygen to the blood, which relaxes the uterus.
Makes for easier pregnancy and childbirth
Controls physical and emotional stress
Not only does exercise reduce physical and emotional stress, but it can also alleviate bouts of anxiety or depression.
Improves your intellectual capacity
Exercise increases your productivity by helping to clear your head so you can approach your work refreshed and able to concentrate.
Promotes flexibility
Stretching exercises help elongate muscles, promoting flexibility.
Reduces backaches
Stretching exercises also reduce backaches.
Promotes a younger and healthier body
We spend money every year trying to maintain a healthy and younger body. Regular physical activity can help slow the aging process.
Prolonged independence for the older person
Strengthens immune system over the long term--less likely to get sick
Regulates your body's waste system
Relieves constipation by increasing intestinal activity and curbs bloating by increasing perspiration.
Improves your sleep
Since your muscles are less tense, you relax more easily at night. You fall asleep more quickly, sleep more soundly, and awake more refreshed.
Gives you more energy
Better health overall
Gives an overall sense of well being
Do you want to be happier and more upbeat? Exercise boosts your self-confidence by improving your strength, stamina, flexibility, appearance, and sense of control.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

The Healthy Facts of Walking

How would you like to add a few years to your life expectancy? You can do this and so much more by maintaining a consistent walking program. Learn more about this simple and safe exercise.

Walking is one of the simplest and safest aerobic exercise you can do. It will help you strengthen your bones, control your weight, and condition your heart and lungs. Being consistent in your walking exercise routine is one of the most important factors in developing a healthy physical activity program. Research has shown that people who walk approximately 20-25 miles per week outlive those who don't walk by several years.

The following are some quick facts about walking:

On average, every minute of walking can extend your life by 1.5 to 2 minutes. That's about a 2 for 1 trade-off!
Walking an extra 20 minutes each day will burn off 7 pounds of body fat per year.
To burn off 1 plain M&M candy, you need to walk the full length of a football field. Think about that next time you dip your hand into a candy bowl at someone's office!
Longer, moderately-paced daily walks (40 minutes at 60% to 65% maximum heart rate) are best for losing weight.
Shorter, faster walks (20-25 minutes at 75% to 85% maximum heart rate) are best for conditioning your heart and lungs.
Walking provides the following benefits:
Improves efficiency of your heart and lungs
Burns body fat
Raises your metabolism so you are burning calories faster, even while you rest
Helps control your appetite
Increases your energy
Helps relieve stress
Slows aging
Reduces levels of cholesterol in your blood
Lowers high blood pressure
Helps control and prevent diabetes
Reduces risk of some forms of cancer including colorectal, prostrate, and breast
Aids rehabilitation from heart attack and stroke
Promotes intestinal regularity
Helps promote restful sleep
Strengthens muscles of your legs, hips, and torso
Strengthens your bones and reduces bone density loss in older women
Reduces stiffness in your joints due to inactivity or arthritis
Relieves most cases of chronic backache
Improves flexibility
Improves posture
Promotes healthier skin due to increased circulation
Improves mental alertness and memory
Spurs intellectual creativity and problem solving
Elevates mood
Helps prevent and/or reduce depression
Improves your self-esteem
Increases sexual vigor

Helps control addictions to nicotine, alcohol, caffeine, and other drugs
Walking is much more preferable than running or jogging because it creates less stress on your joints, including hips, knees, and ankles. Remember to properly warm up before and cool down after every walking session...your muscles will love you for it!

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Exercise and Diabetes

Exercise has the potential to control the diabetes by nonmedical means, reduce the severity of the disease, and significantly reduce the risk of long-term complications. This this article will discuss: what is diabetes, how exercise can help, who can exercise, footcare, hypoglycemia, precautions, and recommendations on aerobic and strength training exercise.

What is diabetes

Diabetes mellitus is a condition where the body has trouble taking glucose from the blood and delivering it to the rest of the body so that it can be used as energy. This is because of a lack of, or an inability to use insulin, the hormone required to "escort" glucose from the blood to cells of the body. There are two common types of diabetes:

Insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, also known as Type 1. People who have this cannot produce insulin and must take insulin by injection. Because the medical concerns and complications, exercise for the Type 1 diabetic should be medically supervised.

Noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, or Type 2. These people are "insulin resistant", meaning that they produce insulin, but it is not effective in escorting the glucose into the cells. Eighty to ninety percent of the diabetic opulation is Type 2. A physician will prescribe oral hypoglycemic agents if blood glucose levels cannot be controlled. As a last resort, a Type 2 diabetic will be put on insulin, which is likely if they continue with poor lifestyle choices such as sedentary living, poor eating habits and weight gain.

How exercise can help

Aerobic exercise increases insulin sensitivity and, along with proper nutrition, helps restore normal glucose metabolism by decreasing body fat. Strength training (a.k.a. resistance or weight training) also decreases body fat by raising the metabolism. It's main benefit, however, is increasing glucose uptake by the muscles and enhancing the ability to store glucose. Exercise can mean the difference between "medical management" and "lifestyle management" of Type 2 diabetes.

Who can exercise

The American Diabetes Association recommends that anyone with diabetes have a thorough medical exam to see if there are risks for coronary artery disease and that blood glucose control is adequate before starting an exercise program. The doctor will usually advise exercise if the patient has:

blood glucose less than 250 mg/dl. no symptoms of retinopathy, (damage to the blood vessels of the eye), neuropathy (damage to the nerves and circulation to extremities), or nephropathy (kidney damage) no cardiovascular problems such as angina, embolism, or aneurysm no other condition that makes exercise inadvisable.

Footcare guidelines

For a person with diabetes, there is no such thing a "just a little blister". An open sore can turn into a serious infection—proper footwear is a must. Shoes should be comfortable, well-fitting and appropriate for the chosen exercise. Before putting on the shoes, check for pebbles or other small objects inside. Smooth, not nubby socks should be worn during exercise and changed after a workout. Sweaty socks increase the chance of getting athlete's foot. Feet are to be checked daily for scratches, cuts, blisters, ingrown toenails, corns, and calluses. Immediately contact a doctor for ingrown toenails, athlete's foot, and cuts or sores that are not healing.

Hypoglycemia prevention

Hypoglycemia is a major risk among Type 2 diabetics on oral medication because of insulin-like effect of exercise. The increased glucose uptake by the muscles produces low blood glucose levels which can continue for 12 - 24 hours. The warning signs for mild and moderate hypoglycemic reactions are: trembling or shakiness, rapid heart rate, palpitations, increased sweating, excessive hunger, headache, drowsiness, mental confusion, and abrupt mood changes. In the event of a hypoglycemic attack:

Take action even if you are not sure you have hypoglycemia--waiting can make your symptoms much worse.

Take a blood-glucose test to confirm the problem.

Eat or drink foods with sugar such as 1/2 cup of fruit juice, six lifesavers, 1 small box of raisins, or 3 glucose tablets. (this is only a sample of effective treatments). Food with fat should be avoided because it blocks the absorption of sugar into the bloodstream.

Take at least a 10 - 15 minute rest and retest blood-glucose level before resuming exercise. Don't exercise if it's below 100 mg/dl or you still don't feel right.
If you do continue to exercise, be on the lookout for any signs that the hypoglycemic reaction is not over. Take your blood-glucose level at least every 20 - 30 minutes during your workout. After your workout eat a complex carbohydrate snack (starchy food).

Insulin sensitivity can remain high for 24 - 48 hours after a person stops exercising. Late-onset hypoglycemia is is believed to be more common than hypoglycemia that occurs during or right after exercise. It is more common among new exercisers or people who exercise strenuously. You can help prevent late-onset hypoglycemia by asking your doctor about adjusting your insulin or oral medication before exercise and increasing your food intake before and after exercise. You should also monitor your blood glucose for 12 hours after long workouts (longer than 45 minutes) or when changing the intensity or duration of your exercise--even if your workout is less than 45 minutes.

Exercise guidelines for the Type 2 diabetic

Let your body get used to exercising. Start out easy and gradually increase intensity and duration. Warm up and cool down for 5 - 10 minutes each by exercising at a low intensity before and after your moderate intensity workout. Sufficient warm up and cool down will help to prevent heart problems as well as make you less susceptible to injury. Don't exercise outdoors on very hot or humid days. You can get heat exhaustion or heat stroke. In warm weather, dress in lightweight, light-colored, loose-fitting cotton clothing or special fabrics that promote heat loss. Wear a hat and apply sunscreen. To prevent dehydration, drink a cup of cold water before and after you exercise. If you exercise longer than 30 minutes or are sweating a lot, drink water during your workout. Know the warning signs of heart problems: chest, arm or jaw pain, nausea, dizziness or fainting (also signs of heat exhaustion or hypoglycemia), unusual shortness of breath during exercise, irregular pulse.

Exercise, along with good nutrition, helps decrease body fat, which helps normalize glucose metabolism. Also, exercise helps ower coronary risk factors like high blood pressure and high cholesterol.

Aerobic exercise

Since many Type 2 diabetics are sedentary and overweight, low-impact exercise such as walking or stationary cycling is recommended, along with enough exercise to promote weight management. Their goal should be to exercise five times per week, up to 40 - 60 minutes per session at a moderate intensity. This level of exercise can be reached gradually, starting as low as 10 - 20 minutes a few times a week for a person who has never exercised. Remember to increase only one factor at a time (days per week, length of session, or intensity).

Strength training

For those who have no other complications, strength training is safe and can provide many benefits. It can increase lean mass which will help in weight management, as well as increase glucose uptake by the muscles and help the body to store glucose. Strength training programs are designed around a persons needs, desires, level of conditioning and time factors.

A basic recommendation from the American College of Sports Medicine is to train a minimum of two times per week, doing 8 - 12 repetitions per set of 8 - 10 exercises targeting major muscle groups. Safety precautions must be followed for the exercising diabetic. A personal trainer can help to set up a program for the Type 2 diabetic and help them to exercise correctly. With your doctor's permission, exercise bands are a safe, simple and effective way to exercise at home.

Medication is not enough to make a diabetic feel good and live a full life. Exercise and good nutrition provide real physical payoffs--they are essential to controlling diabetes. Exercise can help prolong your life and improve the quality of your added months and years. Sticking to an exercise program can be a challenge for anyone, even with strong medical reasons to exercise.

Measuring your blood-glucose level before and after exercise can be a motivator. Diabetics who play the "numbers game" commonly see a twenty percent decrease in their blood-glucose level after exercising. It is crucial that the exercise be fun and there is some variety.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Exercise: Why YOU Should Do It

Hundreds of Thousands of Americans spend millions of dollars each year on diet pills, "magical" exercise devices, and misrepresented health and fitness products, when in all actuality a good set of dumbbells and a brisk walk may be all you need to get in better shape than you've ever been in.

What can you do with nothing but a set of dumbbells, you ask? Provide resistance to your body's movements - also known as weight lifting. That's all weight lifting is - resistance. The terms "weight lifting" and "resistance training" have become one in the same because they are describing the same activity - moving your body under more resistance than it normally has to handle.

In fact, you've just stumbled upon the basic secret of exercise in general! Whether you are talking about resistance training, Pilates, Yoga, cardiovascular activities, or any other form of exercise, all of these programs have one thing in common - performing more activity than you would get sitting on the couch. WHY should you exercise, though?

How about defying the aging process for starters? Do you know that the primary reason why elderly people end up in nursing homes is because they lose the ability to think and move on their own? Do you also know that the entire process of thinking and moving on our own happens because we do it every day? Until we retire, that is. Once we don't have to go to work anymore, or deal with scheduling and lifestyle issues, suddenly the only thing that we have to think about is whether to watch game shows or soap operas all day long, and the only exercise we get is deftly flying our fingers over the remote control.

Mush. That's what our brains and bodies turn into when we stop using them. Think you are still sharp as a tack, and at the height of your game? Try to say the alphabet backwards in 30 seconds or less.

Yes…. sharp indeed.

What about physically? Think that you can still hold your own even though you don't really exercise much? Stop reading this article and drop down on the floor for some correct-form push-ups. Did you do at least 30 if you are female, or at least 40 if you are male? No? How about 20 or 25? 15? Unless you pulled off 30 or 40, you are probably at less than the 50 percentile mark for your gender - health conditions notwithstanding.

Okay, so you've determined that you aren't exactly Olympic athlete material. So what? You don't even like sports, let alone being very good at them. That's fine, and there is nothing wrong with that. So what about fat? Do you like bodyfat? Do you find it physically appealing? Do you think it's healthy? If so, we're done speaking. Go on about your business, and thanks for reading this far.

For everyone else, here is a newsflash: In America today - the year 2004 - obesity related health conditions account for more deaths in the United States each year than all known forms of cancer COMBINED. Heart Disease alone is the number one killer of American adults, and it is a PREVENTABLE CONDITION!

How about self-esteem? 64% of Americans are overweight. That is almost two-thirds of the population. If you think that a figure like that and the skyrocketing sales of prescription anti-depressants aren't related, you now have a second opportunity to stop reading this article and continue on with your day.

Here is the bottom line, folks: Exercise and a reasonable nutrition program are necessary for ALL people, for their ENTIRE lives. Note, however, that I said "exercise", and that I also said "reasonable nutrition program". At no point did I say anything about spending 2 hours per day at the gym, or about eating nothing but carrots and celery for the rest of your life. Why? Those practices are just as ineffective at long-term weight loss as diet pills and late night infomercial products. Here is what DOES work:

1) Weight/Resistance Training - Weight training for both men and women has the same effect - it makes your muscles more metabolically active. In simpler terms, it means your muscles will burn more calories - even when you are sleeping. Muscle is the only site on your body where bodyfat is broken down. Weak muscles = weak metabolism. Weak metabolism = slow calorie burning.

2) Cardiovascular Training - Contrary to popular belief, this type of training is meant to help your cardio-respiratory system function more effectively, and ultimately to last longer. Does it burn a lot of calories? Sure it does. However, if you don't combine it with resistance training and supportive nutrition, you'll likely just burn off water weight and the muscle tissue that you worked so hard for up in step number 1.

3) Reasonable Nutrition Program - Quality sources of complex and fibrous carbohydrates, essential fatty acids, and lean sources of protein. Eat those nutrients in reasonable proportions frequently throughout your day, and your metabolism (refer again to #1) will crank up to high, and you'll be burning more calories on a day to day basis than you ever have before in your life.

So far we have seen that not only can exercise keep us out of a nursing home, but it can also keep off excess levels of bodyfat which will - literally - keep us alive. We haven't even touched on sports performance, recreational activities, improved energy levels, ability to focus, or many of the other benefits of a regular exercise program.

Personally, I'd be happy with just staying out of a nursing home, and staying alive long enough to look good in a bathing suit. What about you?

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

3 Biggest Benefits of Strength Training

Strength training is exercise that uses resistance to strengthen and condition the musculoskeletal system, improving muscle tone and endurance. "Strength training" is used as a general term synonymous with other common terms: "weightlifting" and "resistance training." Physiologically, the benefits of consistent strength training include an increase in muscle size and tone, increased muscular strength and increases in tendon, bone and ligament strength. Lifting weights has also been shown to improve psychological health as well, by increasing self-esteem, confidence and self-worth.

Improved Physical Appearance and Performance

One important result of strength training is increased physical performance. Muscles quite literally utilize energy to produce movement, functioning as the engine or powerhouse of the body. Strength training increases the muscles' size, strength and endurance, which contribute to improvements in our work, favorite sports, hobbies and our general day-to-day activities.

Another benefit of a good strength-training program is its effect on our overall appearance and body composition, which can directly influence self-esteem, self-worth and level of confidence. Take, for example, a 170-pound man who has 20 percent body fat; 34 pounds of fat weight and 136 pounds of lean body weight (muscle, bones, organs, water, etc). By beginning an effective strength training program, he replaces five pounds of fat with five pounds of muscle. He still weighs 170 pounds, but he is now 17 percent fat with 29 pounds of fat weight and 141 pounds of lean body weight. Although his body weight remains the same, his strength, muscle tone and metabolism have improved, giving him a fit appearance.

Both our physical appearance and our physical performance can be improved by muscle gain or hampered by muscle loss. Research indicates that unless we strength train regularly, we lose about one-half pound of muscle every year of our lives after age 30. Unless we implement a safe and effective weight lifting program, our muscles gradually decrease in size and strength in the process called "atrophy."

Lifting weights is therefore important for preventing the muscle loss that normally accompanies the aging process. A common misconception is that as we reach the age of senior citizens, it is normal to stop being active and to start using ambulatory aides like canes and wheelchairs. Many people think we have no choice; they think this is normal.

But this couldn't be further from the truth. There is absolutely no reason why all of us can't be physically, mentally, socially and sexually active, living a healthy vibrant life until our last day on Earth! The reason many elderly people rely on ambulatory aides and become slower and fatter is simply that over the years their muscles have been wasting away, so their physical performance and metabolism also decrease, becoming less efficient.

Increased Metabolic Efficiency (your ability to burn excess calories)

That one-half pound of muscle loss every year after age 30 produces a one-half percent reduction in basal metabolic rate (BMR) every year. A reduction in BMR means that our bodies are less able to use the food we consume as energy, thus more gets stored as body fat. "Basal metabolic rate" refers to the energy used by our body at rest to maintain normal body functions.

Our muscles have high-energy requirements. Even when we are sleeping, our muscles use more than 25% of our energy (calories). When you implement the principles of effective strength training and you are consistent in your program, you will achieve an increase in lean muscle mass throughout your body and increase your BMR. In other words, you can actually condition your metabolism to work better and more efficiently even when you are at rest.

An increase in muscle tissue causes an increase in metabolic rate, and a decrease in muscle tissue causes a decrease in metabolic rate. You can see that anyone interested in decreasing body fat percentage and their risk of disease as well as in increasing physical performance and appearance, should be strength training to help condition their metabolism (BMR).

One of the biggest mistakes people make when starting a weight-management program is not including a strength training routine with their cardiovascular exercise and low-fat eating regimen. This is unfortunate because when we cut calories without exercise, we can lose muscle as well as fat.

Decreased Risk of Sustaining an Injury

Our muscles also function as shock absorbers and serve as important balancing agents throughout our body. Well-conditioned muscles help to lessen the repetitive landing forces in weight-bearing activities such as jogging or playing basketball. Well-balanced muscles reduce the risk of injuries that result when a muscle is weaker than its opposing muscle group.

To reduce the risk of unbalanced muscle development, you should make sure that when you are training a specific muscle group, the opposing muscle groups are being trained as well (though not necessarily on the same day). For example, if you are doing bench-pressing exercises for your chest, you should include some rowing exercises for your back muscles as well.

By now you have probably realized that weightlifting should be an important part of your exercise routine. Weightlifting provides many important benefits that cannot be achieved by any other exercise or activity. When you begin achieving great results, the excitement and fun you experience will make the change well worth the effort. Good luck; I hope you enjoy all the wonderful benefits of an effective strength training program.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

The Benefits of Using an Exercise Ball

Exercise balls have become so popular that most fitness centers now offer hour-long classes using them.

It may look easy, but even elite athletes are using them to make run-of-the-mill exercises more challenging.

When you use a swiss ball to do crunches, for example, you're using more than just the abdominis rectus. Many other muscles have to help out, acting as stabilizers, and this makes the exercise much more powerful and effective than if you were on a mat doing simple crunches. The same goes for an endless list of traditional exercises. The exercise ball really is a great innovation to the fitness industry.

Here are a few benefits you can get from spending a half-hour a day working with an exercise ball:

Develop muscle tone all over. When you're training one muscle group, another is helping to maintain balance, so you become toned up pretty quickly.
Improve your flexibility. There are some great stretches you can do - especially for your back and abdominal region. When you limber yourself up, you feel taller and thinner.

Make yourself more graceful. Working with a exercise balls trains you to balance yourself while you're in motion, a skill that really shows in every movement you make.

Really work your body's core. Few fitness devices offer such effective exercises to tone the deeper abdominal muscles.Work at your own pace, to maximize your progress. Everything you do with an exercise ball can be modified to make it more or less difficult.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Heart Smart Workout

Being Heart Smart - Getting Key Results From Your Workout

Everyone knows that exercising is one of most powerful things you can do to improve your health. Regular cardiovascular exercise makes your heart stronger and more efficient, burns calories, lowers your blood pressure and helps keep you mentally sharp. However, it is important to exercise properly to get optimum results and help you achieve your goals. With today's busy schedules, no one has time to waste on ineffective or inefficient exercise.

Performing cardiovascular work at the correct level of intensity is essential. Exercise too hard and you risk injury and exhaustion or you may burn out and stop exercising altogether. On the other hand, if you don't work out hard enough, you may not get the results you want. The best way to measure intensity is to watch your heart rate as you exercise.

According to the American College of Sports Medicine, your predicted maximum heart rate can be estimated by subtracting your age from 220. This is the maximum number of times your heart can beat in a minute. Then multiply that number by .55 and by .9 to find the range that is your heart rate training zone. For example, if you are 35 years old, you have a predicted maximum heart rate of 185 beats per minute (220-35 = 185). Your lower limit is 102 beats per minute (.55 x 185), and your upper limit in the zone is 166 (.9 x 185).

"Working in the appropriate training zone makes it easier to exercise for a sufficient period of time and to continue with an effective exercise program for weight loss or cardiovascular fitness," said James Skinner, Ph.D., Indiana University, and a member of the Life Fitness Academy Scientific and Medical Advisory Board.

If you have a very low level of fitness or haven't exercised in a long time, 55 percent may be an effective place to begin your workouts, but a more conditioned person should work closer to 70 to 85 percent of his/her maximum heart rate. Depending on individual goals, most people who typically follow a regular exercise program should sustain at least 70 to 80 percent of their maximum heart rate for 20 to 60 minutes.

There are several ways to monitor your heart rate, including manually checking your pulse, and through using a variety of equipment, such as a heart rate monitor or hand sensors on fitness equipment. Checking your pulse can be done by using the first two fingers of one hand to apply light pressure at the carotid artery on the neck or the radial artery in the wrist. Count the beats for 10 seconds and multiply by six to get your heart rate for one minute.

Heart rate monitors, such as those available from leading manufacturer Polar®, include a chest strap and a wristwatch type receiver. The strap picks up your heart rate and the receiver displays the result, making it an accurate and convenient way to measure your heart rate.

Finally, leading equipment manufacturers such as Life Fitness typically offer features on their equipment that measure your heart rate as well. Some allow you to wear your heart rate monitoring strap and the machine's console will display your heart rate (just like your wrist receiver would). Also, some equipment offers hand sensors that you can grip and the machine will measure your heart rate and transmit the reading to the console.

Once your heart rate is determined, usually it is up to you to adjust your workout to keep your heart rate in your target zone. If your heart rate is too low, you may need to jog or pedal faster, for instance. If it is too high, you may want to slow down a bit.

Some equipment, however, makes adjustments for you. For example, many machines from Life Fitness, including treadmills, elliptical cross-trainers, stairclimbers and Lifecycle upright and recumbent exercise bikes offer workouts that measure your heart rate and automatically adjust the level of resistance to keep your heart rate at the chosen level. Because the machine does the work here, this lets you just get on and go, without constantly having to monitor your heart rate.

A heart that pumps more blood with each contraction is working efficiently, so it will not have to contract as often. This increased efficiency results in a lower resting heart rate, and a greater work capacity - which are signs of enhanced fitness.

"Cardiovascular exercise is an important part of any consistent exercise routine if you want to improve your overall health, fitness and longevity," says Paul Thompson, M.D., director of the Preventive Cardiology Program at Hartford Hospital, Hartford, Conn. "Building a stronger heart is the best life insurance there is."

When beginning any exercise program, it is important to first consult your physician. For assistance in developing a program that will help you exercise safely and ultimately achieve your fitness goals.

Also check with your local fitness facilities for personal trainers who can help create a program for you and at your health club or when purchasing equipment for your home, look for cardiovascular equipment that monitors your heart rate and automatically adjusts resistance to keep you where you need to be.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Interval Training Tips

Better results in less time? Interval Training may be the answer for the common workout!

If you want a workout that can help you burn more calories, improve your power, increase your speed, and help your ability to workout for longer periods of time, then Interval Training may be for you.

What is Interval Training?

Interval Training is short, high-intensity exercise periods followed by longer, lower intensity periods. These higher and lower intensity periods are repeated several times to form a complete workout. A basic example would be to walk for 6 minutes at 3.5 MPH and then jog for 2 minutes at 6.0 MPH, and then repeat this sequence several times.

Why should I incorporating Interval Training into my workout plan?

Interval Training can be helpful when you are trying a new form of exercise, for example, when you begin a running/jogging program on a new treadmill. If you attempt to jog continuously without building up to it, you may fatigue quickly and even give up. However, if you begin with intervals of walking interspersed with jogging periods, the workout can be much more enjoyable and effective. Also, you will be more likely to stick with the program and achieve the end result - continuous jogging.

What are the benefits of Interval Training?

Some of the potential benefits of Interval Training are as follows:

Help you improve cardiovascular fitness
Improve overall aerobic power
Burn more calories than similar time period on continuous training exercise
Break-through an exercise program plateau
Increase workout duration and reach new exercise levels
Expand your workout options
Increase your workout threshold
Increase speed
Which programs on Life Fitness cardio machines incorporate Interval Training?

Heart Rate Hill
Heart Rate Interval
Extreme Heart Rate
Hill
Interval
Speed Training

Now that you know the benefits of Interval Training and the basic techniques for it, why not give it a try for yourself. Not only is it a great way to try out some new workout programs, it’s also a great way to avoid workout boredom. Plus, with Interval Training workouts often are more enjoyable, go by quicker, and improvement results come faster. So why not try spicing up a stale, run-of-the-mill workout with Interval options? You may never use the Manual workout button on your cardio piece again!

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Home Gym Overview

Home fitness gyms are quite popular for people who want the benefits of a good workout without having to leave home to get it. The best home gyms on the market are durable, reliable, constructed with quality parts and materials, and most importantly, meet your specific fitness and workout needs.

Three Types of Home Gyms

There are three basic types of home gym:

• Machine
• Free weight
• Plate loaded machine

Each type comes with its own advantages and disadvantages, and each is suited to different workout needs and styles. Determining the best home gyms for your consideration requires some research and information gathering to narrow the list to a few you can try out in person.

Let’s take a look at each of these in turn.

About Machine Home Gyms

Machine home gyms are constructed of a single steel frame. Attached to this frame are different types of training equipment that work different parts of the body with different motions and exercises.

Machine home gyms generally fall into three categories:

Traditional – This is the most common type of machine home gym. It contains multiple stations and functions, such as a lat pull down, leg extension and leg curl, press, and bench. Most also have an adjustable weight stack and may also have a low row station, too.

Power rod – This category uses flexible rods to create resistance and weight load during your workout. The rods are of varying stiffness and thus create various levels of resistance. The most well known power rod home gym is the Bowflex brand.

Gravity resistance – This category of machine home gyms is typically lightweight, portable, and of somewhat questionable quality. The machine has a metal frame that is adjustable, and a gliding bench or board that holds your body during exercises. The weight of your body creates the resistance, as you pull on cables to glide yourself up and down various inclines and in various positions.

About Free Weight Home Gyms

A free weight home gym consists of several separate pieces of equipment that are not attached together in any way. The pieces are used in different combinations and different frequencies to achieve training goals. Weights are added, dropped or adjusted by hand, using whichever bar you have selected for a particular exercise.

Free weight home gyms generally fall into three categories:

Traditional – This is the most common category and considered by many to be the best home gyms for multi-purpose workouts. The specific components may vary, but usually include at least one barbell, two dumbbells, a variety of weight plates, a bench and rack, and collars to prevent weight plates from falling.

Power rack – This category is generally for home gyms that focus on heavy exercises. The power rack itself is free standing and holds the barbell. The user adjusts the height of the rack so that he or she squats slightly to place the barbell across the top of the back, then stands up straight and moves back to commence the exercise. When the exercise is complete, the user simply moves forward again and places the barbell back in the rack.

Power cage – This category of equipment is used in much the same manner as a power rack, but with a slight difference. The power cage has rectangular sides for holding the barbell, which means the user cannot move as far forward or backward as they can with power rack equipment.

About Plate Loaded Machine Home Gyms

A plate loaded machine home gym combines elements of both a free weight home gym and a standard machine home gym. It may have several stations and functions like a machine home gym, but instead of having a standard weight stack it requires you to add and subtract weight by hand, just like with a free weight home gym.

There are three common categories of plate loaded machine home gyms:

Machine without weight stacks – This category is for equipment that is essentially a standard machine home gym with multiple stations, but with the exception that weights are loaded manually.

Smith machine – This category is a machine-form of a power rack or a power cage. Instead of the user moving backward to perform the actual exercises, a smith machine limits the motion to straight up and down without any forward or backward movement.

Combination Smith machine – This category combines the elements of a standard smith machine with some of the things found on a machine gym, such as a lat pull down or other similar function.

Which Gym is Best For You?

The best home gyms are those that have the features and functions that match your personal fitness goals and meet other specific requirement.

For example, if your goal is to build gigantic muscles then you should consider a smith machine that allows you to do squats, dead lifts, and perform both with a great deal of weight. If your goals are more modest, though, then a standard machine home gym should be sufficient. You might even prefer a gravity resistance home gym if you are more interested in overall body toning rather than building up muscle bulk.

Of course, cost is a big consideration, and as with most other types of fitness equipment, you will tend to get a level of quality that is in line with the amount of money that you spend. Many people opt for a short term membership at a gym or fitness club so that they can try several types of machines to see which ones they like best.

Still not sure which is right for you? Think about buying an inexpensive home gym of whatever type you like the best so you can try it out without making a huge financial commitment. If you are ready to take the plunge and invest in a high quality, serious fitness home gym, though, expect to spend at least $500 and more likely around $1,000 or more.

Before making any purchase, it is critical that you measure the space where you plan to put your home gym so you know exactly how big your home gym should be. Remember to allow enough space around the perimeter of the home gym so that you can easily move around and access the equipment.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Why Women Need to Weight Train

For many years, aerobic exercise was considered the optimal method for women attempting to lose weight. Using equipment such as stair climbers, treadmills, stationary bikes, etc. was thought to be the "ideal" way to lose weight.

Although aerobic exercise provides many benefits and is excellent for your heart and lungs, too much of it could hinder your efforts at losing body fat. Unfortunately, many women do not understand the true value of adding a weight resistance routine to their aerobic exercise program.

There are many popular myths on why women have turned away from using weights. Probably the most popular one is: "If I lift weights I will bulk up and look like a body builder." This is far from the truth, as women do not have enough of the hormone called testosterone. Testosterone is dominant in males and is responsible for muscle growth. Therefore, because of hormone levels and women's genetic makeup, it is very difficult for women to "bulk up." In addition, women would have to train for hours on end and eat a very specific diet in order to look like a "bodybuilder."

One of the reasons weight training will help women decrease their body fat and lose inches is because increasing the amount of muscle tissue raises metabolism. Muscle tissue is much more metabolically active than fat tissue; it burns 25% more calories than fat tissue. Men typically have an easier time than women losing fat because they ten to have more muscle overall.

Therefore, if you have been trying (unsuccessfully) to lose 10-15 pounds, despite all the hours spent on the stair climber or in step aerobics class, then try adding weight training to your workout. That simple change can help you break through the plateau you may have reached by performing only aerobic exercise.

It is important to note that you should not stop exercising aerobically, but maybe rethink putting 100% of your efforts into aerobic exercise alone. By adding weight training, you will lose inches, burn more fat and change the shape of your body. In addition, weight training helps build stronger bones to help protect you against osteoporosis, which is the degeneration of bone associated with insufficient calcium in the diet.

Strength training also has been shown to benefit individuals with certain types of arthritis. But one of the best benefits of weight training is a better quality of life. Everyday activities such as gardening, carrying groceries or playing with your children become easier. Life becomes more enjoyable and you feel more vibrant!

Therefore the best approach for people wishing to reduce their body fat is to incorporate aerobic exercise and strength training and follow a well-balanced, low fat high fiber diet. If strength training is new to you, follow the advice of a certified personal trainer. This will ensure that you are exercising safely and effectively. And as always, consult with your doctor before starting an exercise program.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Monitoring Your Heart Puts You in the Ideal Aerobic Zone

Monitoring Your Heart Puts You in the Ideal Aerobic Zone

Heart rate monitors and the use of heart rate controls have become a very popular option on elliptical trainers as well as treadmills. To get an optimum workout it is important to pace your exercise. You want your heart rate at the proper intensity level for an extended period of time. If your heart rate gets too high your activity can become counter productive, if it is too low you are not getting any substantial health benefits.

A heart rate monitor simply monitors the rate of your heart and provides feedback. Although they are not always precise, they generally work well enough to give you an approximation of your heart rate as you exercise. By using a heart rate monitor you can ascertain a exercise level that will optimize the burning of fat and you will improve your metabolism.

If you are beginning an exercise regimen over exercising and raising your heart level too high can be counterproductive. You can exert yourself beyond an aerobic workout. When your heart exceeds 85% you are in an anaerobic zone. This is when your body burns less fat and more carbohydrates. In the process you produce lactic acids. A heart rate monitor assists you in staying in the preferably aerobic zone.

On elliptical trainers heart rate monitors are normally found on stationary handles located in front of the console. On some models they are actually located on the moving handlebars, which gives you the advantage of monitoring your heart rate while still getting an upper body workout.

What Should Your Heart Rate Be While Exercising?

There are a number of formulas for determining your ideal heart rate while you exercise. And that rate can vary depending on your level of fitness and your fitness goals. Obviously if you training for a marathon your heart level would exceed a person trying to get back into shape and lose weight.

According to the American Medical Association, your maximum heart rate is approximately 220 minus your age. Your target heart rate should generally be between 50 and 75 percent of your maximum heart rate. This is your ideal heart rate during aerobic exercises like brisk walking or jogging. They have a chart that breaks down the rate for different ages.

These are the various zones.

Healthy Heart Zone (Warm up) --- 50 - 60% of maximum heart rate: The easiest zone and probably the best zone for people just starting a fitness program. It can also be used as a warm up for more serious walkers. This zone has been shown to help decrease body fat, blood pressure and cholesterol. It also decreases the risk of degenerative diseases and has a low risk of injury. 85% of calories burned in this zone are fats!

Fitness Zone (Fat Burning) --- 60 - 70% of maximum heart rate: This zone provides the same benefits as the healthy heart zone, but is more intense and burns more total calories. The percent of fat calories is still 85%.

Aerobic Zone (Endurance Training) --- 70 - 80% of maximum heart rate: The aerobic zone will improve your cardiovascular and respiratory system AND increase the size and strength of your heart. This is the preferred zone if you are training for an endurance event. More calories are burned with 50% from fat.

Anaerobic Zone (Performance Training) --- 80 - 90% of maximum heart rate: Benefits of this zone include an improved VO2 maximum (the highest amount of oxygen one can consume during exercise) and thus an improved cardiorespiratory system, and a higher lactate tolerance ability, which means your endurance will improve and you'll be able to fight fatigue better. This is a high intensity zone burning more calories, 15 % from fat.

Red Line (Maximum Effort) --- 90 - 100% of maximum heart rate: Although this zone burns the highest number of calories, it is very intense. Most people can only stay in this zone for short periods. You should only train in this zone if you are in very good shape and have been cleared by a physician to do so.

Note: If you are just starting an exercise program it is important to consult a physician first. They can assist you in determining your ideal heart rate zone.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

What are the Benefits of an Elliptical Trainer?

Elliptical trainers are still relatively new to exercise enthusiasts, but their benefits over other fitness equipment are contributing to their outstanding growth. These machines continue to gain in popularity and may even surpass the ever-popular treadmill someday!

Could the benefits of an elliptical trainer have something to do with this rise in popularity? Could it be that this particular device is worth looking into, if you haven't done so already?

What Makes an Elliptical Unit So Good?

Let's just say, for example, that you lead a very busy lifestyle! Squeezing in sufficient time for exercise is next to impossible. But, what if I told you that you could get an efficient workout in less time on an elliptical exercise machine?

That's right! Because ellipticals are capable of exercising both the upper AND lower body at the same time, you can get in a great exercise session in as little as 20 minutes. Now, 20 minutes is hardly anything out of a 24-hour day! Surely you can spare so little time for the sake of your body's fitness?

What other factors make an elliptical training machine beneficial? One fact that instantly comes to mind is that this type of equipment is VERY low-impact! For this reason, alone, the elliptical would be ideal for older individuals who want to get in shape or maintain their current level of fitness. It would also be good for those who are rehabilitating from running injuries.

'Low-impact' means practically NO risk of injuring the back, knees, ankles, or other joints during a workout on an elliptical unit. So, if you're at high risk of such injuries, this may be the perfect machine for you to train on!

Cardiovascular Benefits

Because elliptical equipment DOES work both upper and lower body simultaneously, the heart rate is quickly elevated, allowing for a great cardiovascular workout. Through consistent training on an elliptical, the heart muscle is strengthened. Thereby, the risk of a heart attack,heart disease, or stroke is highly reduced.

Efficient for Weight-loss

Once that heart rate is increased during an elliptical workout, the body's metabolic rate is also increased. And, before you know it, you're burning those calories and working towards melting the fat away! The marvelous thing about jump-starting your metabolism with exercise is that, even when the exercise session is over, your body will continue to burn calories at an accelerated pace throughout the day.

Additional Elliptical Benefits

Elliptical exercise requires little skill. You simply put your feet into the foot pedals and begin pedaling, as your hands hold onto the moving handlebars. When you stop pedaling, the machine stops, too!

Most decent elliptical workout equipment comes with preset programs from which you can choose a workout routine. You can also adjust the incline level to increase the intensity of your workouts.

In addition to reducing your chance of heart problems and helping you shed those extra inches, elliptical training also strengthens and tones muscles in your legs and arms. The back and abdominal muscles also become stronger. You look better AND you feel better!

If you're looking for the right type of fitness equipment for you, why not check out an elliptical trainer?

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Tips for Buying an Elliptical Cross-Trainer

Is it an elliptical? A cross-trainer? Or both? No matter what you call it, it’s the hottest piece of fitness equipment available today. Introduced less than a decade ago, the elliptical cross-trainer already is among the most popular cardiovascular machines in both homes and health clubs.

Called “elliptical” because of the oval path the foot pedals travel, elliptical cross-trainers can be the all-in-one-tool of cardiovascular exercise. Efficient and effective, cross-trainers offer a fluid exercise motion with virtually no impact on the joints. Plus, ellipticals allow users to move forward and backward, which trains different leg muscles; and machines with moving arms provide an upper-body workout for even more aerobic benefit.

The elliptical cross-trainer is an excellent investment for almost anyone looking for an efficient total-body workout. But before shopping around, it’s a good idea to consider three important things:

You get what you pay for. Elliptical trainers are available at a wide range of prices, but there is usually a direct correlation between price and quality. Better-made machines may cost a little more, but they tend to be more comfortable to use and more durable over time.

Family matters. Consider how many people will use the cross-trainer. The heavier the equipment’s workload, the more important it is to find a more durable machine. If more than one person will use the machine, look for a model with variable stride lengths.

A place of its own. Making a commitment to exercise is great, but don’t forget to make space, too. Measure the area in your home where you plan to put the elliptical. A typical machine can be 80 to 90 inches long and about 24 to 36 inches wide. Height also is important as you have to account for both the step-up height on the machine, which is around 17 inches, and the height of the user.

Now you’re ready to shop. The best places to look are at authorized specialty fitness equipment stores, which carry a broad range of higher-quality equipment and usually are staffed by certified fitness professionals who can explain equipment features. When you go, wear your gym shoes and appropriate attire, because it’s essential to try before you buy.

During your “test runs,” three more guidelines will help you make the right purchase:

Comfort zone. Test several machines for at least five minutes each, so you can ensure the one you select feels comfortable to use. The pedals, stride length and range of motion should suit your body.

Familiar feel. If you use an elliptical cross-trainer at a health club, try the home version made by the same manufacturer. Chances are you’ll be more accustomed to the feel and features.

Program for success. During your in-store test runs, examine the equipment’s exercise programs. Be sure the machine has an easy-to-understand console, useful options and a variety of programs – like fat burning and sport training – that will keep you motivated; but be sure you’re not paying more for extras you’ll never use.

Finally, the right elliptical cross-trainer should provide years of worry-free use. So look for equipment made by a reputable manufacturer that comes with a solid warranty and buy from a company that can service the machine if necessary.

Once your cross-trainer is in place, resolve to use it regularly, and before long you’ll agree with the millions of others who exercise on cross-trainers: No matter what you call it, it provides a fabulous workout.

Shop the 2nd Wind Exercise Online Store

Tips for Buying a Home Treadmill

What's the most popular cardiovascular workout? According to research conducted by American Sports Data, Inc., it's treadmill exercise, with more than 37 million participants in 1999. That's up a whopping 743 percent from 1987.

No wonder so many people have taken to exercising on treadmills - it's an excellent way to lose weight and get in great cardiovascular shape. If you're in the market for a home treadmill, you've got a wide variety of products available from which to choose. It's very important, however, to find a treadmill that will meet your needs and help you achieve your goals, so be sure ask the following before going shopping:

How much money do you want to spend? The old saying, "You get what you pay for," directly applies to home fitness equipment. While it may be tempting to take advantage of a good deal, an inferior piece of equipment won't deliver the results you want, and it won't be as sturdy, dependable or enjoyable to use. Consider this purchase an investment - a good treadmill will last you for years.
Who's going to use the treadmill? The size and weight of the user, as well as how he or she plans to use it, e.g., walking or training for a marathon, can make a difference in the kind of treadmill you purchase. Also consider the number of people who will be using it. A treadmill's durability becomes increasingly important if several people will be logging time and miles on it.

Where will you keep the treadmill? Shopping for a home treadmill is like shopping for a sofa; figure out in advance where you plan to place it and measure the space. You want to be sure your treadmill will fit where you plan to exercise.
Now you're ready to put on your running shoes and head to the store. Here are some tips to help you select your treadmill:

Go to an authorized specialty fitness equipment store. You'll find higher quality products and greater selection at specialty fitness equipment shops such, as Omni Fitness and L.A. Gym, rather than at general sporting goods stores or department stores. Specialty stores also typically have certified fitness professionals who can help with selecting, understanding the features of and maintaining your treadmill.
Try out several treadmills. It's important to test different models of treadmills before making your final choice. If the machine doesn't feel comfortable to you, you won't use it, so wear your shoes and shorts and plan on giving a number of treadmills a five-minute try. Look for sturdy construction including a wide and flexible running surface, an easy-to-read console and a variety of programming options, including those that let you get going quickly or that let you customize and personalize your workouts.

Check out the exercise programs. While most treadmills have adjustable inclines and speed settings, the range of programming options run the gamut from basic fat burning and cardio workouts to far more elaborate programming, such as the Life Fitness Sports Training Workouts, which simulate outside terrain with both 5K and 10K race courses, available on Life Fitness' newest treadmills.

Find out about warranties. Don't forget to ask about parts and services warranties. The most reputable manufacturers back their equipment with good warranties.
Once your treadmill is in place, resolve to use it regularly, and before long you'll agree with the millions of others who exercise on treadmills - it's a fabulous workout.

Shop our 2nd Wind Exercise Equipment Online Store

2nd Wind Opens 57th Location

2nd Wind today opened their 57th Midwest Location in Oshkosh, Wisconsin. The Store is located on the corner of Hwy 41 & Hwy 44, across from the Citgo Station. The store is packed with new and used exercise equipment and staffed with two A.C.E. certified trainers. The details of the new store are below:

Store Manager: Paul Ecklor
Address: 2550 Washburn Ave S Suite #A
Oshkosh, WI 54904
Phone: 920-420-3889
Fax: 920-420-3876
Email: oshkosh@2ndwindexercise.com
Store Hours: 10-9 M-F; 10-5 Sat; 12-5 Sun

Visit our Online Store 2nd Wind Exercise Equipment

Tips on Getting the Most Out of Your Exercise Equipment

Exercise equipment is any physical object used in exercise. This can include treadmills, bicycles, trackshoes or protective equipment such as a weightlifting belt.

Aerobic or Anaerobic?

Aerobic equipment means any exercise equipment which predominantly benefits your cardiovascular system ( with oxygen ). This includes, but is not exclusive to, treadmills, cross trainers, rowing machines and stepping machines.

Anaerobic 'benefitting' equipment generally refers to weight resistance equipment such as cable machines and weight barbells / dumbbells. When considering what exercise you are going to do and which equipment you need to use, it's best to consider doing a mixture of aerobic and resistance exercise, possibly on different days. Anaerobic exercise will benefit your muscular endurance, fitness and strength, whereas aerobic exercise will help you to maintain a good level of cardiovascular fitness and burn more calories.

To get the most out of your training regime you must also ensure you are eating the right quantities of protein, carbohydrate and fat. Getting enough sleep is also a factor as well as allowing yourself recovery time between sessions.

When using weight resistance equipment, try to use a mixture of cable/pulley machines and free weights. That way you will benefit from a more natural movement of your own body when using free weights, but will also have the added benefit of using machines to add variety to your routine and target different areas of any given muscle group. If you are running or doing high impact aerobic work, make sure at the very least you have a good set of running show. Do not skimp on this investment, your knees will thank you for it later. It's also a good idea to replace your running shoes every 6 months if training regularly.

Posted by: 2nd Wind Exercise Equipment

October 23, 2008

The Technical Aspects of Treadmill Shopping

Once you set out to buy a treadmill, you can be sure that you will have enough options available to get your mind buzzing. So the ideal thing is to have some defined ideas of what aspects are required from your treadmill, and what is simply out of the question.

Horsepower has continuously baffled buyers when they look to choose a motorized treadmill. Some dealers cash in on the confusion and rant the 'bigger the better' rhetoric. Therefore, you have to be well versed, or at least apparently well versed, in what you want. A 2.0 HP motor would do well for your treadmill, anything less than 1.5 is certainly going to wear out much quicker than you'd expect, so go for the optimum option. The idea is to look out for the gimmicks don't pay heed to the terms like 'peak horsepower' or 'treadmill duty'; they mean nothing in the long run when you want consistent speed. The important thing is the 'continuous duty'; which marks that the motor will be able to produce a continuous 2HP for a full 24 hr motor usage. It is a practice with manufacturers to stamp the 'continuous duty' horsepower on DC motors, so having a look under the hood wouldn't hurt either.

Now a motor's HP will get you going, but bad Motor Electronics can mar the quality of experience you will have with your treadmill, not to mention the amounts you will have to pay for repairs! Seasoned manufacturers make sure that their treadmills have a steady clip which utilizes a microprocessor to sense the belt load and adjust accordingly for silky operation. So the best treadmills will be the ones that sense your resistance if you try to slow down, and adjust accordingly to keep the set pace going smoothly. Try slowing down a treadmill while hanging on to the handle bars, and you'll know what I'm talking about. A low quality, cheap treadmill will show her displeasure at your rudeness by jerking and groaning, but the quality ones, I have already described.

The Motor Toque is the thing that rotates the shaft which ultimately moves against your load. So plainly speaking, the motor torque has to be high to take the load of a human body, a potentially heavy human body at that. It's simple enough to understand that you need high torque for your treadmill. But also, the number of revolutions per second have to be low. Otherwise the treadmill might make you appreciate it at high speeds but at low speeds the high revs would really tax the motor. And consequently the motor will not last long enough to justify a good buy.

With a variety of treadmill available, the buyer should be sure what kind of Speed he wants from his treadmill. Whether you want to use it for running, jogging, or just walking determines which machine would be best for you. For walking, speeds from 0 to 6mph would do fine, but for runners the best treadmill would be the one which offers speeds from 0 to 12 mph. Running a motor at top speed of its speed limit over a long period of time is a sure way to wear out the motor is a hurry, so avoid that if you don't like to pay for repairs. For starters, the safe speed is half a mile, per hour, to make sure that the jerk of the initial start won't spill you over.

The treadmill's Belt has to suit your operation style as well. If you want to use the treadmill for running the belt should be 18 to 22 inches wide at least, to keep the runner safe. While the length would have to suit long strides for runners so something between 50 to 54 inches would be good. If the length or the width is not optimum for your use, then stay clear of such treadmills, as tripping on deck moving 5 mph is very likely to have you end up doing crosswords in a hospital bed. With manufacturers competing to be the best treadmill makers, the better ones provide two-ply belts that last longer and are less likely to curl at the sides. So that's the recommended stuff as it will last longer than a cheaper single ply belt. The treadmill Deck should have shock absorbing qualities to recommend it. Usually a good manufacturer will make sure that the deck provides ease to the user. In comparison with roads, a good treadmill deck provides almost 40% shock absorption to lessen the impact on the feet and joints. Therefore, for buyers who have joint problems, or those who don't wish to develop any, the best thing is to go for well cushioned, pre treated decks. This will, of course, result in fewer maintenance requirements. Though more impact protection is certainly going to hit you right where it matters; on the wallet.

Though it is necessary to have the necessary Resilience, all the talk about the impact protection shouldn't deceive you into buying a cheap treadmill with an overly soft deck. What you need is a deck that absorbs some of the impact; rubber bushings under a flexible deck serve the purpose ideally. However, when you go out to actually shop for the best treadmill for you, you have to remember that there are no set standards for cushioning and provision of resilience. The cushioning varies from treadmill to treadmill almost. Review treadmills; try out as many as you can, be critical. Don't fall for 'the softer the better' sales line; resilience is not meant to make the deck spongy or bouncy, a good pair of shoes and a decent deck resilience is enough to provide relief to your feet and joints, so go for it!

For treadmill Rollers though, 'the bigger the better'. This logic is based in simple physics; rollers with larger diameter have more surface area so the bearings have to do a lot less work in comparison with smallish rollers. Plus there is the belt to take care of, if you have small rollers the belt will have to put up with more tension and consequently there will be more repair work needed as well. And of course the larger rollers have more load bearing capacity so they need less repair work than the smaller rollers, who would be rolling themselves rugged if you regularly take up high speeds. Also, keep in mind that solid rollers are better than hollow ones, and prefer steel rollers to aluminum, which start to form an almost sand paper like material between the belt and the roller surface in quick time.

Though treadmills offer wide range of Incline options, they usually vary between 2-25%. Quite understandably, cheap treadmills have manual incline options but the costlier ones offer motorized incline features. Again, motors make the treadmill more complicated piece of equipment so the repair charges increase, along with the initial price. The thing to keep in mind about incline motors is that they should be quite about their efforts, if they groan as they increase incline then beware, they will die down on you a lot sooner than you'd expect. It can be easy to look for the widest range of choice and decide upon that, but seriously speaking, mostly you don't need more than 10% of incline as more can be hazardous for health. So, an innovative way might be to go for the motorized incline treadmills which keep your heartbeat in check and automatically adjust the incline to keep it smooth. Those who still can't get their heartbeat to the optimum high can just think how much they paid for the treadmill; I bet the treadmill would go downhill if it could!

Potentially the most luring thing about a treadmill is its Control Panel or console. There is a wide variety of features available on these consoles; from a speed monitor to heart rate monitor, electric incline control, distance and time, the treadmills boast a variety of features. However, too many buttons and gauges may get confusing, as well as potentially risky because they complicate the treadmill further and increase repair costs. There are LCD displays in the cheap treadmills while the high-end treadmills use LED displays that emit light from the display to make them more useful. Displays that are large simple and readable are the best options for those who don't want to spend on luxuries such as the high-end treadmills. A great feature of some high-end treadmills is the display that show error in case some part of the treadmill isn't in perfect health, definitely a good thing to have on hand, but not necessary. Ideally, the control panel should be the last thing on your mind when you decide on a treadmill, they can catch your fancy at one glance and then you wouldn't make many smart choices afterwards, beware!

A Treadmill has a Motor Controller which is an electrical power board that polices the current of the motor. Usually they are either Pulse Width Modulated board (PWM) or Solid State Control Rectifier board (SCR). A PWM board provides more DC voltage than the SCR one, as it has DC current running. Therefore, PWM boards are much quieter than SCR boards, which is recommendation enough. To add to that, they require less repair services as there are no chokes and filters to worry about, and the stronger current results in more tolerance while the heavier users are on. If you still aren't convinced then let me add that the PWM have lower electric costs, and they produce less heat as opposed to the SCR boards. Therefore, their life and performance are enhanced to make them user friendly and economical in the long run.

Heart Rate Control is essential for optimum workout in the least amount of time. The more effort you make the higher the heart rate is the simple rule with the stuff. It is ideal to have a heart rate monitor on your control panel to keep the rate in check, going over board with too much effort can damage the heart, so keep an eye on it. As for the quality of heart rate monitors, the idea is to choose one that of the interactive monitors. These not only keep the heart beat in check but also increase or reduce the incline to keep your heart rate optimum. Good heart rate control monitors use chest straps for evaluation, while other, less accurate monitors use ear and finger clip pulses for monitoring purposes. Usually, the Frame of the treadmill is made of either aluminum or alloy steel. Though steel has the potential to rust quickly but, if you take good care of it, they are stable enough to do you proud. Aluminum, on the other hand, is lighter than steel and provides easy portability, plus it doesn't rust. However, the sturdiness of aluminum is low and it is not advisable to choose it ahead of steel for that very reason. Another important thing about frames is the way they are made. Welded frame should be preferred over bolted ones; simply because bolts and are far less durable in the long run, thought they might make moving easier, but that still isn't enough to recommend them over welded frames.

Handlebars on treadmills are used for stability and balance so they should be within the reach of the user if he needs to use them. However, before selecting a treadmill, be sure that the handlebars do not come into the path of your arm motion whether you walk or run. The handlebars should be sturdy, avoid plastic ones as they might not last much. Plus the grips have to be comfortable for easy usage. It really doesn't matter how many handlebars are there in your treadmill, they can be one or two rails over the front of the control panel or a couple on the sides. What does matter however, is that handlebars should be out of your way, a swinging arm hitting a handlebar on the full might not be the ideal way to exercise, so choose wisely.

Like other moving machines, motorized treadmills should have Safety features that reduce accident potential to a bare minimum. Handlebars, as we have discussed, play a very important role in safety of the users. Along with those, emergency shut off is something that needs to be present in a good treadmill. Having said that, it would be no use to have an emergency shut off switch if it is out of reach, so check that as well. Similarly, the controls to limit the incline or speed or to turn to a gradual shut down should be within the user's reach as well. Make sure that the treadmill has a safe starting speed and a gradual shut down as well, jerky beginnings or abrupt slowing may put the user in a bit of a tumble. An inbuilt circuit breaker is always handy for expensive motorized treadmills so in case of power breakdowns or accidental power problems the treadmill should shut its system down to prevent damage to the machine.

The Warranty; A quality treadmill is a long term investment. When you pay top dollars for the best treadmills, remember that you should have a guarantee that the machine will work properly over at least over a period of 1-3 years. Mostly good manufacturers offer lifetime warranty on frames while the motorized parts, electronics along with the deck and belt should have a minimum of 1 year guarantee with labor to change the problematic parts in that period. Reliable manufacturers provide even 2-3 years warranties for the parts but 1 year of labor, which is fair enough. Guard against paying added money for extra warranty as that is not likely to do you much good. However, it is always helpful to find out if the treadmill you are looking to buy will have its parts available for some time to come. Surely you don't wish your treadmill to become redundant material two years down the lane.

For most people, the Price of the treadmill becomes the check that hold them back from choosing the best option possible. Usually you would find that below 1000$ are the sort of treadmills we have done our best to guard you against. So for a quality motorized treadmill, be prepared to spend over a 1000$ at least. The high-end treadmills average over 3000$ so they rattle your pocket considerably when you go for those, but as we have discussed earlier the competitive market has done consumers some amount of good, so some excellent treadmills are available around the 2 K mark as well. The catch is to remember that buying a treadmill is a long term investment for you, so have to assess the feasibility according to your own resources. You can go for refurbished treadmills or used treadmills that are in good condition, but consider only quality treadmills if you buy a used treadmill, a low quality refurbished treadmill will certainly not be a good buy.

Choosing the Right Treadmill

Convenience, ease and the efficiency of Treadmills have made them a revelation in the health industry. We have gone through such a variety of fitness exercises which either break your back trying to get them right, or are too difficult to master, let alone do them every day. But with a treadmill, you can burn calories the simplest was possible, by walking or running. Which, by the way, are the two most natural exercises you can imagine! You walk when you are a 2 year old, some even before that, and yet when it comes to exercising people turn to complex gym routines and diets to stay fit!

Work schedules, personal security, weather and health status; all make us reluctant to go out doors for walks on a regular basis. So it isn't a surprise that even the world's most advanced societies are facing health dilemmas. People in general don't have time for gym workouts, and those who do are too exhausted by long work days to do them. As for recommenders of walking as an exercise, Treadmills not only make exercise easier, they cut out the obtrusive factors which hinder us in forming routines.

In addition to providing some very helpful bits of information along the way, treadmills provide a wide variety of exercise options. From walking to hill climbing, jogging to running, you can pace yourself as you like so there is something for everyone in the use of treadmills. However, with the market being so overcrowded with a wide range of treadmills, we see a need for guidance in making the best choices for you.

At the moment there are three distinct types of treadmills available on the market. So to pick out the best treadmill for you, let's have a quick look at what each one of them has to offer.

First up is the Manual Treadmill; you don't have to be a fitness guru to understand that a manual treadmill is non-motorized. It's a simple machine with a belt and rollers that you move with your effort. The simpler a machine, the fewer are the chances of things going wrong with it. So that's a positive feature; it will last longer. However, since the treadmill's belt doesn't move itself you can set your own pace, which is not so good for the lazy people who are unlikely to push themselves.

Next, there is the Motorized Treadmill with features to set the pace of your walk, jog or run. You can set your required pace and keep up with it over a period of time to get optimum exercise out of the time you spend on it. Then there are the 'incline' options in some motorized treadmills; these can help you decide the amount of incline you want for your run. The negatives go with the positives though, it's a complicated piece of equipment and when it has problems they are complicated as well. Plus a motorized treadmill is going to be more expensive, compared to a manual treadmill, but with those features, you have to decide for what you want.

Now you can't say you don't have space for a treadmill; Foldable Treadmills have made that excuse redundant. Foldable treadmills can be stored in a negligible amount of space. These are great for use in the office or at home, whenever you take a break. So, if you are facing schedule constraints, or are just too lazy to take up regular exercise, then a foldable option might just be the best treadmill for you.

Frankly speaking, there is no hard and fast rule to determine which type of treadmill is better than the other. Though a comparison of treadmill features does help you decide which one is the best for you. Keep in mind, the treadmill that suits a friend perfectly isn't certain to be even rated as 'decent' for you. So read up some treadmill reviews and choose according to your own situation.

A top factor that will affect your choice would be your personal age and weight. Though some might say that exercise is necessary for everyone, but the mode of exercise has to differ accordingly with the individual traits. A bulky person may need a wider belt or the handlebars may obstruct the usual path of the arm movement, so check the details before you buy. Age matters when you choose as well, especially for older people, the resilience of the deck and the heart rate control are very important. Safety features help every age so make sure that you don't compromise on those. Similarly, whether you opt for running or walking determines not only the top speed you need from your treadmill, but also the size of the belt as well.

You look for a treadmill when you are conscious that you need to improve on your fitness levels. However, your aspirations determine the sort of treadmill you need. If you want to burn as much as you can in good time, trying out the incline options isn't a bad idea at all. Again heart rate interactive checks are very handy to get you to your optimum fitness levels without doing damage to your body. 'Who will be using it?' is just as important as 'how will you use it?', if you buy a treadmill while targeting the fitness improvement of your whole family, then keep in mind any inhibitions that might stop a member from utilizing the treadmill to the full. Chances are if you are willing to spend enough, there will be a treadmill that will suit a diverse group of individuals like a glove!

Long or short workouts determine the quality of motor you need for your treadmill. If you use the treadmill in short bursts the 'peak duty' might not be as useless as you first thought. It can be maintained for a short period of time by the treadmill so perhaps that restriction can help keep your treadmill's price down

How much do you use it? The amount of workout that is likely to be done on your treadmill should affect your choice of equipment. The more you want to use it, the more we would recommend that you go for high quality treadmills. Repairs will even out the price difference between cheap treadmills and high-end treadmills when you compare them in the long run. Consequently, it would be advisable to go for the higher priced quality treadmill rather than a cheap treadmill that would spend more time with the repairman than it does with you!

Abdominal Exercises That Work

Abdominal Exercise Equipment That Really Works

There have been many studies and reports about how our society as a whole has grown heavier and chubbier. The stomach, in particular, has become a trouble spot for many people. This is due in part to the fact that many of us have desk jobs where we rarely use our stomach and abdomen muscles. For others, this is where the excess fat, brought on by the fast food and extra beers, settles in our bodies. Whatever the reason for our big bellies, there has been a host of abdominal exercise equipment and gadgets to help do away with stomach flab. Some of these techniques and equipment work better than others. This article will help you sort through the hype.

Before beginning a discussion of abdominal exercises and equipment, it is important to point out that even the best ab machine will not help you loose fat in your stomach area. Abdominal exercise equipment can tone and shape your muscles, but the only way to loose the fat is to consume more calories than you take in. Exercise will help you do this, but it is a total body process, not targeted to certain areas.

It is also important to note, that for many people, a flat stomach is not in their genetics, even if they are in good physical shape. Some stomachs have a small curve, and all the crunches in the world won’t change that. However, the exercises and equipment discussed below will help tone, strengthen and define your abdominal muscles.

Abdominal Exercises & Equipment

There are many different types of ab exercisers and equipment. One of the most effective of these, the Roman Chair, is not strictly an ab machine. It is a common piece of equipment found at the gym but it can be used to perform a very effective ab exercise. The Roman Chair is a somewhat taller machine with two stationary, parallel arms and a straight, padded back. There is nothing to sit on.

When working on abs, the best way to use this piece of equipment is to place your forearms flat on each armrest, with your back firmly against the padding. You should have the Roman Chair set high enough that your legs dangle straight down when you are in position. Then slowly bring your knees toward your chest as far as you can go and hold for a few seconds before extending them to the beginning position. This exercise was number two in a San Diego State University survey that ranked the top abdominal exercises and equipment.

According to the survey, the best ab exercise is the Bicycle maneuver. Many of you are probably familiar with this fun exercise. We’ve been doing it since we were kids in gym class, and it turns out, the bicycle is one of the most effective exercises for working those abdominal muscles. To do the exercise correctly, lie on a mat and press your lower back flat. Put your hands beside your head. Tighten your abdominal muscles and bend your knees toward your chest until they are at about a 45-degree angle. Bring your right elbow in contact with your left knee. Then alternate with the opposite knee and elbow and repeat. You should feel it in your sides and abs.

Leg Crunches are similar to the Bicycle, but with crunches, your torso does most of the movement. Lie on the mat again with your lower back pressed flat. Place your hands at your sides or by your head, whichever is more comfortable. Be sure not to put any pressure on your arms or you will take away from the effectiveness of the exercise.

Lift your legs straight up above your head and bend your knees slightly. Squeeze your abdominal muscles and then lift your torso up off the mat toward your knees. Return to the original position with your back flat on the mat. Relax your abdominal muscles and then repeat. Remember to breathe during the exercise.

Crunches can also be done on an exercise ball and many feel it is more effective than standard crunches. You sit on the ball and place your feet on the floor about a foot apart. Roll back carefully on the ball until you are lying with your back fully extended on the ball. Tighten your abdominal muscles and raise your trunk off the ball to about a 30-degree angle. Return to the extended position and repeat.

Exercise balls are one of the most versatile and effective pieces of fitness equipment relative to their cost. Another low cost equipment alternative is a stretch band. These are just what they sound like, a stretchy band made of lycra, nylon or sometimes rubber. Sometimes called resistance bands, they allow you to work one muscle group while the resistance of the band stabilizes the opposing muscles. It is good for stretching and strengthening muscles and is often used with beginners and those who have experienced an injury.

If you are looking for something a bit more high-tech, there are several pieces of equipment made especially to work the abs. There are the Ab Crunch Machine and the Back and Ab Machine. Both of these pieces of abdominal exercise equipment have been designed to support the lower back and the neck. They also come with adjustable resistance settings.

The Ab Slider, Ab Wheel, and Ab Trainer are other examples of equipment designed to target abdominal muscles. As with most types of fitness equipment, their effectiveness often is dependant upon correct usage and, in some cases, combining them with other abdominal exercises. It is important to fully research the equipment and read instructions before using.

The quest for six-pack abs and flat stomachs has intensified over the past few years. In response, the fitness industry has resurrected some old, faithful exercises, developed new and improved versions, and even created equipment specifically to target abdominal muscles. Combine these top abdominal exercises with an overall exercise routine and a healthy diet, and chances are you will loose the flab and have a stronger, more shapely mid section in a matter of months.

Treadmill Exercises Benefits

Chances are that you already know your treadmill can help you lose weight, stay fit, and protect you from the ravages of age related diseases like diabetes and heart disease.

But here are 3 MORE benefits of treadmill exercise you might NOT know!

#1 Walking on A TreadMill Helps Alleviate Depression

A recent study at Duke University found that even as little as eight minutes on a treadmill can help to dramatically, although temporarily, reduce symptoms of depression.

While researchers already knew that longer, sustained regular exercise helps to alleviate depression over the long term, this study proves that even short, vigorous workouts can have a similar helpful effect.

#2) Having Trouble Sleeping?

While it’s always been thought that vigorous exercise during the day will help improve sleep, the actual evidence to prove it hasn’t necessarily been forthcoming - until now.

Researchers at Stanford University School of Medicine conducted a study that included 43 adult volunteers ages 50 to 76. All of them were sedentary and had reported moderate sleep complaints.

They were randomly assigned to one of two groups. One group was asked to exercise 30 to 40 minutes, four times a week. The other group did not change from their non-active ways.

Those who exercised cut the time it normally took to fall asleep in half (while there was no change in the non-active group). The exercisers also rated their nighttime sleep as significantly improved.

The study, published in the Journal of the American Medical Association also reports that people who performed regular aerobic exercise or brisk walking slept almost an hour longer than those who did not exercise.

#3) More Efficient Workouts for the Time Pressed

Surveys of fitness professionals by the American Council on Exercise show that one of the fitness trends for 2004 will be workouts that accommodate the time-starved exerciser by being more efficient in a shorter time period.

With their built-in workout programs, controllable inclines and even heart rate monitors, treadmills allow you to custom tailor your workout to your time frame.

How about setting your fat-burning program for 20 minutes in the morning? Or why not do 15 minutes of incline intervals to keep your metabolism elevated throughout the day?

One of the biggest barriers to exercising is the lack of time. By using the tools available with your machine, a treadmill you can pack major cardiovascular benefits into a smaller time frame.

Any way you look at it, a treadmill is a great investment in your health and well being. By using it consistently to work out, you’ll be reaping major health benefits! Enjoy!

How Treadmills Compare to Other Fitness Equipment

When it comes to exercise, people like to walk or run. These are natural activities for us. They can have practical applications, such as getting from one place to another. They require less gear than many other forms of exercise (although you can spend a bundle on shoes, clothes and other accessories if you really wanted). And walking or running are great forms of exercise. They burn calories, work many muscle groups and strengthen cardiovascular components in the body. Walking is one of the best or perhaps the only feasible form of exercise for people with diseases such as osteoporosis, hypertension and chronic back pain. Walking doesn’t require a lot of technical know-how or instruction. We already know how to do it, and a few pointers about heart rate and breathing will at least get us on the road. In general, walking and running are easy and convenient ways to improve health and fitness and a home treadmill adds to this overall appeal.

According to the Sporting Goods Manufacturers Association, over 40 million consumers purchase treadmills each year and the number continues to grow. Treadmills account for over 1/3 of all home exercise equipment sales. So why do so many people choose treadmills and how do they compare to stair machines, stationary bikes and other home fitness equipment?

Ease and Convenience

The number one reason people use a treadmill is convenience. It allows you to exercise even when the weather is bad or the fitness center is closed. You can exercise in the early morning or after dinner or whenever the mood strikes you. You can even use your treadmill in the buff if you don’t feel like washing your workout clothes.

You can read, watch TV, talk with friends, or listen to music or audiotapes while you exercise on a treadmill. You can keep an eye on your kids, wait for files to download, take care of dinner or the laundry and even meditate, think through problems or make grocery lists.

For those who need to stay in the office until five – even when it’s not busy, or who prefer to exercise in the privacy of their own homes, a treadmill is ideal. Also, in some areas and neighborhoods, walking or running exposes one to traffic, muggers or vicious dogs. These hazards are avoided by using a treadmill.

Another reason people like treadmills is because you can just hop on and walk without a great deal of preparation and even if you don’t work terribly hard at it, you still accomplish something. But today’s treadmills make it easy to program in workout routines that simulate hills or vary speeds to enhance the effectiveness of your workout or challenge you to work harder and improve. The control panels are typically user friendly and many machines have built in heart rate monitors.

Clearly a treadmill provides several advantages over walking or running outside. And it is often easier and less expensive than other types of home exercise equipment, but how does it compare in terms of pure cardiovascular workout and calorie burning?

A Better Burn

According to a study done by the Medical College of Wisconsin and the VA Medical Center in Milwaukee, a person using a treadmill for 60 minutes burns an average of 865-705 calories. Check that against other common exercise equipment:

· stair machine 746-637 calories burned

· rowing machine 739-606 calories burned

· stationary cycle 604-5956 calories burned

· cross-country ski machine 678-595 calories burned

Treadmill vs Elliptical Machine

What about the new elliptical machines? An elliptical cross trainer with handles to work the upper body provides a workout that compares to that of a treadmill when it comes to muscles used and heart rate issues. The main difference between the two types of home exercise equipment is that and elliptical machine operates more smoothly and creates less of an impact on bones and joints. This might be good for those with recent injuries or chronic conditions, but it is the impact that helps maintain or improve bone density, which in turn strengthens bones and prevents the loss of calcium.

Most experts agree that a healthy person needs the bouncing and jarring associated with walking or running to keep bones, muscles and joints working properly. A treadmill is one of the few home fitness machines that provide this type of exercise. And most come with a cushioned platform to minimize impact or keep it at an acceptable level. As with any form of exercise, it is a good idea to check with your doctor first if you have health conditions that may make it difficult or unwise for you to participate in certain activities.

With a treadmill, the concept is basically simple. If you want to work harder, you increase the incline or the speed. Usually this is done with a push of the button. An elliptical machine can be adjusted to target certain muscle groups, but it requires some knowledge and usually must be done manually. And because elliptical machines are relatively new to the home fitness market, there are fewer models to choose from and they tend to cost a bit more than the average treadmill. Some people have commented that they feel the elliptical machines can be more difficult to use because the motions do not feel as natural as walking or running. It is a good idea to try out any piece of exercise equipment before buying to see how it feels and fits with your needs.

Many people who exercise do so because they know they should, not because they thoroughly enjoy it. Sure you feel good after you complete your workout, but sometimes getting motivated can be difficult. And if you are going to put in the time, you want to know that what you’re doing is actually helping you burn calories and become more fit. Treadmills rank at the top of the list when it comes to home fitness equipment, providing one of the most effective workouts in proportion to the amount of time spent. So make your movements count. Try a treadmill

How to Burn Calories With Ellipticals

If you're trying to choose between an elliptical trainer and another piece of exercise equipment like a treadmill or an exercise bike, one of the most popular questions is

'How many calories can I burn with an elliptical trainer?'

You want to get the most bang for your exercise buck - that's understandable. Here are some calories burned estimates for elliptical workouts - and several tips to burn more calories with your elliptical trainer!

General Estimates of Calories Burned with An Elliptical Trainer:

- 150 pound woman, 30 minutes of elliptical exercise: 387 calories

- 180 pound man, 30 minutes of elliptical exercise: 464 - 500 calories

- 120 pound woman, 30 minutes of elliptical exercise: 310 calories

General Estimates of Calories Burned (According To Elliptical Manufacturers)

- Elliptical manufacturers claim you can burn up to 720 calories an hour with an elliptical workout.

Factors that dictate how many calories you burn include:

>> Workout Duration

>> Interval Training

>> Elliptical Tension Settings

>> Body Composition (Muscle to Fat Ratio)

>> State of Cardiovascular system (regular exerciser or new to exercise)

>> Weight

>> Sex

>> Upper Body Arm Usage

Here are several tips to increase your calorie burn with your elliptical trainer:

- Build in Intervals

Most elliptical trainers offer incline and or tension that you can increase or decrease while workout out. Try building in 30 second incline intervals every couple of minutes to your workout.

This will not only push your body further and burn more calories during your workout - but it can also elevate your calorie burn for up to 24 hours after your workout.

- Use Upper Body Arms

Many elliptical machines offer you upper body arm bars that you can use to build your arms muscles into your workout. More muscles worked = more calories burned. If there are no upper body arms, grab a couple of 2 - 5 pounds handweights and swing your arms while striding.

- Take Advantage of the Forward and Backward Directions

Using more muscles (and one you may not have used before) also ups your calorie burn, even after your workout. So take advantage of the fact that most ellipticals allow you to go forward and backward. Switch up your routine every few minutes to up your calorie burn.

- Break up your Workout

Experts are now telling us that 2 mini-workouts may even be better than 1 long workout as far as calories burned. Why?

Any exercise will temporarily rev up your metabolism - so if you can do 15 - 20 minutes in the morning, and 15 - 20 minutes in the afternoon, your metabolism will stay charged up for a longer time. (If you can't do this, don't worry - remember that a 30 minute workout will still burn more calories than a 15 minute workout!)

So there are some tips to skyrocket your calorie burn on your elliptical. Good luck and have fun blasting those calories!

2nd Wind Recumbent Bikes and their Advantages

There are so many exercise bikes available that it’s easy to be overwhelmed. Spinning bikes, stationary bikes, dual action bikes, and recumbent bikes are probably some of the terms you’ve heard. It’s almost as though you have to be a fitness equipment engineer to understand the differences! Here’s a quick summary of these confusing terms.

Spinning Bikes

You’ve probably heard about the spin craze that has become so popular in health clubs. Spinning bikes usually have at least a front wheel that spins (which is why they are so brilliantly named spinning bikes). These bikes might be the current fad, but they aren’t very comfortable. The seats are small and hard. The classes make these boring bikes more interesting, but as home exercise bikes, they quickly become tedious.

Stationary Bikes

Stationary bikes (or upright bikes) are the exercise bikes that most people can identify. It’s the same basic model as in the 1980’s. Once again, it’s fairly uncomfortable. You can’t really do anything like read or watch TV because you’re leaning left and right and bouncing, so it, too, quickly gets boring.

Dual Action Bikes

Dual action bikes are aptly named, as they give you both an upper and lower body workout. There are handles that move independently - much like an elliptical machine. It’s a good workout, but a bit tough for beginners, and as usual, the time on the bike will eventually get boring.

You can also get dual action bikes that allow you to adjust the machine to create an arm-pedaling workout. It’s usually fairly difficult to make the adjustments. It’s also two separate exercises, which create a longer workout. Most people aren’t as likely to keep up such a routine.

Recumbent Bikes

Recumbent bikes are the exercise bikes with the comfortable bucket seats. You sit back and lower to the ground as you pedal. These exercise bikes are easy enough for even the most sedentary beginners, and they usually offer workout programs to keep the workouts from becoming mundane.

The Experts Recognize the Advantages of Recumbent Bikes
Most physicians and personal trainers recommend recumbent bikes. Recumbent bikes are better for people of all different fitness levels. You are more likely to keep up a recumbent bike routine over time, the bikes are safer, and there are different benefits for both men and women.

Recumbent Bikes for All Fitness Levels

Even the most sedentary person will find a recumbent exercise bike easy to use. You can adjust the settings to offer little or no resistance as you pedal. People who are overweight will definitely find the seat much larger and more comfortable than other exercise bikes

Athletes will find the recumbent exercise bike a challenge. The resistance can become incredibly difficult. The bike can simulate pedaling up hills. Most recumbent bikes offer various programs that will require you to sprint and tackle hills. If you want an upper body workout as you pedal, you can easily add weights and do repetitions as you sit back in the recumbent bike seat.

• Recumbent Bikes Offer a Sustainable Workout

The programs offered by most recumbent exercise bikes definitely keep the workout from becoming boring. You can simulate a course that is easy or difficult, flat or hilly. When shopping for exercise bikes, it’s better to get a bike with as many variations as possible.

The fact that a recumbent bike is suitable for all levels will keep you getting back on the bike. If you’re feeling particularly tired or lazy one day, you can have an easy workout where you can read a book or newspaper. If you really want to test your limits, you can crank up the music, set the machine to more difficult levels, and add some weights for an upper body workout.

Recumbent Bikes are Safer

Because you sit back and lower to the ground in a recumbent bike, it is better for your body. Most exercise bikes force you to hunch over, causing a stiff back. Some dual action bikes are back injuries waiting to happen. Recumbent bikes require that you sit with good posture as you pedal.

Recumbent bikes also offer one of the few cardio workouts that put no pressure on your knees and other joints. You can’t “cheat” on a recumbent bike and stand up when you’re finding it more difficult to pedal. Standing like that on other types of exercise bikes puts unnecessary pressure on your knees and ankles. Recumbent bikes let your body exercise at an angle where your body weight is not stressing your joints. Even people with back and knee problems will find a recumbent bike easy to use.

Why Men Should Choose Recumbent Exercise Bikes

So many men neglect their lower bodies when they workout, especially in strength training. It’s common to see buffed out men with giant biceps and tiny little bird legs. That’s because it’s easier to get an upper body workout at home. If you just invest in a recumbent bike, you can set the machine to high resistance. You will build leg muscle, and you can even do curls while you pedal.

Recumbent bikes can also allow men to get a great cardio workout without the discomfort that only a man knows on regular bikes or other types of exercise bikes. With the large, comfortable seats of recumbent bikes, you are much more likely to enjoy your workout pain-free.

If you move the seat of a recumbent bike up a bit to bring your legs higher, you can even target the lower abs and have to do less crunches to get the bottom of your six-pack!

Things Women Should Know About Recumbent Bikes

Two words, ladies: legs and bottoms. Recumbent exercise bikes are so comfortable and easy to use that eventually you can do workouts giving you results like you’ve spent hours a day on a stair-stepper.

Recumbent bikes can give you a fat burning cardio workout with enough resistance to help you build long, lean muscle. Picture Tina Turner legs. Recumbent bikes also are great for your inner thighs. Using different programs and settings, you will be able to target different muscle areas in your legs for longer looking, leaner legs.
According to most polls, women claim in higher numbers to not have time for exercise because of more responsibilities in the home. With the positioning of a recumbent bike, you can multi-task to more easily fit in a workout. You are able to read, catch the news, and even use a phone or your handheld organizer.

Finding a Recumbent Exercise Bike

With prices between $200 and $3000, there is quite a variety of recumbent bikes available. Use the Internet to find great deals (including free shipping most of the time). Because the bikes are great for any level and help you to finally be able to stick with a safe and effective workout routine, you can splurge a little. This is definitely one of the best investments you can make for your health.

October 22, 2008

Exercise Bikes vs. Treadmills

By Michael Walker: You’ve decided you want to exercise at home. There are hundreds of pieces of home cardio equipment available. The most popular are treadmills and exercise bikes. In deciding between the two, you should compare long-term sustainability, the effectiveness of the workouts, and safety.

Shop For: Treadmills Exercise Bikes

Overcoming Boredom

The biggest obstacle to a home exercise routine is sticking with it. You don’t have to drive to a gym, so your home fitness equipment is more convenient. The problem is that other distractions are just as convenient at home. The key is to make your routine fun. You want to look forward to your daily workout. You have to be realistic. Playing with the heart rate monitor or watching the calorie counter go up will only be fun the first couple of times you exercise.

Treadmill vs. Boredom

On a treadmill, you walk. Walking isn’t that fun. You can walk at different speeds, but that isn’t really much more fun. If you get a treadmill that offers an incline, that keeps it a bit more interesting. Walking uphill isn’t exactly fun, but it’s different. It presents a challenge.

You can’t really read on a treadmill because you are bouncing up and down. You can’t keep your eyes on the same sentence, and you usually end up with a headache. Basically, the only thing fun to do on a treadmill is watch television or movies. If you are really into TV or movies and are able to put your treadmill in front of a television, you can probably keep your treadmill workout from becoming too boring. Problems consist of commercials, the noise coming from the machine, and again, the bouncing.

Exercise Bikes vs. Boredom

Exercise Bikes are unique in that many of them come programmed with various biking routines. You simulate different courses that require you to sprint, pedal uphill, and perform at different levels within one workout without having to keep pressing buttons and changing everything. You can even select random programs so you don’t know what’s coming, which really keeps you on your toes. Some exercise bikes can even be plugged into televisions and video games to let you interactively pedal through visual courses.

On upright exercise bikes, you run into some of the same problems as treadmills as far as reading is concerned. Recumbent bikes, however, allow your hands to be free to hold a book or magazine, video game controller, or phone. Multi-tasking during an exercise bike workout keeps it from becoming boring and allows your workout to more easily fit into a busy schedule.

Defeating boredom to successfully keep up a long-term exercise routine is much easier with an exercise bike than a treadmill.

The Calorie Factor

In a study conducted by Nordic Track, young, healthy people used various exercise machines and did cardio workouts. Although they felt they used the same intensity on all machines, they burned the most calories on treadmills and ski machines.

On average, most people burn about 750 calories per hour on a treadmill. The same people are likely to burn about 550 calories per hour on an exercise bike. So it’s a no-brainer, right? You should get a treadmill because they burn more calories.

Well, not exactly. You can’t get so caught up in which machine burns the most calories. You have to take a lot of other factors into consideration. How likely are you to sustain a treadmill routine as opposed to an exercise bike routine?

Because exercise bikes are usually more fun than treadmills, you are much more likely to stick with it long-term. This means that even though you can burn more calories on a treadmill, you are also more likely to stop using it altogether.

You might also find it difficult to use it long enough per workout session to get the full benefits. Most people find it easier to workout for 20 minutes on an exercise bike than 20 minutes on a treadmill. You have to think about that. If you are likely to only do 10 minutes on a treadmill but can easily do 20 minutes on an exercise bike, you will burn more calories per session on an exercise bike.

So just going strictly by the numbers, treadmills burn more calories. If you easily get bored or have tried and failed to stick with exercise routines in the past, you might want to consider burning less calories per hour in favor of a sustainable long-term exercise bike regimen.

Your Safety

The biggest difference between exercise bikes and treadmills is overall safety to your body.

The first case of safety is the most basic. You can fall off of a treadmill. It’s very difficult, however, to fall off of an exercise bike. In fact, you would probably have to try to fall when riding an exercise bike. While you might be thinking you’d have to be pretty clumsy to fall while walking, it happens more than you’d think. People get involved with watching television or the beat of music. One wrong step and you can seriously injure yourself. It’s also possible to spill water or sweat on the treadmill track, causing a safety hazard you might not notice until after you’ve slipped.

Another safety hazard is injury from the activity itself. A treadmill puts quite a bit of stress on your joints, especially your knees and ankles. Even if you invest in a treadmill with some degree of shock absorption, when you eventually get to a jogging or running point, you can put severe orthopedic stress on your body, even up to three times your body weight. People with existing conditions such as arthritis will find a treadmill painful at times due to this stress. Otherwise healthy individuals can sustain injury and possible long-term damage over time.

Exercise bikes put much less stress on your joints. A properly positioned exercise bike supports your weight and still allows you to receive the benefits of a higher impact cardio workout. Upright bikes can sometimes stress your back in the way you have to bend to reach the handlebars. Recumbent exercise bikes, however, can actually improve existing back pain by forcing proper posture and giving support as you exercise. On any exercise bike properly used, your knees and ankles are not stressed as they are on a treadmill.

The less you stress joints, the less likely you are to sustain an injury during your workout. You are also less likely to be sore afterwards. Most importantly, a non-workout injury doesn’t always have to halt your exercise routine on an exercise bike. If you hurt your back or neck, you will find the support of a recumbent exercise bike will keep you from having to stop your exercise regimen altogether. Let’s face it – if you have to stop, you are less likely to start again.

An Exercise Bike is Better for Your Health than a Treadmill

As you can see, both pieces of home fitness equipment have advantages. While the treadmill continues to be the most popular piece of home gym equipment, most people are more likely to faithfully use an exercise bike. This means you’re more likely to have to dust a treadmill until it gets the garage sale sticker.

Losing Weight on an Elliptical Trainer

By Bill Herron:

My second favorite form of cardio exercise is using an elliptical trainer (First is mountain biking). Elliptical trainers make your weight loss cardio program quiet, low impact, and challenging.

Elliptical trainers are kind of a combination of rowing, cross country skiing, and bicycling. You move all major muscle groups in a very fluid, low impact way. A high quality elliptical trainer is very solid, (No jerky motions) quiet, and usually comes with a display that will let you know the amount of time you have been riding, calories burned, mileage, etc.

I prefer using an elliptical trainer because of the full body workout plus the fact I can watch TV, listen to music, or even read while I am riding. The sound of a high quality elliptical trainer will not disturb others in your home. The fact that your whole body is involved makes it less likely that you will get bored or experience discomfort while on your elliptical machine. It is easy to track progress and easy to fit into your schedule. Even the busiest people I know watch at least a half hour of TV per day, now you can combine your exercise, weight loss routine with your TV time!

When it comes to elliptical trainers – Quality Counts! Do not get a loose, squeaky, cheap variety; it will end up being a clothes hanger in your family room! Cheap elliptical trainers do not provide a fluid motion and can sometimes feel jerky. A high quality elliptical machine will have a “natural” feel while you are riding. High quality elliptical trainers can be found at reputable web sites and some exercise equipment stores, but I have yet to find one I liked at a department store. Look for trial periods, satisfaction guarantees, and warranties.

How can you incorporate riding an elliptical machine into your weight loss program? Let me give you a few suggestions but remember to check with your doctor and realize your limits. First off theoretically speaking, 3500 calories represents one pound of fat. If you eat 3500 more calories than your body needs it will be stored as a pound of fat, if you consume 3500 less calories than your body needs it will burn 1 pound of stored energy resulting in fat loss.

Perhaps you are saying: “Wait a minute! Why are you talking about consuming fewer calories? I thought this was an article about elliptical machines and weight loss!” The key here is; “consuming fewer calories than your body needs”. Rather than focusing on how to consume fewer calories we are going to think of our elliptical workouts as a way to cause our bodies to need more calories.

Let’s say you are someone who is relatively stable in your consumes/needs bank; You are consuming a few more calories than you are burning and perhaps have been slowly gaining weight over the years. Set a goal to eat as you normally do and ride the elliptical trainer for 3500 calories over a week’s time. Do this consistently week after week and you will achieve weight loss.

Let’s say you are someone who is not so stable in your consumes/needs bank. You are consuming many more calories than you are burning. If this is the case you will obviously need to make some better food decisions. Read some of our other articles for ideas on how to cut some calories from your diet. Start with a goal to ride the elliptical machine for 3500 calories per week and soon you will be on the positive side of the consumes/needs bank and you will start to drop those pounds.

Ride your elliptical trainer consistently and do your best to make it a ritual that you enjoy. Listen to music, watch TV, read…make it something you look forward to every day. The rewards will be a healthier body, less fat, and a better feeling you.
I wish for you the best of health!

2nd Wind Treadmills Vs. Ellipticals

An elliptical workout differs from a treadmill workout in a few ways. Both will give you an aerobic workout but an elliptical trainer will work different muscle groups than a treadmill.

While both are excellent choices, they do have distinct differences. By knowing the difference, you can decide if an elliptical workout, the treadmill workout or even a combination of both works best for you.

Elliptical Workout

When comparing an elliptical workout to a treadmill workout the first thing you will notice is the elliptical trainer has much less impact. This low impact is especially good for people with joint, knee, lower back or hip problems.

An elliptical workout also works the upper and lower body simultaneously which makes your heart rate climb faster than with a treadmill workout. The elliptical trainer works your legs, back, shoulders, chest and your arms making it a total body workout.

Another great feature of an elliptical workout is you can add variety by pedaling backwards. This backward pedaling motion targets your lower body quadricep muscles.

Treadmill Workout

A treadmill workout can also give you an excellent aerobic workout and a lot of people still prefer it to an elliptical workout. If you prefer to run, jog or walk to exercise it's obviously a smarter choice.

If you are just beginning to workout or just don't want a total body workout a treadmill workout might be perfect. Most treadmills offer a different intensity level that you can increase as you get more fit.

A treadmill workout provides a different variety over an elliptical workout by allowing you to run, jog or walk on an incline. While it is a less intense workout, it is a great way to burn fat while promoting good cardiovascular health.

Even though treadmills remain the number one piece of fitness equipment sold today, elliptical trainers are quickly becoming very popular. With more and more health clubs adding more elliptical trainer machines, more people will try elliptical workouts.

Both elliptical workouts and treadmill workouts will build bone density, burn fat, promote good cardiovascular health and increase your energy level. The important thing is to workout on a regular basis whether it's at home or in a gym.

If you are looking to purchase a treadmill or an elliptical trainer, the bottom line is, you usually get what you pay for. There are great values especially online but it just makes sense to get quality equipment that will last.

Whether you prefer a treadmill workout or an
elliptical workout
choose the one that you feel is right for you. That way you will work out more often, lose more weight and be much healthier.

2nd Wind Reports that CB Richard Ellis Becomes Commercial Client

2nd Wind Announced that CB Richard Ellis has become a 2nd Wind Commercial Client.

http://www.2ndwindexercise.com/commercial/

2nd Wind Puts Their Commercials Online

2nd Wind put their past commercials online. You can find the latest and classics at:

View Commercials

The Snay Way from 2nd Wind Exercise Equipment

Every few weeks, Kyle Snay has someone snap a picture of him. "Taking pictures is one of the best things you can do to measure progress and receive feedback," he says. "Scales are unreliable, especially once you start weight training." Muscle weighs more than fat, you know the deal.

And he's come a long way since he first scrutinized his "before picture," one year ago while competing in the first Men's Health Abs Diet Challenge. While Snay didn't win the contest, he landed in the top ten. We've kept our eye on him ever since. He became a convert of the Abs Diet and didn't stop after his six weeks were up. He made the Abs Diet his lifestyle and has continued to improve.

When Snay began his first challenge in September 2004, he weighed 227 pounds. In six weeks, he dropped 22 pounds. Even after the challenge, he continued to lose weight until he was down to 193. But Snay still wasn't satisfied by the scale's dip. He says he lost some muscle along with the fat. Since then, he's spent the last few months packing on more muscle in our Leaner by Labor Day program -- now called Thinner Through Thanksgiving. (You can participate too!)

Now he weighs in at 202--the same as when he finished the challenge last year--but his overall physique has changed. The pictures speak for themselves.
Snay has made the Abs Diet his way of life. He offers insight and advice as a normal guy who lives the program. One forum member valued his advice so much, he sent him cash with a note that said, "You give better advice than my gym--and I pay them for it." Snay sent the money back, but the gesture showed him that his advice is getting through to some people. It's certainly getting through to us.

The Snay Way

Weekly Workout: Four-to-five sessions of lifting and two sessions of high intensity interval training (HIIT- a 25-minute cardio workout in which you alternate bouts of speed with lower-intensity levels). One day off.

Mon:
Chest, Shoulders, Biceps
Tues:
Back, Triceps, Abs
Wed: HIIT in the AM, legs/abs in the afternoon
Thurs: Chest, Shoulders, Biceps
Fri: Back, Triceps, Abs
Sat: HIIT
Sun: Rest

For his lifting days, Snay completes mini-circuits for each muscle group (chest, shoulders, biceps) by alternating three different exercises that work a specific area until he's completed three sets of each exercise. Then he'll move onto the next muscle group and do the same--for a total of 10 exercises.

Nutrition: Snay continues to eat 6 meals a day, including foods from the Power 12 in every meal. He's a big fan of protein smoothies, and often adds spices (cinnamon, cocoa, nutmeg) or extracts (vanilla, almond) to give the flavor a kick without the calories. He drinks about two gallons of water each day.

Supplements: Creatine, glutamine, whey protein, flax oil and seed, fish oil capsules, green tea extract, and multivitamins.

How Kyle Goes the Extra Mile

1. Make lunch time, crunch time. Snay plays desk jockey all day at his job, so when the noon lunch bell tolls, he abandons his desk and skips the lunchroom to make better use of his hour break. It takes him five minutes to eat, so Snay gets active by playing racquetball, tennis, or hitting the campus gym for an HIIT session. "You'll have time to work out, if you make it a priority," Snay says.
2. Change it up, every time. Snay tries to make an improvement in every workout, either by adding more weight to the barbell or squeezing out one more rep. He also includes a different exercise in his workout each time.
3. Bring it home. As a family guy -- married with two young children (a 1-year-old daughter and 2-year-old son) -- Snay doesn't waste any time working out that could be spent with the kids. So he wakes at 4:30 a.m. to lift weights, while everyone's still sleeping. That's where his home gym comes in, allowing him to work out when he wants to. Snay purchased the Hoist V2 as his home gym, but says free weights can do the job just as well.
4. Put your workout where you can see it. Every time Snay gets the next issue of Men's Health, he rips out the poster workout and 15-Minute Workout and posts them to his walls. He now has hundreds of workouts on his walls, so there's no excuse for failing to try something new.

Picture Perfect

After all this, Snay is happy with the way he looks. People treat him differently and look at him differently. "I'm a completely different person. Not just in terms of lifestyle, but I have an incredible amount of self-confidence," Snay says. When he first started working out, he couldn't run three blocks, but now he can run four miles without breathing heavy. "It's incredible what I can do now that I'm in shape."

2nd Wind Honored Again With Growth 50 Award

2nd Wind Exercise Equipment., the Midwest’s largest dealer of new and used exercise equipment, has been honored as a Business Journal Growth 50 firm.
2nd Wind Exercise Equipment, which was listed as the #43 fastest growing company in 2004, has experienced 58% growth over the last year to reach #38 in the Twin Cities Business Journal Growth 50 honor roll.

“2nd Wind has come a long way over the past 13 years,” said Dick Enrico, CEO, 2nd Wind Exercise Equipment, “We are honored to be recognized as a Twin Cities fastest growing company for the 5th consecutive year.”

"2nd Wind offers a unique environment," added Enrico. "Our customers come to 2nd Wind for a life changing experience, an opportunity to learn from the experts and to find the top exercise equipment products that aren’t available in any other retailer."

2nd Wind is passionate about fitness solutions for their clients and continually changes the way the world looks at exercise. 2nd Wind operates 54 stores in 7 states and has a philosophy of "Customized Fitness Solutions" and an environment that educates, motivates and develops individual programs to achieve and obtain measurable, realistic goals while optimizing their customer’s chance for a successful, life changing fitness experience.

About 2nd Wind Exercise Equipment
2nd Wind is the Midwest’s exclusive dealer of new and used exercise equipment lines, which include Life Fitness, Parabody, True, Hoist, PaceMaster, Vision, Octane, and a host of others. Now with 54 retail stores and an "award winning" commercial division, 2nd Wind has become one of the most successful and largest fitness dealers in the U.S. with projected sales this year in excess of $70 Million.

2nd Wind also offers a free VIP program that offers free personal training, healthy recipes, fitness articles and exclusive discounts on top home fitness equipment. More information about the 2nd Wind VIP program.

Labels:

Resolve to Take 10,000 Steps a Day

SCHILLER PARK, Ill., Jan. 10 /PRNewswire/ -- When did life become a numbers game? Every morning seems to kick off with a radio traffic report that sounds like a fourth-grade math problem. Rarely does a day pass without requiring at least one access code, PIN or password. Even the pursuit of fitness has become a numbers game -- the daily act of counting calories, fat grams, minutes, miles, or reps can turn a positive life change into a tedious, dispiriting chore. And despite the best intentions for New Year's resolutions, motivation to get fit doesn't come easily during the dark winter months. Fortunately, there's a simple solution -- simply focus your attention on the number 10,000. Ten thousand steps, that is. Experts in fitness and weight management say that walking 10,000 steps per day -- approximately five miles -- can provide enough physical activity to achieve average weight loss goals and increase fitness. Wearing a basic pedometer that tracks the number of steps taken can turn a normal day's activities into a regular workout. "An average person takes anywhere between 700 to 3,000 steps per day," said Greg Bahnfleth, training and education manager, Life Fitness, a leading manufacturer of exercise equipment for homes and health clubs. "By wearing a basic pedometer for a week, you can calculate the number of steps you take in an average day. From there, make conscious decisions to increase the number of steps that you take every day. Before you know it, you'll be at 10,000 steps." Bahnfleth noted that it's important to work up to 10,000 steps gradually. "Don't let the number 10,000 discourage you. Let your overall goal be working more steps into your day, and make the total number of steps you take secondary." To get your steps in regardless of weather, invest in a home treadmill. Life Fitness recently introduced the T7-0 treadmill, which comes with a 10,000 steps tracking program, so you can enjoy "Desperate Housewives" while the machine counts your steps and helps you reach 10,000 based on how many steps you've already taken, or will take, that day. Aiming for 10,000 steps per day can bring unexpected benefits. Adding a short walk at lunchtime will add to the total and provide some fresh air, which can lead to a better night's sleep. Running errands on foot and leaving the car behind can make that expensive tank of gas last longer. Best of all, walking is a terrific stress management tool -- and with a clear mind, remembering all of those other vital numbers every day will be a snap. Get it at 2nd Wind Exercise Equipment.

Rave Reviews For New Life Fitness Treadmills

Life Fitness, the leading manufacturer of a full line of commercial cardiovascular and strength-training equipment, has received glowing reviews from leading magazines and Web sites for several models in its new line of home treadmills, which deliver a variety of features to meet the needs of a wide range of users. SmartMoney magazine put its money on the Life Fitness T3-0 (MSRP: $2,199) in its January 2006 issue. The magazine rated treadmills in four categories, and the Life Fitness T3-0 ran away with top honors. American marathoner and Olympic silver medalist Meb Keflezighi put several treadmills through their paces for SmartMoney, and in the end, the T3-0 easily out-distanced the competition receiving four stars (out of four) for overall performance, power, design and features. In fact, the T3-0 was lauded in the article as "easy to use and packed with features," and that's right on target. The T3-0 features the FlexDeck shock absorption system, wireless heart rate monitoring and 12 workout programs, four My Workouts user presets and five HeartSync heart rate controlled programs. The entire SmartMoney article can be seen at http://www.smartmoney.com/mag/index.cfm?story=january2006-treadmill

But the words of praise for Life Fitness treadmills didn't stop there. In its February 2006 issue, Runner's World magazine said that the Life Fitness T7-0 was "perfect for runners who crave variety in their workouts." With FlexDeck Select, which allows an exerciser to easily adjust the cushioning of the deck to any of three different settings, and 18 different pre-programmed workouts, the words of praise for the T7-0 are well earned. The Runner's World article can be seen at
http://www.runnersworld.com/article/0,5033,s6-52-72-0-9266-1-1X4X8X12X16- 6,00.html

If you're looking for a second opinion on the Life Fitness T7-0 treadmill, the TreadmillDoctor.com ( http://www.treadmilldoctor.com ) makes a diagnosis. In its 2005-2006 Best Buy Awards, TreadmillDoctor.com, an engineering and services company that specializes in the fitness industry, prescribes the T7-0 treadmill, calling it a "home run" and "one of the best treadmills built exclusively for the home" in naming it the first runner up in the Best New Product Category. The site went on to say, "It is simply the best system we have seen yet in terms of simplicity and expected durability." TreadmillDoctor.com also named the Life Fitness T3-5 a "Best Buy", calling the new treadmill "a huge value proposition."

"Receiving such high praise from a mix of important experts and opinion leaders is a great honor," says Dan Wille, vice president, Consumer Retail Business, Life Fitness. "It validates the innovation, technology and high quality that we put into our treadmills and all of our products." You can find all the treadmills at www.2ndwindexercise.com

2nd Wind Introduces Hoist PTS

2nd Wind Exercise Equipment was one of the first dealers in the nation to feature the Hoist PTS Smith Machine. You can see more of the PTS at www.hoistfitness.com, our Hoist page or visit any of 2nd Wind's 56 Midwest Exercise Locations.